southeast asia - Audley Travel [PDF]

traditional flavour and it is possible to experience cultures and landscapes that have remained unchanged for centuries.

1 downloads 38 Views 51MB Size

Recommend Stories


southeast asia
Suffering is a gift. In it is hidden mercy. Rumi

Southeast Asia
The only limits you see are the ones you impose on yourself. Dr. Wayne Dyer

Southeast Asia
There are only two mistakes one can make along the road to truth; not going all the way, and not starting.

Southeast Asia
If you feel beautiful, then you are. Even if you don't, you still are. Terri Guillemets

Trends in Southeast Asia
Where there is ruin, there is hope for a treasure. Rumi

terrorism in southeast asia
When you do things from your soul, you feel a river moving in you, a joy. Rumi

Nationalism in Southeast Asia
Everything in the universe is within you. Ask all from yourself. Rumi

Piracy in Southeast Asia
The wound is the place where the Light enters you. Rumi

Islam in Southeast Asia
What we think, what we become. Buddha

Tube Southeast Asia 2017
Don’t grieve. Anything you lose comes round in another form. Rumi

Idea Transcript


Southeast Asia

Ta i lor - m a d e J o u r n e y s

for

the

D i s c e r n i n g T r av e l l e r

Dear Traveller Southeast Asia has a special place in my heart, and I’m always particularly keen to hear back from our specialists when they return from their research trips. They have explored magnificent, age-old rice terraces in the far north of the Philippines around Banaue and visited stunning white-sand beaches on Palawan. Vietnam has revealed some gems including the extraordinary caves in the Phong Nha-Ke Bang National Park and the diverse markets of Ha Giang Province, and Burma continues to flourish, appealing to both first-time and returning travellers. We have been operating here for many years and our specialists are well placed to recommend its highlights as well as advise on its challenges. Southeast Asia offers an incredible range of accommodation options, from luxurious beachside properties to charming homestays and lodges in the most unexpected of locations. Cruises aboard small vessels are also gaining in popularity, particularly in Indonesia, as a means of accessing more remote areas and far flung islands. I hope this brochure reflects our passion for, and thorough knowledge of, this fascinating part of the world and that we inspire you to start planning your own journey.

Craig Burkinshaw, Founder

Introducing Audley I

t was a trip around Asia in the early 1990s that ignited Craig Burkinshaw’s passion for travel. On his return he was so keen to share his experiences that he founded Audley, or Asian Journeys as we were then called. We offered a new type of travel – individual journeys, designed to match the traveller’s interests, tastes and budget, created with an absolute commitment to quality and authenticity. Today this desire to share authentic travel experiences is undiminished and Audley is one of the UK’s most highly regarded specialist tour operators, providing tailor-made trips throughout Asia, Africa, the Middle East, Latin America, Australasia, North America, Antarctica and the Arctic.

Specialist knowledge

Tailor-made journeys

Speaking to one of our specialists is the best way to start planning your trip, whether you already know where you want to go or just have the seed of an idea. They can discuss your plans, offer advice and give you ideas and inspiration for your trip, before creating a detailed itinerary, which will be forwarded to you together with maps, accommodation descriptions and a price. The same specialist will then refine the plans until you are completely satisfied and will be on hand to answer questions from your very first telephone call until you return from your trip.

The beauty of tailor-made travel is that every trip is unique. Whether you want to stay in simple or luxurious accommodation, have great guides on hand or explore under your own steam, travel for one week or five, we can create a trip to match your tastes and budget. We can also design trips for a special occasion, whether this is a spectacular honeymoon or milestone anniversary. Throughout the brochure you will find suggested itineraries and some of our favourite places to stay, but these are all just for inspiration as each trip is created uniquely for you and there are many more options available.

Our Southeast Asia specialists have all travelled extensively throughout the region and in many cases lived there, so you can rely on their in-depth, first-hand knowledge. They regularly return to discover new hidden gems in each country, stay in the accommodation and meet our guides – many of whom are firm friends – as well as experience all the excursions and activities. We believe this is the only way that we can genuinely offer you a tailor-made service and enable you to experience a side of Southeast Asia that others might miss.

Planning your trip

Financial security All travel arrangements in this brochure that include a flight from the UK are ATOL protected by the Civil Aviation Authority. Our ATOL number is 4817. Those package arrangements which are not protected by our ATOL are covered by ABTOT, the Association of Bonded Travel Organisers Trust. Please see our booking conditions for more information or visit www.audleytravel.com/protect

Contents Introduction 2-7 Vietnam 8-25 Northern Vietnam

12-13

Cambodia 26-39 Temples of Angkor

28-29

French Indochina 40-41 Laos 42-53 Thailand 54-73 Burma 74-91 River cruises

80-81

Malaysia 92-103 Borneo 104-119 Borneo’s wildlife

106-107

Brunei

113

Indonesia 120-141 Sumatra, Kalimantan & Java

122-129

Bali, Lombok & the eastern islands

130-141

Philippines 142-155 Singapore 156-158 Useful information 159

Introduction

3

Audley in

Southeast Asia S

outheast Asia is a vast region home to a diverse range of cultures and attractions. Sitting east of the Indian Subcontinent and south of China, it includes the mainland area of Indochina and the Malay Peninsula, and a string of archipelagos to the south and east. The region is inhabited by many different peoples and indigenous wildlife and offers a vast array of experiences to the visitor. Whether you want to discover cultural heritage, gain an insight into the lives of local tribes, explore rainforests, relax on a beach, sample the food or cruise along a bustling waterway, you’re guaranteed to find something of interest here.

Colourfully painted villa, Singapore

Floating market, Thailand

History & context

Responsible travel

For centuries, power in the mainland portion of Southeast Asia was held by a series of indigenous dynasties, but in the 19 th century all but Thailand came under the control of European powers, notably France. After 1945 the area regained independence, but traces of colonialism linger in the graceful architecture of the period which lines the streets of many towns. The region’s cities offer a fascinating contrast between this charming old world grandeur, and the exciting modern developments and designer shopping opportunities of bustling mega-cities. With Thailand and Singapore enjoying fast-growing ‘tiger’ economies, change happens quickly. However, much of Southeast Asia retains a traditional flavour and it is possible to experience cultures and landscapes that have remained unchanged for centuries.

We care deeply about the places we travel to, and we work hard to ensure your visit has a positive effect. We seek out experiences and places to stay which mirror our passion, and invariably we find that these are the most rewarding. Wherever we can, we use local people and businesses as our partners in destinations. Not not only do we feel this gives you the best experience, it also brings benefits to local communities. The benefit also spreads further. Local people are motivated to preserve what attracts visitors, be it the culture, wildlife or environment. Conversely, we actively avoid ‘tourist traps’.

Religion Faith is a strong element in everyday life throughout Southeast Asia and many religions are practised. Giving to a Buddhist monk in Laos, attending a Hindu ceremony in Bali, or covering your head to enter a mosque in Malaysia is all part of experiencing local life. Islam is the most widely practised religion in Brunei, Indonesia and Malaysia. Buddhism is predominant in Thailand, Cambodia, Laos, Burma, Vietnam and Singapore and in these countries you will see a spectacular array of temples. These vary in style from country to country, with impressive monuments in places such as Borobudur in Java, Angkor Wat in Cambodia and Bagan in Burma. In Vietnam and Singapore Confucianism is widely practised and Christianity predominates in eastern Indonesia and Malaysian Borneo, while the Philippines has the largest Roman Catholic population in Asia. In many places it is also still possible to find evidence of animism and spirit worship, particularly in Indonesia, Cambodia and Laos. Ta Prohm, Cambodia

4

The carbon footprint of flying is relatively large and we’d encourage you to carbon offset your flights. Before you travel, we will send you information on restaurants and shops in the areas that you are visiting which help to preserve local traditions or provide employment opportunities for the less fortunate. We will also tell you more about projects that are involved in protecting the wildlife and the environment of the places that are included in your trip. In Borneo we are involved with turtle conservation and tree planting projects which help to reforest areas that have been destroyed by logging. You can find further details about the charities and projects supported by the Audley team on our website.

Monk in Luang Prabang, Laos

BURMA HANOI NAYPYIDAW

LAOS

VIENTIANE THAILAND

NA

PI

ET

NE

VI SAIGON

S

Medan

IP

CAMBODIA PHNOM PENH

PH

M

MANILA

IL

BANGKOK

BRUNEI KOTA KINABALU KUALA LUMPUR MALAYSIA BORNEO KUCHING SINGAPORE

Manokwari

PAPUA JAKARTA

I N D O N E S I A

DENPASAR

Local culture & etiquette

Guides

Customs, culture and etiquette vary enormously across the region but the golden rule is to do as the locals do. In Buddhist countries it is usual to remove your shoes before entering a temple or building and to avoid pointing your feet at anyone, or at any Buddha image, as this is considered disrespectful. In contrast, the head is believed to be sacred and is not touched. When paying for anything it is worth remembering that as a sign of respect money is always handed over with two hands.

The quality of your guide can make the difference between a good trip and an outstanding one. The guides we use in Southeast Asia are the best available and great care has been given to their training. We also hold an annual awards ceremony in one of the region’s cities where we reward and recognise those guides who have exceeded expectations and gone the extra mile. Feedback from your travels with us is key to the success of this event. Our guides enjoy working for Audley and provide more than just dates and names, offering real insights into their country or region and their own way of life. Some may even welcome you into their family home or their local temple, and by the end of the trip, many Audley clients say a reluctant goodbye feeling they have made a lifelong friend.

Learning a little of the local language is a great way to integrate with the communities you visit. This will be harder in some places than in others, but even if you just learn to say hello and thank you this will delight anyone you meet. After you have booked your trip, we will send you more detailed information about the country or countries that you are visiting including a brief language guide, which will help you get to grips with the basics before you travel. We will also offer guidance on how to dress appropriately in order to respect local customs. Some areas have been established as travel destinations for longer than others and you will find that your experiences vary but this is all part of the joy of travelling in this region.

PORT MORESBY

Boats off the island of Flores, Indonesia

Honeymoons Southeast Asia is the ideal honeymoon destination. It has everything you could wish for, from secluded beaches to idyllic scenery and fantastic hotels. We ensure that all your accommodation choices are aware it is your honeymoon so that you receive extra special attention and can enjoy any perks they might have on offer for honeymooning couples. We recommend you spend the first couple of days somewhere relaxing, so that you can recover after the long flight, and look back on the excitement of the big day. We also offer a gift service so you can ask your friends and family to contribute towards your honeymoon rather than buy traditional wedding presents. Please speak to your specialist for more information.

Guide explains rice cultivation, Burma

01993 838 100 • Introduction

5

Audley in

Southeast Asia

Local man, Sapa, Vietnam

Marine life, Visayas archipelago, Philippines

Wildlife & birdwatching

Beaches

Southeast Asia is not generally known for its mammals, and although there are still tigers, bears and rhinos in some areas, they are very rarely seen. The major exceptions are elephants and orangutans. There are a variety of available opportunities to learn more about the Asian elephant in Thailand, Laos, Cambodia and Indonesia. There is also a pygmy variety in Borneo, which is regularly sighted. Orangutans are found in only four places in the world and these are all on the islands of Borneo and Sumatra. Sightings of these ‘men of the forest’ are unforgettable and thanks to the nature of the environment in which they live, can easily be combined with spotting other primates and reptiles in their natural habitats. The Philippine tarsier is one of the world’s smallest primates, endemic to the island of Bohol and just three other islands nearby, while the most impressive reptiles in Southeast Asia, the Komodo dragons of Indonesia, are found on Komodo and Rinca islands east of Bali. Spectacular birdlife can be found in Thailand’s Khao Yai National Park, Cat Tien National Park in Vietnam and Borneo where we use specialist birding guides to help you spot and identify those that you see and hear.

Apart from landlocked Laos, every country in Southeast Asia has coastline, and there are some stunning places to stay if you are looking to include beach time as part of your trip. Some of our favourites are the lesser-known Thai islands of Koh Kood and Koh Samet, and the east coast of Malaysia. Vietnam and Cambodia have some delightful gems such as the Con Dao Islands and the Koh Rong archipelago, while with tens of thousands of islands, the Philippines and Indonesia offer some of the most pristine and picturesque beaches in the region, for your beach time at the end of a cultural or wildlife tour.

Orangutan, Borneo Khao Lak, Thailand

6

Diving Some of the most popular dive spots in the region include the Similan Islands and Koh Tao in Thailand, or the islands around Sipadan in Borneo. However, there are many other quieter spots offering more unique experiences. Northern Sulawesi in Indonesia gives you the chance to dive among sunken World War II aeroplane wrecks, while Coron in the Philippines has a sunken warship. The Philippines in particular offers countless diving opportunities throughout its many islands.

Women carrying offerings to the temple, Ubud, Bali

Travelling with children Southeast Asia is a great destination for families and many of our specialists at Audley have taken their own children to the region on family trips. With a naturally hospitable and friendly culture in which family traditions are deeply revered, travelling with children is straightforward and full of memorable experiences. Younger children will love the beaches and the wildlife; seeing elephants at first-hand or visiting feeding posts to observe wild orangutans is unforgettable, while older children can enjoy exciting activities such as jungle trekking, cycling, quad biking, kayaking and rock climbing. Tours are usually privately guided, with specially selected guides, and adapted for younger visitors to ensure everyone is engaged and amused as well as informed about the region. Family activities include treks through some of the oldest rainforests in the world where exotic creepy crawlies provide entertainment, and exploring ancient temples where children can climb through and touch the ruins, as the first explorers would have done. You can also visit a floating market, join a cookery class, spend the night camping

on the rim of an active volcano, or even take advantage of the vast sophisticated malls where shops, restaurants, play areas and cinemas can all be found under one roof. There is a wide choice of family-friendly accommodation available – from secluded family villas with their own private swimming pools and separate rooms for children, to hotels and resorts with provision for extra beds or connecting rooms. Many hotels also have children’s clubs and babysitting services so parents can choose to enjoy a little time to themselves if they wish. Other options include spending the night on a converted rice barge or ‘junk’, and cruising along one of the many rivers or sheltered bays within the region. For the more intrepid, there are also traditional homestay options, where you stay with the indigenous, local people. Although this style of accommodation is often basic, it can be an insightful and rewarding experience for children and adults alike, providing an opportunity for more interaction with a place and its people than a more conventional hotel would.

With a range of weather patterns across Southeast Asia there is always somewhere offering ideal conditions for the time of year families are likely to travel. The friendliness of the local people will ensure you feel welcomed and safe throughout your trip, and being excellent value for money, Southeast Asia makes a very rewarding family destination.

Kayaking near Elephant Hills Tented Camp, Thailand

01993 838 100 • Introduction

7

Vietnam H

auntingly beautiful and blessed with a rich heritage, fascinating cities and charming people, Vietnam is a beguiling destination. Hanoi’s understated charm is almost impossible to resist from its elegant avenues and gold-stone mansions of the colonial city to the maze of bustling streets lined with traders in the Old Quarter. Heading south, the imperial palaces of Hue contrast sharply with the nearby battlefields and secret tunnels of the Vietnam War, while the delightful Chinese shophouses and silk traders of Hoi An seem almost lost in time in comparison with the frenetic pace of Saigon. While Communism has been firmly replaced by a tiger economy, the French influence remains in the exquisite architecture and the baguettes for sale at roadside stalls. Vietnam has far more to offer than just its cities however, with a rich cultural diversity and incredible natural beauty. From the towering limestone peaks jutting dramatically out of the water in Halong Bay to the lush fields of the Mekong Delta, the country’s majestic scenery, deserted beaches and jungle-clad peaks are just begging to be explored.

Audley in Vietnam

Ba Be National Park

Lao Cai Sapa

CHINA I

I

I I I

I

Mu Cang Chai

I

I I

I

HANOI

I I

Mai Chau

LAOS

3

2 ver Ri

The quintessential rural Vietnam of rice paddies and colourful tribal markets. Visitors can also experience White Thai culture in this mountainous region. See pages 12-13

I I I

Ky Son

d Re

1 Northern Vietnam

I

1

Dien Bien Phu

I

Haiphong

Ninh Binh

Halong Bay

Gulf of Tonkin

Phong Nha-Ke Bang National Park

2 Hanoi Vietnam’s capital city is bursting with life, full of culture and home to some fascinating historical sites. See page 10

Dong Hoi DMZ

Hue Bach Ma National Park

Danang Hoi An

100 miles

0

161 kilometres

th C Kon Tum

VIETNAM Qui Nhon

Sea hina

One of Vietnam’s most beautiful regions where thousands of limestone islets jut out of the sea. See page 11

0

Sou

My Son 4

3 Halong Bay

Central Highlands

4 Hoi An

An enchanting town of cobbled streets lined with traditional shophouses. See pages 16-17

CAMBODIA

5 Saigon by night

Cu Chi er

Can Tho Phu Quoc Island

5

Saigon

v Ri

6 Mekong Delta Explore the small riverside towns and floating markets of the mighty Mekong. See pages 22-23

Chau Doc

Rach Gia

Nha Trang

Cat Tien National Park

ekong

Visit food stalls and live music venues and experience a unique, backstage view of this cosmopolitan city from the back of a Vespa. See page 21

Buon Ma Thuot Dalat

M

Vietnam has drawn on its French colonial architecture to establish a range of charming hotels, offering some of the best boutique accommodation in Indochina. These are often located in the heart of old towns, ideally placed to explore nearby restaurants and markets. All the hotels we use have been hand-picked by our staff for their location, character or individual appeal. We can also recommend homestays in the Mekong Delta and the Tonkinese Alps. The coast and islands of Vietnam are less developed than in nearby Thailand or Malaysia, yet there are a few sophisticated resorts and small, intimate properties that will suit any taste. We always strive to search out characterful alternatives to the larger hotels, as well as those that involve the local community and take efforts to protect the environment.

Lai Chau

I

Accommodation

Ha Giang I

Vietnam was Audley’s first ever destination, back in 1996, and our passion for the country is as strong as ever. Our Vietnam specialists have spent considerable time inspecting hotels, meeting guides and researching new excursions. Most itineraries are based around a journey between Hanoi and Saigon that takes in the highlights of central Vietnam, although we also recommend many of the country’s lesserknown sights that are often overlooked by other operators. For example, as well as discovering Sapa and the colourful hill tribe communities of the Tonkinese Alps, we may suggest you include the remote markets of Ha Giang on your trip. For an alternative beach destination, we can include the islands of Phu Quoc or Con Dao for a bit of relaxation. We work with a small pool of specially selected guides and hold an award ceremony each year to recognise the dedication and professionalism of those receiving the best feedback.

Phan Thiet

My Tho Mekong Delta

6

Con Dao Islands

www.audleytravel.com/vietnam • 01993 838 140 • Vietnam

9

Street seller with his bicycle, Hanoi

Hanoi Despite being the capital of modern Vietnam, Hanoi moves at a gentle pace. Alluringly set on the Red River, parts of the city have the atmosphere of a provincial town, but for bicycling schoolgirls wearing traditional white áo dàis (a fitted silk tunic over loose trousers) and wispybearded men in pith helmets. We use central hotels, putting you within walking distance of the 36 narrow streets of the Old Quarter, the relaxed cafes around Hoan Kiem Lake and the tree-lined boulevards of the colonial French Quarter. A city tour might visit Ho Chi Minh’s imposing mausoleum, the Museum of Ethnology with its vivid illustration of the country’s many minority tribes or you could have a private lesson on the art of water puppetry. Many of Hanoi’s greatest sights are smaller and you’ll find them at every turn: temples and pagodas clustered around the Old Quarter and wedding photographers at work in the city parks.

Ngoc Son Temple Bridge, Hoan Kiem Lake, Hanoi

10

Anise, Hanoi

Anise, Hanoi

This central hotel offers 42 well-appointed guest rooms decorated in an uncluttered, contemporary style, some with views of nearby Hang Dau Public Gardens. Considering its location on Quan Thanh Street, just a few steps away from Hanoi’s Old Quarter and within walking distance of Hoan Kiem Lake, it represents great value for money. There is a small restaurant on the 11th floor with views of the city, and a cafe on the ground floor.

Sofitel Legend Metropole Hotel, Hanoi Over 100 years old and host to such illustrious former guests as Graham Greene, Charlie Chaplin and Fidel Castro, the property offers refined sophistication in an enviable location. It has many stories to share including that of a recently discovered war bunker from the 1960s which has been sensitively restored and opened to visitors. There are 364 guest rooms; those in the Old Wing retain much of their period character, while those in the hotel’s Opera Wing offer chic, contemporary luxury. The Club Rooms boast a plethora of additional benefits and represent the capital’s most stylish accommodation. The facilities on offer are second to none and the restaurants are considered some of the finest in the city, indeed the reputation of the Le Club bar’s chocolate buffet goes well beyond the city limits. Sofitel Legend Metropole Hotel, Hanoi

Fruit seller, Halong Bay

Junk on Halong Bay

Fruit seller in the Old Quarter, Hanoi

The Hanoi Opera House

Halong Bay

Moon Garden House, Ky Son

Moon Garden House, Ky Son Moon Garden House in Ky Son offers a unique opportunity to experience rural life in Vietnam. Just a 90 minute journey west from bustling Hanoi, the village of Ky Son is an easy escape, and a stay at Moon Garden House offers comfortable accommodation in traditional Vietnamese houses. The seven private rooms each have an en suite bathroom. Meals are served in a carefully restored 100 year old church rescued from a neighbouring province. During your stay, you can experience village life and try your hand at Vietnamese cooking, visit local farming families, share tea with village elders in their meeting houses, or enjoy some early morning t’ai chi.

Lady on a fishing boat, Halong Bay

Cruise options

Thousands of sheer limestone pillars jut out of the dark, emerald waters of Halong Bay. A designated UNESCO World Heritage Site, the islands are one of Asia’s most iconic landscapes. Equally atmospheric whether bathed in sunshine or shrouded in mist, a cruise on the calm waters here allows for dramatic photographic opportunities. You will also see a glimpse of typical Vietnamese life, with families reliant on fishing for their livelihood waving from their floating homes. Due to its obvious appeal, Halong Bay is one of the most visited areas in Vietnam but it is possible to avoid the crowds by carefully choosing your cruise option. For a unique view of Halong Bay, it is possible to take a scenic flight by seaplane which departs from Hanoi and lands directly in the bay.

Staying on board a traditional junk is a great experience, but there are a huge number of boats that ply the bay. To escape the crowds we have chosen cruise companies that try to vary their routes as well as having a good crew and high safety standards. Our specialists have inspected the boats and have first-hand experience of all of our recommended one and two night cruises so are well placed to give advice on what options will suit your requirements. Most boats have between 10 and 24 cabins, and overnight trips include all meals in a sociable environment. Due to itinerary constraints, most travellers opt for a one night, two day cruise but for those who have extra time, a two night journey can take you to quieter bays further afield and give you more time for kayaking and exploring secluded coves. For a more intimate experience, there is the option of taking a one cabin junk with private crew. These smaller boats can navigate quieter parts of the bay and offer greater flexibility for families or small groups travelling together. Junks with between two and six cabins are available and surprisingly, often work out only marginally more expensive than a shared cruise.

Floating home, Halong Bay

www.audleytravel.com/vietnam • 01993 838 140 • Vietnam

11

Rice farming, Mai Chau

Northern Vietnam Arguably one of the most beautiful places in Indochina, the north of Vietnam offers the more adventurous traveller an insight into tribal life. Mountains rise dramatically from the fertile plains, and the numerous rivers and streams provide ideal conditions for the terraced paddy fields to thrive. Woven into this landscape are the simple houses of the ethnic minorities who continue to live a lifestyle that has remained unchanged for centuries. Discover the small town of Lai Chau, the remote villages of Sinho and Paso, and the infamous Dien Bien Phu – the battlefield where the Vietnamese first broke France’s colonial grip. If possible, we will time your trip to coincide with at least one local market, a sociable affair as villagers arrive from their settlements to trade everything from livestock to fabrics and moonshine. Mai Chau & Pu Luong Nature Reserve A remote farming community, Mai Chau has stunning scenery and engaging White Thai inhabitants that make a stay here a truly memorable experience. A good way to explore the simple and tranquil villages dotted around the area is by hopping on a bicycle. You will discover traditional communities and gain rare glimpses into old rural Vietnam. There are several accommodation options available including simple lodges and homestays. Basing yourself in Mai Chau also makes it possible to reach the incredible scenery and established trekking routes of Pu Luong Nature Reserve.

12

Limestone karst landscape, Ninh Binh

Ninh Binh Likened to an inland Halong Bay, Ninh Binh’s charm is its limestone karst topography. The town itself is fairly unremarkable and in parts scarred by industry, but as you bypass this and head further out into the countryside, there is a chance to see an authentic rural Vietnam. With snaking rivers and farmers tending their fields with water buffaloes, the scenery around Ninh Binh is compelling and well worth taking the time to explore. You will visit impressive cave formations where local guides will gently row you through a network of waterways out into lakes dwarfed by limestone mountains. Jump on a bike and cycle along raised paths that criss-cross paddy fields or visit the remains of the ancient citadel and temples at the nearby settlement of Hoa Lu, once the capital of Vietnam. Within a two hour drive of Hanoi, it is possible to visit Ninh Binh as a day trip, but we would encourage you to stay a night or two in a comfortable hotel to fully enjoy the wide range of activities and unearth this intriguing and charming area.

Sapa & the Tonkinese Alps The small French hill station of Sapa nestles among the stunning scenery of the Tonkinese Alps. Easy day walks pass through terraced paddy fields to reach H’mong and Dao minority villages, where traditional dress is still worn and ancient beliefs hold sway. There are a number of trains that run from Hanoi to Lao Cai, the transit town for Sapa. Currently the most comfortable option is the Victoria Express, with two or four berth cabins that, while not en suite, provide comfortable facilities for the journey. For those wishing to travel overland from Sapa to Hanoi, it is well worth taking the time to visit the magnificent rice paddies at Mu Cang Chai, particularly in September and October, when the rice is harvested.

Victoria Hotel, Sapa This is the best hotel in the region with 77 comfortable rooms and suites. Facilities include an indoor swimming pool, bar and restaurant with open stone fires for the cooler months.

Victoria Hotel, Sapa

Dong Van

china

Meo Vac

Hoang Su Phi Ha Giang Mu Cang Chai

Ba Be Lakes

Flower H’mong ladies at Bac Ha market, Sapa vietnam

Hanoi laos

Hidden Ha Giang Rice terraces, Mu Cang Chai

Journey off the beaten track into this beautiful region where picturesque villages that lie scattered throughout the province vie for attention with the vibrant local markets and numerous ethnic groups. A few long drives are rewarded with stunning views, some unexpectedly delightful accommodation options and a chance to discover Vietnam at its most untouched.

Dao Ao Dai ladies selling brooms

Local lady, Ha Giang

Ha Giang Province Nestled in the far northeast of Vietnam on the border with southwest China, lies the timeless province of Ha Giang. Previously cut off from visitors by the Vietnamese Government, this wild frontier has escaped the relentless march of civilisation. With terraced rice paddies, primary forests and winding mountain paths that climb through vertiginous passes to reach colourfully-dressed minority tribes, Ha Giang offers visitors a glimpse of a bygone Vietnam. Officially there are 54 ethnic minority groups in Vietnam, eleven of which live in Ha Giang Province. In addition, the elusive Dao Ao Dai minority (pronounced Zao Ao Zai) live in the very upper reaches of the mountains but our clients have been fortunate enough to encounter ladies from this rarely-seen group in their dark clothing embellished with embroidery and their distinctive headwear.

The lively local markets form the lifeblood of the province and villagers gather from miles around to trade, eat and gossip. Highlights of Ha Giang include Sin Cheng market with its eclectic mix of produce for sale from herbal medicines to buffaloes; early morning at Dong Van and Meo Vac markets; and treks through the highly photogenic, untouched scenery around Hoang Su Phi where it is not uncommon to be invited into village homes. Accommodation options in the area are limited to basic, functional hotels, yet a number of charming homestays or rustic lodges such as the Tay Village Homestay near Ha Giang City and the Pan Hou Village in Hoang Su Phi give visitors the chance to fully experience the life of the local people. Ba Be Lakes The Ba Be Lakes form part of Ba Be National Park, a vast and beautiful region located north of Hanoi whose principal attractions are the stunning scenery, prolific wildlife and diversity of flora and fauna. Mountain peaks give way to river valleys with tumbling waterfalls feeding the tranquil lakes. Taking a boat trip will enable you to pass by small Tay minority villages, explore Puong Cave and Dau Deng waterfall, and enjoy the beautiful natural surroundings. To the northeast of Ba Be Lakes is the town of Cao Bang, a convenient base for challenging treks into the mountains, past terraced rice paddies and ethnic villages.

Day 1

Arrive in Hanoi and where you will be met and taken to your hotel.

Day 2

Take a tour of Hanoi including a visit to the Fine Arts Museum and the quaint streets of the Old Quarter.

Day 3

Start your tour of the north with a drive to the peaceful Ba Be Lakes.

Day 4

Spend the day cruising around the lakes and exploring the area.

Day 5

Continue to Meo Vac in Ha Giang Province.

Day 6

Discover the colourful markets of the northeast including Meo Vac and Dong Van. Continue on to Ha Giang City where you will spend the night in a simple guest house.

Day 7

Take a stroll around rural Ha Giang and explore the local villages.

Day 8

Continue west overland through scenic Hoang Su Phi passing spectacular rice terraces en route.

Day 9

Take in breathtaking scenery in the Hoang Su Phi valley on a full day trek.

Day 10

Drive through mountainous terrain to the untouched area of Mu Cang Chai.

Day 11

Visit some of the local ethnic minority groups and the remarkable rice terraces.

Day 12

Make the journey back to Hanoi.

Day 13

Head to the airport for your onward flight.

Stay longer This itinerary can be combined with travel into southwest China, crossing the border at Lao Cai. On return to Hanoi you may also consider a leisurely two night cruise in Halong Bay or a flight to central or southern Vietnam to relax in one of the coastal areas.

Boats, Ba Be National Park

www.audleytravel.com/vietnam • 01993 838 140 • Vietnam

13

Tomb of Emperor Khai Dinh, Hue

La Résidence Hotel & Spa, Hue

La Résidence Hotel & Spa, Hue

Hue Backed by the mountains of the Annamite Cordillera and set on the Perfume River, this romantic city is the best place to experience the country’s past. The last imperial family, the Nguyens, ruled from 1802 to 1945 and their mausoleums compete in scale and grandeur as they line the valley leading up into the hills. A lavish squandering of their country’s wealth and manpower, the tombs are amongst the country’s most poignant sights. Take time to explore the citadel and board a boat to visit the 17th century Thien Mu Pagoda surrounded by graceful gardens. In the surrounding area you can explore more recent history in the former Demilitarised Zone (DMZ), which straddles the Ben Hai River and marked the division between the Republic of Vietnam (the south) and the Democratic Republic of Vietnam (the north) for over 20 years. You can also explore the tunnels at Vinh Moc and the battle site of Khe Sanh. 14

La Résidence is situated on the banks of the Perfume River, and many of the 122 rooms offer wonderful views across the water towards the ancient Citadel and the Forbidden City. The hotel is beautifully decorated inside and out in an elegant art deco style. Step into the grand entrance and you will be convinced you have stepped back to the 1930s, while outside the gardens are immaculate and incorporate a beautiful 30 metre swimming pool. All in all, this hotel makes the perfect base to explore the ancient city of Hue. Chestnut-collared yuhina, Bach Ma National Park

Bach Ma National Park A national park since 1991, it covers 220 square kilometres of Bach Ma Mountain’s slopes, reaching an elevation of 1,450 metres at its highest peak and offering superb views over the park and down to the South China Sea. The cooler climate here attracted influential French residents in the 1930s but little remains of their elaborate holiday homes as they were a target for the Viet Minh in the 1950s. Today, Bach Ma is a fantastic location for birdwatching with over 330 species present in the national park. Many of the park trails lead to waterfalls and streams where, with luck, Blyth’s kingfisher and redheaded trogon can be found. One of the most scenic trails leads to Rhododendron Falls. Gateway in the Imperial City, Hue

Exploring Hang En Cave, Phong Nha-Ke Bang National Park

Phong Nha-Ke Bang National Park A UNESCO World Heritage Site since 2003, Phong Nha-Ke Bang National Park is characterised by precipitous karst ridges, narrow valleys and superb cave systems. Home to the largest deposit of limestone on the planet, which is believed to have been formed over 400 million years ago, Phong Nha-Ke Bang has been the site of some staggering discoveries in recent years. Several expeditions led by the British Cave Research Association (BCRA) in the 1990s explored the impressive system of caves and in 2009 British speleologist and explorer, Howard Limbert, led the first survey of Hang Son Doong cave which was discovered in 1991 by a local man. It later received global recognition as the largest cave in the world. It is a staggering 200 metres wide, 150 metres high and nine kilometres long. A challenging five day expedition is required to access Son Doong but there are a number of other significant caves accessible to visitors such as Dark, Paradise, Tu Lan and Hang En caves. This is still a largely undiscovered area and will reward any visitor with a sense of adventure. We recommend staying a few nights to give you time to fully explore the caves and the national park at a pace that suits you. Access to the national park is from the town of Dong Hoi, which is best reached by air from Hanoi or Saigon or by a four hour road journey from Hue. Accommodation options in the park are simple whilst Dong Hoi has a more wellappointed and comfortable beachside hotel.

Paradise Cave Undoubtedly one of the highlights of the park, Paradise Cave is reached by over 500 steps leading you through lush growth to the cave entrance. From here a further 283 steps lead down to the cave bed. Once inside, there are a number of raised platforms for viewing the colossal space with its impressive stalactites and stalagmites. At 31 kilometres in length this is the longest cave in Vietnam, although at present only the first kilometre is open to visitors. The cave was discovered in 2005 and explored in the ensuing years by the BCRA, before opening to the public in 2010. Dark Cave Discovered during the Vietnam War and used as a bomb shelter, Dark Cave has a primitive beauty with its heavily forested entrance and spectacular stalagmites and stalactites. It is best explored on a kayaking trip from Paradise Cave.

Phong Nha-Ke Bang National Park

Paradise Cave, Phong Nha-Ke Bang National Park

Hang En & Tu Lan caves For the hardy, these caves offer an overnight exploration which involves several hours of trekking along river banks and rocky trails in order to reach them. At Hang En you can explore the first 1,600 metres of one of the world’s largest caves before camping overnight. The alternative, Tu Lan, is smaller but equally rewarding and your trek to reach it is less challenging. Ho Chi Minh Trail Used by the North Vietnamese Army as logistical supply lines to the Vietcong, the Ho Chi Minh Trail was a system of truck routes that ran from north of the DMZ to south Vietnam through neighbouring Laos and Cambodia. These roads now serve as main access points into the national park rendering it not only a phenomenal natural site but also an area of historical importance. Today tours visit several of the caves, Nuoc Mooc Spring, the source of all rivers, and the old army runway of Khe Gat.

www.audleytravel.com/vietnam • 01993 838 140 • Vietnam

15

Waterfront, Hoi An

Around Hoi An Away from Hoi An’s historic heart there is still much to explore. Cua Dai beach is just three kilometres from the town, and the route offers a pleasant cycle ride through paddy fields and along the riverbank. There are a number of good beach resorts here. For a real sample of rural Vietnamese life, spend a morning working with local farmers to learn the art of rice cultivation. You can assist with the transplanting of rice seedlings, harvesting crops by hand and grinding Fisherman, Hoi An

Hoi An Prior to the arrival of the French, Hoi An was Vietnam’s window on the world. Tucked away amongst the backstreets are the houses of merchants from Asia and Europe, lured from afar by the prospect of high grade silk and porcelain. It is an ideal spot to stop for a few days to just soak up the atmosphere, stroll along the wharf, shop in the market or be measured up for a silk dress or suit by one of the many fine tailors who trade here. There are many restaurants, old houses, craft shops and art galleries, where local artists exhibit their works. The bustling market is an assault on the senses and a fantastic place to sample a steaming bowl of cau lau, a dish of noodles, pork and greens and a local speciality. Cham ruins at My Son, near Hoi An

16

the rice to make rice milk, as well as seeing the paddy fields ploughed by water buffaloes in the traditional way. Another popular trip is to go to the mouth of the Hoi An River where it reaches the South China Sea. Here you will board a traditional basket boat to try your hand at fishing. Back on dry land, spend time with a local fishing community, learning a little about the lives of the families that live here – mending nets, maintaining boats and preparing the catch of the day for market. As a day trip from Hoi An, you can visit Vietnam’s grandest Cham ruins at My Son.

Tailor’s shop, Hoi An

Beach at the Four Seasons Resort The Nam Hai, Hoi An

The Japanese Covered Bridge, Hoi An

Lanterns, Hoi An

Potter, Hoi An

The Essence Hoi An Hotel & Spa The Essence Hoi An Hotel and Spa is set in a quiet location overlooking paddy fields yet is within easy reach of the UNESCO-protected old town and Japanese Covered Bridge. The 70 rooms are set in tropical gardens and offer modern amenities combined with a traditional Vietnamese design. The hotel has one restaurant, an outdoor swimming pool with a Jacuzzi, as well as a spa and gym. A complimentary shuttle service is offered, through the old town to Cua Dai beach, and bicycles are available for your use. This is a charming hotel offering great service and value.

Four Seasons Resort The Nam Hai, Hoi An

Four Seasons Resort The Nam Hai, Hoi An This sophisticated resort has an understated contemporary style and is set on a pristine stretch of beach just a 20-25 minute drive from the ancient town of Hoi An. Spread over extensive grounds, the hotel offers 100 spacious detached villas, some with private pools. The villas are beautifully designed with raised wooden platforms on which large comfortable beds are placed, separate living spaces and luxurious bathrooms. The hotel also boasts three large infinity pools, a gym, tropical spa and a range of sports facilities as well as a choice of gourmet restaurants. It is an excellent self-contained beach resort that is still close enough to town to be able to enjoy all that Hoi An has to offer.

Anantara Hoi An

Anantara Hoi An Set amongst lush tropical gardens within walking distance of the old town is the Anantara Hoi An, a stylish and intimate hotel with a charming French colonial style. The hotel overlooks the Thu Bon River and the 93 elegant rooms are decorated in a blend of European and Asian style and set in traditional townhouses reflecting Hoi An’s history of trade with Holland, Japan, China and France. With a small swimming pool, spa and an open-air fine dining restaurant, the Anantara is the only accommodation option in the centre of town that has a full range of facilities. The Essence Hoi An Hotel & Spa

www.audleytravel.com/vietnam • 01993 838 140 • Vietnam

17

Rong house, Kon Tum

Coffee picking, Dalat

The wooden Roman Catholic church, Kon Tum

The Central Highlands Relatively few visitors make the detour to visit this region, which forms the mountainous backbone of Vietnam. Home to minority tribes, named collectively by the colonial French as Montagnards (mountain people), the area is renowned for its tea and coffee plantations, as well as fascinating indigenous cultures. The area had strategic importance as it borders Laos and Cambodia to the west. For this reason, the area was fiercely contested in the Vietnam War, with considerable fighting around Buon Ma Thuot, Pleiku and Kon Tum. It has retained its natural scenery however, and with few visitors, a fresh, unspoiled appeal. Getting around The Central Highlands is most often accessed from Hoi An if travelling north to south, or from Saigon via Dalat if travelling in reverse. Kon Tum deserves a few days in its own right and can be visited as a stand-alone destination for those without the time to explore a full overland route of the Highlands by flying from nearby Pleiku to Saigon. A more comprehensive tour will take a route directly through the Highlands to Dalat with an overnight stop at Buon Ma Thuot en route. For birders and nature enthusiasts it is well worth taking a slight detour to Cat Tien National Park before reaching Saigon.

Scenery near Dalat

18

Kon Tum Kon Tum is at the cultural heart of the Central Highlands, remaining relatively untouched by tourism, and is key to any overland journey through the region. The area is inhabited primarily by Montagnards, with 650 villages in the province including the Bahnar and Jarai communities. The main religion of the Montagnards is Roman Catholicism, introduced by French missionaries in the 19 th century. This is evident in the impressive wooden church and seminary in Kon Tum city, which has a traditional European design with an Oriental twist. Kon Tum is also an ideal base for canoeing and trekking to villages with traditional Rong houses, known for their slender towering roofs. Dalat Dalat is Vietnam’s premier hill station, established by the French to provide a cool respite from Saigon’s stifling tropical heat. With a climate of perpetual spring, the area surrounding Dalat is extremely picturesque, with tiered plateaux supporting a diverse range of crops not generally associated with Vietnam. The French influence is evident in the hundreds of colonial villas dotted throughout the town in various states of repair. Dalat is considered by many Vietnamese to be the prettiest town in Vietnam and they often choose it for their honeymoons. Everywhere you’ll see young couples taking pictures of each other against the alpine landscape of pine forests, rolling hills and tranquil lakes. After a morning of sightseeing, you can take afternoon tea and cakes on the impressive lawn of the Dalat Palace, once the centre of colonial society and a sepia-tinted reminder of days gone by.

Cat Tien National Park Located just 150 kilometres from Saigon, the area that is now Cat Tien National Park was hit hard with defoliants during the Vietnam War, but larger trees survived and smaller plants have now recovered and the wildlife has made a comeback. It is particularly popular for birdwatching as it is home to over 340 species of birdlife, including 16 globally threatened species. Guided birding walks allow you to explore the nature trails, or take a night safari for the chance to spot several species of monkey and deer, and if you are lucky, civet cats and porcupines. Cat Tien is also home to the Endangered Asia Species Trust (EAST), which has been set up to rescue, rehabilitate and release mainly gibbons, but also loris, langurs and black shanked douc back into the park. Simple yet comfortable accommodation is available at the Forest Floor Lodge.

Little spiderhunter, Cat Tien National Park

Six Senses Ninh Van Bay, Nha Trang

Six Senses Ninh Van Bay, Nha Trang Set on a crescent-shaped bay accessible only by boat and backed by dramatic mountains, the Six Senses Ninh Van Bay is a gloriously secluded retreat. Rustic yet refined, this elegant resort’s design beautifully complements its environment with natural wood finishes, subtle colour schemes and innovative use of local materials. The 58 spacious villas feature private pools and butler service, while the hotel’s restaurants serve outstanding cuisine. Smooth, white stepping stones lead to the Six Senses Spa where treatments are offered beside a tropical waterfall. The calm, sheltered bay fringed with striking rock formations is perfect for snorkelling over the colourful coral gardens. Mending nets on the beach, Nha Trang

Nha Trang Until recently, Nha Trang was best known to the Vietnamese as one of the country’s biggest fishing ports but its pristine waters and long sandy beaches attract visitors from further afield. Some of the town has succumbed to overdevelopment however, and so we recommend staying at one of the coast’s secluded beach options, such as the beautiful Six Senses Ninh Van Bay or the luxury beach sanctuary in Nui Chua National Park, the Amanoi.

Amanoi, near Nha Trang

Amanoi, near Nha Trang Amanoi is derived from the Sanskrit words for ‘peace’ and ‘place’, and this property is undoubtedly one of the most luxurious coastal retreats in Vietnam. Located a 90 minute drive south of Cam Ranh Airport, Amanoi enjoys an enviable position within the Nui Chua National Park and offers a sanctuary for relaxation, well-being and active pursuits. The sandy beach of Vinh Hy Bay and the extensive Aman Spa ensure guests will depart relaxed and refreshed after their stay. Those of a more active disposition can enjoy trekking in the national park or marine activities just off shore. The 31 pavilions enjoy views of the mountains, the central lake or stunning coastal vistas, and 16 of the pavilions have private swimming pools. For larger groups and families the five Aman villas are a wonderful option.

Six Senses Ninh Van Bay, Nha Trang

www.audleytravel.com/vietnam • 01993 838 140 • Vietnam

19

Long Beach, Phu Quoc Island

Phu Quoc Island Situated off Vietnam’s southernmost point, the island of Phu Quoc offers a convenient beach option for those either at the end of a Vietnam tour, or en route through the Mekong Delta into neighbouring Cambodia. Development is coming fast to Phu Quoc and new resorts are popping up all the time. Nevertheless, there are a few established properties that we recommend. Beautiful sandy beaches and clear waters greet you and set the scene for a quiet break in which to unwind in laid-back, understated comfort.

La Veranda Resort Phu Quoc Set on a pretty stretch of coast, La Veranda Resort Phu Quoc has become a firm Audley favourite. The hotel has been designed to reflect the style and ambience of an old colonial mansion and has a choice of 70 rooms and villas. Each room is superbly appointed and decorated in a classic French colonial style with mosaic floors, dark woods, four-poster beds and shuttered windows. Facilities include a spa with a good choice of treatments, an attractive swimming pool, a sunset bar and a choice of two restaurants offering a wide range of fresh local seafood, traditional Vietnamese specialities and international dishes.

20

Six Senses Con Dao, Con Son Island

La Veranda Resort, Phu Quoc Island

Con Dao Islands Located off the southeast coast of Vietnam, the 16 islands of the stunning Con Dao archipelago make up the majority of the protected Con Dao Marine Park, where the World Wildlife Foundation has established a conservation programme. Sea life found here includes the rare dugong, a large marine mammal related to the manatee. The largest of the islands is Con Son, also known by its colonised name of Iles Poulo Condore. Settled as early as the 16th century by Europeans, the island has a culturally rich and politically intense history. Under French rule Con Son was a penal colony and, right up until the Vietnam War, had an infamous reputation. The many abandoned prisons, now desolate shells, sit alongside manicured gardens and French villas. Today, Con Son has a tranquil atmosphere, with several lovely beaches and a beautiful untouched interior. The island can be reached by a 45 minute flight from Saigon.

This award-winning property, the first luxury hotel to open on the island of Con Son, is remarkable for its unusual design and construction. Set in a breathtaking national park where green-forested hills roll down to a sandy beach, it is remote yet accessible, with 50 spacious pool villas running along the shore. Floor to ceiling windows and natural wood finishes give the villas a simple but elegant style while private pools and butler service ensure a sense of indulgent luxury. The communal guest area is built in the style of a fishing village and incorporates original hand-carved antique wooden panels. Dining options include a gourmet deli and bakery, a Vietnamese open kitchen and a stunning restaurant by the beach, complete with a well-stocked wine cellar. The Six Senses Spa, as well as a main swimming pool, activity and dive centre and a whole host of excursions, will appeal to families and couples alike.

Six Senses Con Dao, Con Son Island

The Vietnam War

Incense burning at Thien Hau Pagoda, Saigon

Statue of Ho Chi Minh, Saigon

In 1946 France began an armed struggle against the Vietnamese Communist Independence Movement in what was to become known as the First Indochina War. Four years later American military advisors had arrived to extend support for their European allies and, more importantly, stave off the threat of Communism. By 1954 France gave up control of Vietnam and the country was divided roughly in half, with the Viet Minh governing northern Vietnam and the south declared an independent state and the Demilitarized Zone (DMZ) between. Following France’s withdrawal, American involvement in the continuing conflict, the Second Indochina War, escalated steadily and by the mid 1960s American troops were widely deployed. Bitter fighting that crossed international borders peaked in 1968 with the Tet Offensive after which US troops were gradually withdrawn. The last American troops left in 1973 and by 1975 the North Vietnamese Army had captured Saigon and the country was reunified the following year. It is possible to explore a number of war locations, visit poignant museums and meet with veterans.

Street scene, Saigon

Sofitel Saigon Plaza

Fruit seller, Saigon

Saigon This vibrant city was the original ‘Pearl of the Orient’ and along the old Rue Catinat and in the surrounding boulevards stand relics of empire and revolution: Notre Dame Cathedral, the Post Office and the Opera House. The city continues to undergo rapid change with new skyscrapers altering the skyline, lively bars and a booming economy all under the watchful gaze of ‘Uncle Ho’, whose statue stands outside the old Hotel de Ville. There is still plenty of local charm: soup sellers ring their chimes to signify a freshly made lunch, fortune-tellers read palms and incense drifts from busy temples. The choice of restaurants is outstanding and there are plenty of opportunities for shopping. One of the best ways to explore is on a Vespa tour, taking in the authentic outer districts by night and sampling local food. Nearby are the infamous Cu Chi Tunnels, a network of secret underground passages used by the Vietcong during the Vietnam War.

Located on the tree-lined boulevard of Le Duan, a short distance from the city’s commercial centre, the Sofitel Saigon Plaza is a comfortable option for a stay in this vibrant city. The 286 guest rooms and suites are all appointed with modern amenities. Luxury Club Rooms have access to the Club Lounge, which offers a more private area to relax with refreshments provided throughout the day. There are several restaurants including the signature L’Oliver, where the French chef serves creative and authentic Provencal cuisine in a cosy and relaxed atmosphere, as well as a poolside bar and lounge. A major draw of the hotel is its rooftop pool, boasting views of the city skyline.

Restaurants around Ben Thanh Market, Saigon

Liberty Central Riverside Hotel, Saigon This hotel offers great value and a convenient base for exploring the city. Situated within District 1, the Reunification Palace, City Hall and the Notre Dame Cathedral are all within a short walk of the property. The hotel has 170 wellappointed rooms and stylish suites, some with views over the Saigon River. There is also a bar with live music each evening, a restaurant, gym and small rooftop swimming pool. Sofitel Saigon Plaza

www.audleytravel.com/vietnam • 01993 838 140 • Vietnam

21

Floating market near Can Tho, Mekong Delta

Victoria Can Tho & Victoria Chau Doc

Victoria Can Tho

Mekong Delta It is in southern Vietnam that the Mekong River reaches the end of its 4,500 kilometre journey and splits into multiple distributaries which flow into the South China Sea. These channels give the region its Vietnamese name, Cuu Long, meaning Nine Dragons, and together form what is more commonly known as the Mekong Delta. It is one of the most agriculturally productive areas in Southeast Asia, growing rice to feed Vietnam’s entire expanding population as well as being a focus of fruit growing and fishing. At the centre of this region is the lively town of Can Tho and one of the region’s best floating markets where the people of the Delta congregate on a daily basis to sell all manner of produce and goods. Upriver is the beguiling town of Chau Doc on the Cambodian border. It is also possible to continue upriver by boat from here to Phnom Penh in Cambodia.

These two fine riverside hotels, each built in a colonial style, bring character and quality to two very different Delta towns. All rooms are well-appointed and many have river views. The restaurants offer both Vietnamese and Western cuisine and the hotel at Can Tho runs an excellent breakfast cruise to explore the markets and floating farms of the Delta.

Ut Trinh Homestay, Vinh Long Staying with a local family in their traditional home is a unique opportunity to experience authentic, everyday life of those living in the heart of the Mekong Delta region. The homestay is located directly on the riverbank, surrounded by gardens. Delicious home-cooked meals are served in the dining room or outside in the garden. There are five en suite rooms, which are basic but comfortable enough for a night or two. Bicycles are also available so that you can get out and explore the area.

Ut Trinh Homestay, Vinh Long

22

Farmers cycling to work, Mekong Delta

Cycling around the Delta For an authentic Delta experience, explore the villages and backwater canal paths on two wheels. Bicycles are the transport of choice for many local inhabitants and offer a relaxed way to explore the region. Meander along the riverside, passing fruit orchards, bamboo bridges and local children playing in the rice paddies. The cycling is fairly relaxed as the terrain is flat and you cycle along narrow lanes past picturesque Delta homes and bump over the old wooden bridges that connect each community. During an afternoon cycling trip, you will cross one of the many rivers by local ferry, explore paddy fields, villages and fruit orchards, and cycle to an important pilgrimage site where you can enjoy tea and fruit with the local people.

The Mekong Delta

The Mekong at Chau Doc

Fishing on the Mekong

Cruising the Mekong Perhaps the most scenic river in Asia, the Mekong is also the most vibrant, especially in Vietnam, where it fans out into the nine rivers that form its huge and fertile Delta. A cruise not only in and around the Delta area, but also upstream to Phnom Penh and on to Siem Reap, marks the striking cultural contrast between this bustling region and the tranquillity of Cambodia, providing a rich and varied element to any itinerary. Here are our favourite options, from one night to week-long voyages.

R/V Bassac Fleet

R/V Mekong Pandaw

R/V Mekong Pandaw

Jayavarman and The Jahan operate eight day cruises between Saigon and Siem Reap, but also have several shorter options for guests who wish to solely explore the Delta in luxury. Shore excursions are tailored to make the most of guests’ specific interests and if you wish, there is the opportunity to swap four wheels for two and explore by bicycle. With 27 elegant staterooms and junior suites, all with panoramic views which can be enjoyed from private balconies, the Jayavarman is a beautifully crafted vessel, combining French colonial style with an aura of the Far East. The Jahan has 26 spacious suites and is inspired by the elegance and exoticism of British India. Both vessels have a spacious sun deck as well as a small spa for ultimate relaxation and a quiet bar area perfect for a sundowner before enjoying dinner on board.

For many years Pandaw has been a pioneer of river cruising in Asia and they operate the 24 cabin R/V Mekong Pandaw between Saigon and Siem Reap in Cambodia and vice versa. The ship is a fine replica of a 1920s river steamer with teak decks and brass adornments creating a wonderfully colonial atmosphere. Air-conditioned, teak-lined double or twin cabins all have en suite facilities making for a comfortable stay on board. The vessel has a spacious dining room and a cocktail bar, as well as a glorious, partlyshaded sun deck from which to view the river. An eight day itinerary visits the Delta’s floating markets and Cham villages before crossing the border into Cambodia. Explore the capital of Phnom Penh by cyclo and the floating villages of Tonle Sap Lake en route to Siem Reap. This is a great option for those who enjoy a leisurely, unhurried pace and prefer to see a number of destinations without changing accommodation.

The Jahan

Jayavarman

Jayavarman & The Jahan

Converted from traditional rice barges, the R/V Bassac fleet offers comfortable twin cabins with en suite facilities, a sun deck and bar, as well as a restaurant serving quality regional cuisine. The converted barges have six or ten cabins, while the two newer Bassac vessels have 12 cabins. All offer the same amenities as you cruise through the heart of the Delta on either a one or two night cruise. You will have the opportunity to head off to explore on smaller boats, stop to walk around local villages and visit cottage industries and the floating markets that form the lifeblood of the region. Without doubt, this is one of the most characterful and authentic ways to explore this fascinating region of southern Vietnam.

R/V Bassac III

Sampans Inspired by the houseboats of Kerala, private sampans are a fun and adventurous way of discovering the Mekong Delta. Generally used for fishing and for transporting goods, the flat-bottomed sampans are ideal for cruising narrow and shallow waterways and are constructed from teak and rattan. The traditional boats have been converted to provide cabins with simple en suite facilities and a living area covered by a woven bamboo roof. One or two night itineraries explore the Delta taking in Cai Be, Sa Dec, Can Tho and the colourful floating markets at Cai Rang.

www.audleytravel.com/vietnam • 01993 838 140 • Vietnam

23

Tailoring your trip

Hoi An

The itineraries shown are designed to give you a flavour of what is possible, and are routes that work particularly well. We can use these as a basis to plan your trip or can design a completely different itinerary to suit your tastes and interests. Please call one of our Vietnam specialists to start planning your itinerary.

BURMA

Hanoi

Halong Bay

Haiphong

laos

Kon Tum

laos

Hue thailand

Getting around

Phu Quoc

Hoi An cambodia

cambodia

T 01993 838 140

vietnam

Saigon

When to go Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

3

33 33 33

3

3

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

3

3

~

3

33 33

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

~

Travel is possible, but this is not the best time of year.

One of the key elements to consider when travelling in Vietnam is the weather, which can often seem as diverse as the land itself. The country is affected by conflicting weather patterns and several different micro-climates, and over the last few years the climate has become increasingly unpredictable. From June to August, the north and south are generally wet, hot and humid while the central region is hot and dry. From September to December the central region is prone to heavier rainfall and tropical storms, but this doesn’t preclude travel, while the north can be very cold and receive occasional rain and the south will be warm and dry. Typically the best time to see the entire country is in March, but there is no one time when the climate in all regions is perfect. Whenever you visit, some part of the country will be at its best and journeys are possible at any time of year. Our experienced specialists will be able to offer sound advice to make the most of whatever time you choose to travel. Time difference: GMT+7 hours

Prices We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to Vietnam on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans.

24

Highlights of Vietnam This trip is ideal for the first-time visitor to Vietnam. In the north you visit the capital Hanoi and Halong Bay before visiting Hue and Hoi An in the centre. A short flight takes you to Saigon, from where you head south to the Mekong Delta to explore the country’s agricultural heartland before ending the trip with time on the beaches of Phu Quoc Island. Day 1

Arrive in Hanoi and transfer to your hotel.

Day 2

Spend the day sightseeing in the narrow streets of the Old Quarter or along the boulevards of the French Quarter.

Day 3

Drive to Halong City to board your junk and spend the day exploring Halong Bay.

Day 4

Travel to Haiphong for your short flight to Hoi An.

Days 5-6

Spend two days discovering this wonderful old port with its tailors’ shops and nearby beach.

Day 7

Take the scenic drive over the Hai Van Pass to Hue.

Day 8

Explore Hue’s imperial city and take a trip on the Perfume River.

Day 9

Fly to Saigon and tour the lively city including a visit to the Cu Chi Tunnels.

Day 10

Travel by road to Can Tho in the Mekong Delta where you will have the opportunity to explore the backwaters.

Days 11-13 Fly to the island of Phu Quoc to enjoy three days of relaxation on the beach. Day 14

Fly back to Saigon for your onward flight.

Stay longer Extend your trip by visiting Sapa in the north, or fly or cruise to Siem Reap in Cambodia, the gateway to the temples of Angkor, where you can spend several days exploring the area.

Buon Ma Thuot Dalat

vietnam

Saigon

Can Tho

As Vietnam stretches over 1,600 kilometres from north to south, the longer distances are usually covered by air, using private vehicles for more interesting overland sections. Vietnam also combines well with visits to other countries in Indochina, with frequent flight connections and overland routes to Thailand, Cambodia and Laos.

My Son

Central Highlands of Vietnam This trip takes in the highlights of central Vietnam and is ideal for a second time visitor, or those looking for a shorter yet adventurous trip in the region. Starting in historic Hoi An you then follow the infamous Ho Chi Minh Trail through the ethnic villages around Kon Tum. Continuing south, you will have the opportunity to explore the former French hill retreat of Dalat before finishing in vibrant cosmopolitan Saigon. Day 1

Arrive in Singapore where you will be met by your driver and transferred to your hotel.

Day 2

Fly to Hoi An for a few days exploring this quaint heritage riverside town.

Day 3

Visit My Son, home to the grandest Cham ruins in Vietnam.

Day 4

Today you are free to explore Hoi An further or simply relax on the beach.

Day 5

Travel inland from Hoi An to join the Ho Chi Minh Trail to Kon Tum.

Day 6

Full day exploring Kon Tum and the surrounding area including village visits, some light trekking and a tour of the town itself.

Day 7

Drive to Buon Ma Thuot, via Pleiku, known for its battlefields during the Vietnam War.

Day 8

Continue south through the Central Highlands, passing through spectacular mountain scenery to the former French colonial hill station of Dalat.

Day 9

Full day of gentle trekking around Dalat’s Tuyen Lam Lake, enjoying the beautiful views.

Days 10-11 Drive from Dalat to Saigon for some time in this cosmopolitan metropolis. You could take an evening tour as a passenger on a Vespa to experience Saigon by night. Day 12

Head to the airport for your onward flight.

Suggested itineraries Angkor Wat

Sapa

Siem Reap

BURMA

cambodia

Mu Cang Chai

vietnam

Phnom Penh

Chau Doc

laos Dong Hoi Hue

Bach Ma National Park

Saigon

Hoi An

Siem Reap cambodia

Can Tho

Hoi An

thailand

thailand

Cai Be

Halong Bay

Luang Prabang

laos Phong Nha-Ke Bang National Park

Hanoi

BURMA

Hanoi

cambodia

vietnam

vietnam

Phnom Penh Saigon

Exploring the Mekong & Angkor Wat This itinerary is the perfect way to combine the scenic Mekong Delta with the stunning temples of Angkor, the frenetic city of Saigon and Cambodia’s charming capital, Phnom Penh. This route works well for those not keen on taking too many domestic flights and who would rather travel overland by road and river. Day 1

Arrive in Saigon with time to relax in the afternoon.

Day 2

Full day city tour of Saigon including a trip to the Cu Chi Tunnels.

Day 3

Transfer to Cai Be in the heart of the Mekong Delta for a cruise through the backwaters stopping to visit villages en route.

Adventurous Vietnam

Discover Indochina

This trip is ideal for those wishing to get off the beaten track in Vietnam. In the north you visit the capital Hanoi and the Tonkinese Alps before flying down to the centre, visiting two national parks and the historic towns of Hue and Hoi An, then travelling on to lively Saigon.

This trip is ideal for the first-time traveller to Indochina, taking in all the key cultural and historical highlights of the region, including Luang Prabang in Laos; Hanoi, Halong Bay, Hoi An and Saigon in Vietnam; and Phnom Penh and the temples of Angkor in Cambodia.

Day 1

Arrive in Hanoi and transfer to your hotel.

Day 1

Arrive in Luang Prabang.

Day 2

Day 2

Spend the day exploring the capital.

Explore the town on electric bikes. You may wish to get up at dawn to see the monks collecting alms from the townspeople.

Day 3

Morning at leisure in Luang Prabang. Fly to Hanoi in the afternoon.

Days 3-5 Take the overnight train to Sapa in the Tonkinese Alps and spend two full days taking easy walks in the mountains and villages of the region. Day 6

Visit a colourful local market before returning to Hanoi via the rice terraces of Mu Cang Chai.

Day 4

Your guide will take you to visit the mausoleum of Ho Chi Minh and the excellent Fine Arts Museum.

Day 5

Travel to Halong Bay where you board your overnight junk and spend the afternoon cruising amongst the wonderful limestone karsts.

Day 6

Spend the morning on Halong Bay before flying to Hoi An.

Day 7

Take time to wander around the historic streets of Hoi An.

Day 4

Visit Cai Be floating market and continue to Can Tho. Afternoon exploring the Delta by bicycle.

Day 7

Fly south to the small town of Dong Hoi, gateway to Phong Nha-Ke Bang National Park

Day 5

Rise early to visit the Cai Rang floating market before continuing on to Chau Doc.

Day 8

Spend the day exploring the vast cave systems with the option to kayak and swim for the more adventurous.

Day 6

Cross the border into Cambodia by speedboat then travel on to Phnom Penh.

Day 7

Explore Phnom Penh with your guide.

Day 8

Fly to Siem Reap and head to the impressive Angkor Wat for sunset.

Days 9-10 Take your time exploring the Angkor complex, including some of the lesser-known temples. Day 11

Day 12

Morning to relax in Siem Reap before an afternoon boat trip on the Tonle Sap Lake.

Saigon

Day 9

Travel by car to Hue.

Day 10

Explore Hue’s imperial city and take a trip on the Perfume River.

Day 8

Fly to Saigon and explore the city with your guide.

Day 11

Continue south, visiting Bach Ma National Park en route to Hoi An.

Day 9

Fly to Phnom Penh in Cambodia.

Day 10

Spend time exploring Cambodia’s capital, perhaps visiting the Khmer treasures at the National Museum.

Day 11

Drive to Siem Reap, the gateway town to the temples of Angkor Wat complex and witness how the temples have been slowly reclaimed by the jungle at Ta Prohm.

Days 12-13 Two days to discover this wonderful old port town with its tailors’ shops and nearby beach. Day 14

Fly to Saigon. Tour the vibrant city and visit the Cu Chi Tunnels.

Day 15

Head to the airport for your onward flight.

Return to the airport for your onward flight.

Days 12-13 Explore the temples of Angkor with a knowledgeable guide. Day 14

Stay longer The southern beaches of Thailand are only a short detour. Some of our favourites are featured in the Thailand section of this brochure, and are an ideal way to relax after your trip.

Head to the airport for your onward flight.

Stay longer You could start with a two day river cruise into Laos from the Thai border, or add on time at a Thai beach at the end.

Rice terraces, Mu Cang Chai

www.audleytravel.com/vietnam • 01993 838 140 • Vietnam

25

Cambodia B

est known as the home of the sublime temples of Angkor, the rest of Cambodia remains largely undiscovered yet there are diverse attractions from coastal islands to fascinating minority villages and large tracts of wilderness. Undoubtedly, the incredible lost city of the Khmers is Cambodia’s main draw, its intricately carved temples constituting one of the most significant archaeological sites in the world, but they represent just one facet of Cambodia’s complex history. The French colonialists left behind an entirely different legacy in the highly attractive towns of their heyday, while in Phnom Penh, the sobering realities of the country’s former regime contrast with its steady recovery. In fact, the irrepressible nature of Cambodia’s people, and their warmth and hospitality are among the most compelling reasons to visit. Head north and east to discover minority villages, waterfalls and animist cemeteries, or south for tropical waters and mountains. There are a large number of responsible tourism initiatives taking off and visitors have the chance to make a lasting difference to the lives of Cambodia’s resilient people.

Audley in Cambodia Our aim is to take you beyond the obvious, for instance to the smaller temples of Angkor, to less-travelled parts of the country and into the heart of local communities. We have travelled extensively throughout Cambodia and spent time meeting guides to ensure that they really bring each place to life and help you make the most of your trip. The temples of Angkor are undeniably the country’s main attraction and with direct flights to Siem Reap, the nearest town, from many Southeast Asian airports it is easy to ‘add on’ a visit here to any journey through the region. However, Cambodia is well worth exploring as a stand-alone destination with rewarding experiences to be had in the charming riverside capital Phnom Penh, the remote northeast, and along the laid-back and picturesque south coast. The road network is improving all the time, making it easier to get around and venture further into this enchanting country.

Koh Ker Beng Banteay Srei Mealea Angkor Wat Siem Reap 1 Roluos Sambor Battambang Prei Kuk Tonle Sap 4 Lake Kompong Thom Pursat Kbal Spean

2 Koh Kong

d an

Bokor National Park Koh Rong

Kampot Kep

Stung Treng Ban Lung

5 Kratie

Mondulkiri

Sen Monorom

Kompong Cham

Oudong PHNOM PENH

Koh Kong

Sihanoukville

Ratanakiri

Phnom Kulen

CAMBODIA

ail Th

Accommodation in Cambodia varies greatly from basic guesthouses to superb luxury resorts, charming, locally-run boutique properties and functional provincial hotels. With new hotels opening all the time, we are able to recommend a variety of options to suit all tastes and budgets. Accommodation in some of the remote areas is more limited, but you can still find beautiful swimming pools and comfortable beds in some of the most surprising locations.

Preah Vihear

Banteay Chhmar

f Gulf o

Accommodation

LAOS

THAILAND

3 Phnom Chisor

VIETNAM

6 0

100 miles

0

161 kilometres

1 Temples of Angkor Reclaimed by the jungle for hundreds of years, these magnificent temples still retain their lost world intrigue. See pages 28-29

4 Tonle Sap Lake This UNESCO-protected biosphere is home to a number of fascinating floating villages and a variety of birdlife. See page 31

2 Koh Kong On the edge of the Cardamom Mountains, this is a beautiful area of mangrove forests, meandering rivers and gushing waterfalls. See page 35

5 Mondulkiri Spectacular scenery with rolling hills and pristine forests, this area is also home to over half the elephant population in Cambodia. See page 36

3 Phnom Penh Cambodia’s capital city is steeped in history, from its crumbling French colonial villas to the infamous ‘Killing Fields’. See page 33

6 Kep Soak up the relaxed atmosphere of this sleepy coastal town whilst sampling the delectable seafood at the local crab market. See page 35

Cambodian arts Enjoy an Apsara dance performance, a martial arts demonstration or silk weaving by organisations working to revive and preserve Cambodia’s arts heritage. See page 32 Diverse architecture The mixture of quaint French colonial villas, art deco buildings and Russian Communist influences are all visual reflections of Cambodia’s colourful history. The people Resilient, smiling and hospitable, the people of Cambodia are as much a part of your experience as the destination itself.

Monks in Sen Monorom, Mondulkiri

www.audleytravel.com/cambodia • 01993 838 160 • Cambodia

27

Monks in front of Angkor Wat

Temples of Angkor Scattered throughout a huge area of forest, the temples of Angkor are one of the world’s greatest man-made wonders and travellers from far and wide come to this small corner of northwest Cambodia to marvel at their splendour. Although the number of visitors multiplies dramatically each year, there are still ways to enjoy Angkor away from the crowds and see it as it would have appeared when first discovered. We can recommend just how to do this at even the busiest sites and like to include some of the lesser-known temples, such as Beng Mealea and Banteay Srei in our tour suggestions.

The ‘Big Three’ Angkor Wat, Ta Prohm & The Bayon One of the largest and most impressive religious buildings in the world, Angkor Wat is arguably the most breathtaking of all the Angkor temples. Built some time in the 12th century as a funerary temple for Suryavarman II, Angkor Wat is the proud national symbol of Cambodia. Avoid the crowds by making an early start or linger here at sunset in relative peace, while the majority of visitors ascend the mountain temple of Phnom Bakheng. If there is one temple that has to be seen early in the morning then it is undeniably Ta Prohm. A firm Audley favourite, Ta Prohm is one of Angkor’s most atmospheric temples left exactly as it was discovered by European explorers in the mid-19 th century. Massive creeping roots of strangler fig trees encase the stonework and as the sun breaks, the temple is full of mystique as an eerily beautiful green light penetrates the tree canopy and rays of sunlight highlight moss-covered pinnacles and mystical courtyards. Five colossal gates heavily decorated with giant statues, elephant trunks and carved stone faces guard the entrances to the ancient royal city of Angkor Thom. At its centre is the magnificent

Ta Prohm

28

The Bayon

Bayon, the ornately decorated state temple of King Jayavarman VII. A complex collection of 54 towers, its 216 enormous smiling faces – said to be in the likeness of the king – are one of Angkor’s most iconic sights, best visited at sunset to see The Bayon bask in the beauty of the late afternoon light. Here too, is the impressive Terrace of Elephants, once a giant viewing stand for public ceremonies.

Preah Khan Baphuon West Baray

West Mebon

Ta Keo

Bayon

Ta Prohm

ANGKOR THOM

Phnom Bakheng

East Mebon

Angkor Wat

Pre Rup

To Banteay Srei, Kbal Spean, Beng Melea, Phnom Kulen & Preah Vihear Banteay Samre

Banteay Kdei Prasat Kravan

Beng Mealea

Remote temples & riverbed carvings Beng Mealea Beng Mealea is a large network of corridors and towers, walls and walkways spanning a site just as large as Angkor Wat. Here the jungle has not just ravaged the temple, it has reclaimed its territory with such ferocity that the result is truly astounding. Climbing amongst the ruins here, where fewer visitors venture, will give you an idea of what it must have felt like to have been one of the first to have stumbled upon the temples in the 19 th century. Kbal Spean Otherwise known as the River of a Thousand Lingas, Kbal Spean is a great diversion from visiting the main temples. Set on a hillside and surrounded by jungle, you walk for about half an hour along a path decorated with Hindu sculptures, until you arrive at a river which flows under a natural sandstone bridge. Here you will find a succession of lingas (a Hindu symbol of divine energy) and representations of Rama, Hanuman, Lakshmi, Nandi and Vishnu carved out of the riverbed. Preah Vihear Set atop a 547 metre spike of the Dongrek Mountains, 140 kilometres northeast of Siem Reap near the border with Thailand, Preah Vihear is one of the the most astonishing religious monuments to be seen in Cambodia, arguably more spectacular than its more esteemed counterpart Angkor Wat. Your steep climb to the summit includes rests at various temple platforms with the stunning views from the top being your ultimate reward.

Siem Reap 0

5 miles

0

8 kilometres

Roluos Group

Banteay Srei

Exquisite carvings Banteay Srei A gem of a temple, Banteay Srei is one of the best preserved Khmer structures in the area. Although perfectly formed and encrusted with elaborate stone carvings, what makes Banteay Srei really stand out is the incredible pink sandstone from which it is made. The best time to visit is in the late afternoon, perhaps after Beng Mealea and Kbal Spean. At this time of day, the sandstone seems to glow with the hues of the afternoon sun. Phnom Kulen Situated a couple of hours’ drive northeast of Siem Reap is Cambodia’s most sacred mountain, Phnom Kulen, the seat of the ancient Khmer Empire. A popular pilgrimage spot for Cambodian day trippers and the very occasional foreign visitor, Kulen National Park offers an array of attractions for those intrepid enough to visit. Travel by car to the national park then begin your trek on foot across the plateau of this small mountain range. You will

Preah Vihear

Lolei

visit Prasat Rong Chen, the site from which Jayavarman II declared independence from Java in 802, thus heralding the creation of the Khmer Empire. Continue on to Srah Damrei in the middle of the jungle, where you will find giant rock sculptures, some over three metres tall. This part of the jungle is scattered with ancient temples, the majority of which have not yet been mapped, but you can visit the giant reclining Buddha at Preah Ang Thom and then cool off at a waterfall before heading back to town. You can also camp overnight in a clearing on the plateau, with stunning views over the plains below.

Stone elephant, Phnom Kulen

www.audleytravel.com/cambodia • 01993 838 160 • Cambodia

29

Floating house on Tonle Sap Lake

Belmond La Residence d’Angkor, Siem Reap

Belmond La Residence d’Angkor, Siem Reap

Siem Reap Once a small market town and now the gateway to the temples of Angkor, Siem Reap has undergone a tremendous period of growth. The town has a plethora of hotels and an eclectic mix of restaurants and bars, but you do not have to venture far to find a more authentic Cambodian presence in the stalls of the fascinating local market or in and among the surrounding villages. For those prone to temple fatigue there are a number of exciting activities in the vicinity such as cycling trips, horse riding and quad biking, as well as cooking classes, which introduce the flavours and delicacies of traditional Khmer cuisine. 30

An undisputed Audley favourite for many years, Belmond La Residence d’Angkor has 59 stylish suites all with balconies or terraces and decorated using traditional hardwoods, bamboo and natural textiles such as silk and cotton. The restaurants serve Khmer and international cuisine, while light meals are available all day in the lounge. Traditional Apsara dance performances are also held three times a week. The saltwater swimming pool is surrounded by lush greenery, making it a perfect oasis to return to during the heat of the day, and if you really need help to unwind there is a wide range of treatments available in the spa.

Shinta Mani Resort, Siem Reap The Shinta Mani Resort stands in the leafy French Quarter of Siem Reap. Boasting 62 well-appointed rooms and one suite, the resort offers affordable yet stylish accommodation in a pretty courtyard setting overlooking the gardens and swimming pool. Slick, contemporary design is combined with local influences. The resort’s sister property, the Shinta Mani Club, also created by the US designer Bill Bensley is adjacent and together they support the Shinta Mani Foundation which aims to provide the resources and skills training that local communities need to overcome poverty.

The Hanuman Alaya Boutique Residence & Hanuman Alaya Villa, Siem Reap These charming boutique hotels are perennial favourites of Audley and offer fantastic value. Set in traditional Khmer-style buildings, they are beautifully decorated with local silks and antiques. Small and intimate in atmosphere and both with small courtyard pools, the properties have 14 and nine rooms respectively all with air conditioning. For guests staying at the villa breakfast can be enjoyed at the small restaurant on site, whilst lunch and dinner can be taken at the Reahoo Restaurant around the corner at the Boutique Residence, which serves a menu of Khmer classics and international fare. Spa treatments can be enjoyed either at the Sita Spa at the Boutique Residence or in small pavilions next to the pool. Possibly the best feature of both properties, however, is the friendliness of their staff, who will do their utmost to ensure your stay here is a wonderful experience.

Pool View Room, Shinta Mani Resort, Siem Reap

Picture perfect Photography tutorials For those with an interest in photography and hoping to either improve their skills or keen to get the most out of their time at the Cambodian temples, we can organise a guided tour with a professional local photographer. Spend a day visiting both the main sights and your guide’s favourite haunts to learn how to get the best from your camera and capture the splendour of Angkor in all its glory.

Tuk-tuk, Siem Reap

Aerial view of Pre Rup

Photographer at Banteay Srei

Helicopter trips This unforgettable experience offers a truly unique perspective on the Angkor kingdom. The flight takes you over Angkor Wat, which will afford you the most spectacular photographic opportunities, as well as Prasat Kravan, Sra Srang and Pre Rup temples. You will also fly over East and West Barays, once enormous reservoirs to provide water for the intensive cultivation of land around Angkor. Longer helicopter tours are also available, taking you to some of the more remote temples in the complex.

Beng Mealea

Amansara, Siem Reap Amansara offers guests peaceful seclusion, but is within easy reach of the temples. Built in 1962 as the royal guesthouse of King Sihanouk, Amansara has been witness to an interesting past hosting visiting dignitaries as well as casualties of Cambodia’s civil war when it served as a base for the Red Cross. With only 24 suites, 12 of which have private pools, the hotel delivers unparalleled attention to detail. The restaurant offers a fusion of local and international dishes, there is a beautiful spa and two pools and the opportunity to start your day with a rooftop yoga session. There is a gallery of Khmer art and artefacts and an Aman-branded fleet of tuk tuks, scooters and bicycles for exploring Angkor.

Village on stilts, Tonle Sap Lake

Tonle Sap Lake Despite being Southeast Asia’s largest freshwater lake, Tonle Sap, which is part of a unique river system, manages to drain almost completely into the Mekong in the dry season and then backs up to form an enormous body of water in the wet season. The local inhabitants cope with the huge rise and drop in water levels by building floating and stilted villages, the largest of which has a population of about 10,000 people, most of whom make a living from fishing. A boat trip to

the villages reveals communities dwelling in an aquatic world, where you can stop off to visit a house and learn a little more about local life or share lunch with the family. Preak Toal biosphere is located on Tonle Sap Lake and is one of the premier birdwatching destinations in Southeast Asia, home to some rare waterbirds such as the greater and lesser adjutant, white-shouldered ibis, painted stork and oriental darter. For real enthusiasts we can organise an overnight stay at a local ranger’s station to ensure you are there for sunset and sunrise when activity is at its peak.

Amansara, Siem Reap

www.audleytravel.com/cambodia • 01993 838 160 • Cambodia

31

Silk weaving, Siem Reap

Children of Bassac dance performance, Phnom Penh

Cambodian arts Cambodia has an esteemed and varied cultural legacy yet the Khmer Rouge did everything possible to erase evidence of this past. Artists were killed, cultural artefacts and statues were destroyed, books and musical instruments were lost – only the Angkor temples were saved as a symbol of power. Following the defeat of the Khmer Rouge the Cambodian people believed their culture had been eradicated. However, in recent years there has been a resurgence in the traditional art forms that disappeared under Pol Pot’s regime and many organisations are working tirelessly to bring them back into the national consciousness. Here are a few of our favourite activities and places to visit to see some of the great work being done in Cambodia.

Phare, the Cambodian Circus Located in a traditional circus tent behind the Angkor National Museum, Phare is an exciting addition to the performing arts scene in Siem Reap. The hour-long nightly performances rotate between four different stories about Cambodian society and history. Each performance offers a mixture of theatre, music, dance, acrobatics and juggling in the big top setting. The circus is run by Phare Ponleu Selpak, a non-profit Cambodian association working with vulnerable children and young adults to improve their lives through development and training in the performing arts, as well as offering social support and educational training. The charity aims to impress audiences with skilled and artistic performances whilst maintaining social and historical awareness through their storytelling. You can watch a circus performance in Siem Reap or visit the training centre in Battambang. Apsara dancing & martial arts For those with an interest in dance it is possible to arrange a private Apsara dance lesson for a deeper understanding of this elegant art form. Apsara is Cambodia’s classical dance and the lessons at a studio in Phnom Penh are given by an experienced teacher who once performed for the late King Sihanouk. The experience is great fun and offers a wonderful insight into this beautiful dance. Yutakun Khom is the original Khmer martial art form, similar to the more commonly known, Thai kick boxing (muay thai), and examples of its techniques are depicted on the entrance pillars to the Bayon temple. Take a lesson with a well-known instructor and learn a few of the basic moves.

Depiction of Apsara dancers, Angkor Wat

32

Children of Bassac This popular dance troupe, part of Cambodian Living Arts, a local NGO, was created over ten years ago to help transform the lives of young people living in poverty. The 24 strong dance troupe is based in Phnom Penh and made up of 16 to 21 year-olds who give weekly performances of traditional dances representing Khmer life. Their shows are very popular and raise funds for a great cause, bringing both skills to vulnerable young people and a revitalisation of the arts to a wider audience.

Phare, the Cambodian Circus, Siem Reap

Golden Silk Pheach Farm A brilliant initiative to restore the art of silk weaving in Cambodia, the Golden Silk Pheach Farm is about 30 kilometres outside Siem Reap and is one of the few places in Southeast Asia where you can see silk being made from the rare yellow silkworm. It is woven into unique and beautiful pieces of fabric that each take months to produce. This is a great place to visit for those who appreciate craftsmanship and guests even have the chance to try their hand at weaving.

Boutique hotels in Phnom Penh There is an ever expanding selection of boutique hotels in Phnom Penh catering to travellers of all tastes and budgets. We work with a small portfolio of tried and tested options that deliver good service and facilities as well as value. Phnom Penh’s intriguing collection of architectural styles includes everything from colonial villas with European influences to the modern, yet distinctly Cambodian ‘New Khmer Architecture’ of contemporary local architects. Several of our favourite hotels are set in renovated buildings and make for characterful places to spend a few nights. Amenities can vary depending on their location and historical significance but several, such as Villa Langka, have their own pools.

Royal Palace, Phnom Penh

Wat Banan, near Battambang

Maison Wat Kor, near Battambang

Raffles Hotel Le Royal, Phnom Penh

Boats, Phnom Penh

Phnom Penh With its bustling markets and wide, tree-lined boulevards, Cambodia’s historic capital is a vibrant and charming city. Highlights include the magnificent Royal Palace and adjacent Silver Pagoda opposite the Tonle Sap and Mekong rivers, as well as the National Museum. This splendid building houses a collection of Khmer treasures, providing a good introduction to the temples of Angkor. You can visit the Tuol Sleng Museum of Genocide and the infamous Killing Fields. Though emotionally challenging, these sites give you an accurate insight into the atrocities that took place under Pol Pot and the Khmer Rouge. We recognise that such a harrowing experience is not for everyone, but the city and its surrounds have plenty more to offer. The diverse markets are great places to explore and the countryside shelters several pre-Angkorian temples as well as a number of wildlife conservation initiatives.

Le Royal is one of the finest hotels in Cambodia and evokes the charm of a bygone era. Built in 1929, this colonial landmark has hosted guests from royalty to war correspondents and starred briefly in the film The Killing Fields. After many years of neglect, the hotel reopened in 1997 under the Raffles brand. The 175 guest rooms and suites are tastefully appointed and are set around manicured gardens and attractive swimming pools. Facilities include a spa and several dining options, whilst the Elephant Bar is the perfect setting for an aperitif and a chance to soak up the colonial charm.

Battambang Officially Cambodia’s second city, Battambang retains the character of a market town and shows little desire to enter the 20 th century, let alone the 21st. Situated on the Sangker River at the centre of a fertile plain, it is one of the most laid-back towns in Indochina. Its dusty streets are lined with faded colonial buildings and it is well worth exploring by cyclo with a well-narrated audio guide that explains the history of Battambang. Nearby attractions include the hilltop Angkorian temples of Wat Banan and Wat Phnom Sampeau, the latter of which was a killing site of the Khmer Rouge. If you plan to attend a performance of the Phare Circus in Siem Reap, we also recommend a visit to the original circus school in Battambang where it is possible to see the troupe in training.

Maison Wat Kor, near Battambang Located in the heart of Wat Kor Village, a short distance from the centre of Battambang, Maison Wat Kor offers just ten rooms in three wooden houses which have been styled on traditional Khmer homes. With air conditioning in all rooms, attractive tropical gardens and a swimming pool, this is a lovely rural retreat for those venturing away from Siem Reap. The restaurant serves a set menu created with fresh produce sourced from the property’s own garden. Raffles Hotel Le Royal, Phnom Penh

www.audleytravel.com/cambodia • 01993 838 160 • Cambodia

33

Song Saa, Koh Rong

Sihanoukville Named after the former king, Sihanoukville grew up around the country’s only deep water port, built to end reliance on trade through Vietnam’s Mekong Delta. The town has always dominated the south coast and over the years it has seen its fair share of visitors attracted to its beaches. Parts of the town have now succumbed to the excesses of budget travel and the choice of quality accommodation here is limited. However, with direct flights to Sihanoukville available from Siem Reap, it is now possible to simply use it as an access point to the scenic islands and sleepy villages that are scattered along the coast.

Song Saa, Koh Rong Two small and idyllic islands, known locally as Song Saa, Khmer for ‘The Sweethearts’, lie just 45 minutes’ boat ride off the coast of Sihanoukville. These two tiny islets in the unspoilt Koh Rong archipelago are linked by a footbridge, allowing visitors to walk from the luxury private resort on one island to the nature reserve on the other. The resort offers just 27 stunning villas, nine set right over the water, the others enjoying ocean or jungle views. Huge beds, oversized baths, private pools and hand-crafted furniture made from driftwood or salvaged materials give the villas an incredibly luxurious feel, yet one which is in keeping with its surroundings. This exclusive retreat is all-inclusive and offers unparalleled levels of comfort and style, making it the ultimate place in which to relax.

Fruit seller, Sihanoukville

South coast Cambodia’s relatively undeveloped south coast offers beaches, idyllic islands, national parks, ancient cave temples and sleepy colonial-era towns. It is also home to some of the country’s tastiest dishes with Cambodians travelling here for the delicious crab in particular, delicately flavoured with home-grown black pepper. The border with neighbouring Thailand is within easy reach, as is Vietnam, which presents a convenient link for combining Cambodia’s south coast and Vietnam’s Mekong Delta. Song Saa villa, Koh Rong

34

Beach on Koh Rong

Mangroves, Koh Kong Province

The Queen’s Villa, Kep

Fishing port, Sihanoukville

Koh Kong The southwest province of Koh Kong is home to some of Cambodia’s most remarkable natural landscapes and habitats, including deserted islands and beaches, thundering waterfalls and mangrove-lined rivers, as well as the dense jungle of the Cardamom Mountains. Deemed the second-largest virgin rainforest in mainland Southeast Asia, the Cardamoms have remained ecologically intact thanks largely to their remoteness, and provide territory for at least 59 globally-threatened animal species. A few days in the Koh Kong region provides an insight into Cambodia’s natural beauty, with opportunities to kayak amongst pristine mangrove forest, swim in waterfalls and visit remote fishing communities. Accessible from Phnom Penh and only a short distance from a straightforward border crossing with Thailand, a visit to this region is highly rewarding.

Market, Kampot

4 Rivers Floating Lodge, Koh Kong Situated on a bend of the Tatai River on the outer reaches of the Cardamom Mountains, the 4 Rivers Floating Lodge is a comfortable base from which to experience some of Cambodia’s stunning ecology, including its untamed mangrove forests – the most extensive in mainland Southeast Asia. This unique lodge is only accessible by boat but is within easy reach of the main town of Koh Kong, and has a total of 12 simple but sophisticated African safari-style tents, all on floating platforms.

Kep Just an hour or so along the scenic coast road from Sihanoukville, Kep was Cambodia’s first seaside resort, a stylish retreat founded by the French in 1908. Today its grand old villas and many fine examples of modernist architecture lie mostly abandoned giving the town a somnolent charm. Nearby islands such as Koh Tonsay (Rabbit Island) are popular for day trips and delicious local crab caught daily off the coast is a popular lunchtime treat that attracts crowds of Khmers. A stay in Kep can be combined with a visit to Kompong Trach, where you will find limestone karst formations riddled with a network of caves.

Veranda Natural Resort, Kep

Veranda Natural Resort, Kep Nestled into the hillside overlooking the South China Sea, the Veranda is a lovely base for exploring the area. The hotel has 23 unique wooden and stone bungalows and small villas reached by bougainvillea-lined pathways. Complete with a good sized pool, a bakery and a shop, it has everything you need for some rest and relaxation at the end of your trip.

Kampot Kampot is a quiet, riverside town with charming faded remnants of the French colonial era. The town is home to an atmospheric collection of period architecture, especially the area along Riverside Road and around the Old Market, where you can buy the famous Kampot black pepper. Rent a bicycle and explore the town and surrounding countryside or alternatively, relax at one of the charming riverside cafes and watch the world go slowly by.

4 Rivers Floating Lodge, Koh Kong

www.audleytravel.com/cambodia • 01993 838 160 • Cambodia

35

Irrawaddy dolphin in the Mekong near Kratie

Rajabori Villas, Koh Trong

Rajabori Villas, Koh Trong

Kratie This small, bustling town on the banks of the Mekong is a popular stop for travellers heading to explore Cambodia’s northeast or travelling overland into Laos. Home to a small population of endangered Irrawaddy dolphins, conservationists are working hard to preserve their habitat. Fortunately for visitors, they are reasonably easy to spot, particularly during the dry season. It is worth spending a night in the area for a chance to immerse yourself in rural life and feel a part of the local communities that make their living from the mighty Mekong River.

Rural life, Mondulkiri

36

Situated on the small Island of Koh Trong, near Kratie, this resort offers a very rural, Khmer experience. The ten traditional stilted villas are beautifully designed with hand-carved wooden furniture and a large balcony enabling you to take in the scenic surroundings. The resort has a delightful swimming pool and the restaurant offers a small menu serving a combination of Khmer and international cuisine. Bicycles are available for use around the island, allowing you to see the lush countryside at a gentle pace and interact with the local families that live here.

Mondulkiri The easternmost province of Mondulkiri is one of the least explored areas in Cambodia. Despite being the largest of Cambodia’s provinces, it has a population of only 50,000, most of whom are Bunong (Pnong) and Khmer. The journey from Phnom Penh is now along a good sealed road, but can still take up to seven hours. It is worth stopping at Skuon en route, a small town known as the home of deep-fried tarantula, a national delicacy. Mondulkiri’s hilly landscape is unique within Cambodia and scattered with minority villages, majestic waterfalls, areas of pine forest and picturesque vistas.

Sen Monorom Nestled amongst rolling hills and lush forests lies Sen Monorom, the tiny provincial capital of Mondulkiri. Life here takes on an even slower pace than elsewhere in rural Cambodia and the small market in the centre of town is the hub of the community. Sen Monorom is an excellent base for exploring the region and although the accommodation options are basic, the experiences on offer make it well worthwhile. Mondulkiri is best known for encounters with elephants at the well-respected Elephant Valley Project. You can also visit the mighty Bou Sraa Waterfalls, the largest and most well-known in Cambodia, which are immortalised in songs known to every Cambodian. Mondulkiri is also a good place to visit ethnic minority villages, which differ from those in other provinces, and their unique architecture and communal lifestyle are fascinating. We recommend at least three nights in Sen Monorom to fully appreciate the hidden delights of the area.

Delivering supplies, Mondulkiri

Seven step waterfall, near Ban Lung

Kreung houses, near Ban Lung

Elephant Valley Project The Elephants Livelihood Initiative Environment (E.L.I.E.), with the support of Bunong villagers, rescues and treats domestic elephants which come from abusive backgrounds and have suffered illness or injury as a consequence. The Elephant Valley Project, an ecotourism initiative near Sen Monorom, has been set up to provide a truly unique experience for visitors. Emphasis is on observing the elephants in their natural environment as well as learning about the Bunong minority culture.

Kreung village, Ratanakiri

Kachac man, Ratanakiri

Effigy in a Tompuon cemetery, Kachon

Ratanakiri

Ban Lung

In the far northeast of the country lies the province of Ratanakiri. During the 1960s this region was the base for the Khmer Rouge and Pol Pot spent much of his time here. Rarely visited, this remote region is rich in natural beauty with rivers traversing lush forests and cascading occasionally into waterfalls. There are also minority tribes here who have had little contact with the wider world. Take a river journey up the Tonle San to Kachon village, home of the Tompuon people and their traditional cemeteries, complete with carved effigies and unique burial rituals. The stilted male and female huts found in Ratanakiri’s Kreung villages also provide a glimpse of the fascinating courting practices of the local people. Laotian and Chinese communities can also be found in the area along with many minority tribes, making the region a melting pot of cultures.

As the provincial capital of Ratanakiri, Ban Lung makes an excellent base from which to explore the many areas of interest in the province. It has a feel of the ‘wild east’ about it, with dusty roads and just two main streets. The town can be reached by road in a day from the riverside town of Kratie, or by a longer bumpy road journey from Cambodia’s capital Phnom Penh. For those travelling to or from Laos, the journey can be made by road across the border.

Terres Rouge Lodge, Ban Lung This guesthouse was once a former Governor’s residence and is without doubt the most charming in the north of Cambodia. Infused with Gallic charm, Terres Rouge Lodge is a wonderful blend of dark wood, local textile wall hangings and sculptures. There are 29 rooms in total: those in the main house are fan-cooled, while the newer bungalows dotted throughout the gardens are air-conditioned. The restaurant offers an extensive menu of Cambodian and French cuisine, and the well-stocked bar is perfect for unwinding after a day of exploration. Set amongst tropical gardens overlooking the lake, the hotel also has a small pool, which makes this a great place to base yourself while exploring the area.

Terres Rouge Lodge, Ban Lung

www.audleytravel.com/cambodia • 01993 838 160 • Cambodia

37

Angkor Wat Siem Reap cambodia Tonle Sap Lake

Phnom Penh

Koh Kong

Sihanoukville

Kampot Kep

Classic Cambodia This trip is perfect for those who have two weeks and would like to take in all the main highlights of this fascinating country. The combination of history, culture, architecture, countryside and coastal relaxation provides the opportunity to get to know Cambodia’s many facets. Day 1

Arrive in Phnom Penh, the exotic capital of Cambodia. You will spend two nights here.

Day 2

Explore the Royal Palace and the Silver Pagoda, then visit the sombre S21 Museum and the Killing Fields, two sites related to the Khmer Rouge regime.

Day 3

Drive out to Koh Kong to explore the protected area of the Cardamom Mountains.

Day 4

Explore the Tatai River and nearby waterfalls or kayak amongst the mangroves.

Day 5

Head to the charming coastal resort of Kep for several days of relaxation.

Day 6

Visit the local crab market and enjoy a delicious meal overlooking the sea.

Angkor Wat

When to go Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

33 33 33

3

3

3

3

3

~

3

33 33

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

~

Cyclo passing the Royal Palace, Phnom Penh

Tailoring your trip The itineraries shown are designed to give you a flavour of what is possible, and are routes that work particularly well. We can use these as a basis to plan your trip or can design a completely different itinerary to suit your tastes and interests. Please call one of our Cambodia specialists to start planning your itinerary.

T 01993 838 160

Getting around Travelling between Siem Reap and Phnom Penh is usually by air, as the road journey can take a full day by car. From Phnom Penh, the south coast, including the area of Koh Kong is within comfortable driving distance and there is also a flight between Siem Reap and Sihanoukville. You could consider a cruise that travels between Siem Reap and Saigon, which gives you the opportunity to explore on shore between the two places. Exploring the rest of Cambodia is generally undertaken with a private car and driver.

Travel is possible, but this is not the best time of year.

Cambodia is hot all year round, with very little rainfall between November and March. The tropical rains traditionally start in April and pick up in July, continuing until late October, though recent changes to weather patterns have meant this is no longer always the case. Visits are still possible during this period as the rain usually consists of short, but heavy, downpours. The optimum time to visit is November when humidity is low, the rivers and waterfalls are full and the countryside is at its most colourful.

Day 9

Time difference: GMT+7 hours

Prices We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to Cambodia on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans.

Boats, Tonle Sap Lake

38

Days 7-8 At leisure in Kep. Travel to Sihanoukville via Kampot (known for its pepper farms and sleepy riverside setting) for a direct flight to Siem Reap.

Days 10-12 Three days to explore the majestic temples of Angkor as well as the tranquil Tonle Sap Lake. Day 13

Return to the airport for your onward flight.

Stay longer You could extend your trip by a week to explore the highlights of Laos, including the UNESCOprotected town of Luang Prabang, or from Phnom Penh, take a few days to discover the northeast of Cambodia.

thailand

Angkor Wat Siem Reap Battambang

Angkor Wat Siem Reap

cambodia

Tonle Sap Lake Kratie

Koh Kong

Tonle Sap Lake

cambodia

Pakbeng Chiang Rai

Sen Monorom

Phnom Penh

Phnom Penh

Bangkok

Day 1

Arrive in Siem Reap, the gateway to the temples of Angkor.

Day 2

Spend the morning visiting some of the key temples and the afternoon on the waters of Tonle Sap Lake.

Koh Tonsay

Cambodia’s Cities & the Southern Coast Scattered throughout Cambodia are some wonderful examples of French colonial architecture, much of it left in a state of gentle decay. Starting at the magnificent temples of Angkor you will travel by road through the country on a French colonial trail, ending your trip with a few days’ rest on the tropical beaches of the south. Day 1

Days 2-3 Explore the temples of Angkor with a knowledgeable guide.

Day 4

Fly south to Sihanoukville and travel to the charming seaside resort of Kep.

Days 4-5 Head for sleepy Battambang, exploring this attractive town by cyclo or bike and enjoying some of the excellent food on offer.

Day 6

Explore the colonial gem of Kampot.

Day 7

Transfer to Koh Kong on the edge of the Cardamom Mountains.

Day 8

Spend the day kayaking in the mangroves or enjoying a boat trip to the nearby waterfalls.

Day 9

Travel overland to Phnom Penh where you will spend the next two nights.

Day 10

Explore the capital’s highlights with your guide.

Day 11

Travel overland to Kratie and spend the night on the island of Koh Trong.

Day 12

Day 13

Cruise along the Mekong looking for the rare Irrawaddy dolphin. Later drive to Sen Monorom.

Day 6

Mountains & Mangroves This varied itinerary takes in the highlights of both Laos and Cambodia, including the charming town of Luang Prabang and the temples of Angkor, before finishing on the beach in Thailand. Day 1

Arrive in Bangkok.

Day 2

Fly to Chiang Rai, Thailand with an afternoon to relax after your flight.

Day 3

Cross into Laos and enjoy a day cruising down the mighty Mekong River, staying overnight at the village of Pakbeng.

Day 4

Continue to the UNESCO town of Luang Prabang.

Day 5

Spend the morning exploring Luang Prabang with your guide. In the afternoon, visit the scenic Kuang Si Waterfalls.

Day 6

Head north to Nong Khiaw and discover the beautiful countryside.

Day 7

Trek to mountain and riverside villages.

Day 8

Return to Luang Prabang.

Day 9

At leisure in Luang Prabang.

Arrive in Siem Reap.

Enjoy a final day exploring the fascinating temples with your guide.

A free day to relax in Kep.

Phnom Penh

Kep

Day 3

Day 5

cambodia Koh Kong

Kampot

Kampot

This tour of Cambodia explores the northeast and the south coast, as well as the temples of Angkor and the capital, Phnom Penh. This is a fascinating itinerary, allowing the visitor to really uncover Cambodia’s charm and inherent beauty.

Siem Reap

Koh Samet

Kep

Grand Tour of Cambodia

Luang Prabang laos

thailand

vietnam Sihanoukville

Nong Khiaw

Head south to Phnom Penh stopping at the former capital of Oudong en route.

Day 7

Enjoy an architectural tour of Phnom Penh which illustrates the history of the city’s development.

Day 8

Depart Phnom Penh and head to the coastal town of Kep.

Day 9

A day trip to the nearby old colonial town of Kampot.

Day 10

Take a boat trip over to Koh Tonsay (Rabbit Island) to spend the day relaxing on the beach.

Day 11

Time to relax by the sea.

Day 12

A leisurely start to the day and then a transfer back to Phnom Penh for your onward flight.

Spend the day visiting the unique Elephant Valley Project.

Stay longer

Day 14

Explore the surrounding area and visit impressive waterfalls, local tribes and coffee plantations.

From Kep, it is easy to cross the border into Vietnam where you can explore the Mekong Delta and then head north through the country.

Day 15

Return to Phnom Penh by road for a final night in the capital.

Day 16

Head to the airport for your onward flight.

Days 10-12 Fly to Siem Reap and explore the magnificent Angkor Wat, Ta Phrom and Tonle Sap Lake. Day 13

Transfer by road to Phnom Penh.

Day 14

Explore Phnom Penh’s cultural and historical sights.

Day 15

Transfer by car to Koh Kong.

Day 16

Enjoy a visit to the scenic Tatai Waterfalls.

Days 17-20 Leave Cambodia and continue by road into Thailand to the idyllic island of Koh Samet for three days of relaxation. Day 21

Transfer by boat and car to Bangkok for your onward flight.

Stay longer From Siem Reap you could venture overland to the northern temple of Preah Vihear. This UNESCO-recognised temple sits atop a rocky outcrop and enjoys stunning views out over the plains of Cambodia. Coastline near Kep

www.audleytravel.com/cambodia • 01993 838 160 • Cambodia

39

Sandwich seller, Nha Trang, Vietnam

French Indochina Known collectively as French Indochina, or more commonly as Indochina, the countries of Vietnam, Cambodia and Laos offer a diverse range of attractions from exquisite temples to delicious regional cuisine. Home to a range of colourful hill tribes as well as the remnants of colonial rule and some staggering scenery, they combine well to create a full and varied itinerary.

French legacy Ruled by the French from 1887 to 1954, the imposing architecture, pretty tree-lined boulevards and numerous cafes across the region are just part of the legacy left behind by the colonial power. Throughout the period of French control, Vietnam’s emperors, and the kings of Laos and Cambodia, remained nominally in charge but the influence of the colonialists was far reaching. Even today many of the older generation still speak French, you will find baguettes on sale everywhere, and cafes, patisseries and fine dining restaurants are a firm part of the culture. Nowhere in Vietnam is the French influence more obvious than in the bustling capital of Hanoi. Evocative of a bygone age, the French Quarter has some of Vietnam’s finest architecture, whereas a walk around the Old Quarter offers charming cafes and Catholic churches seamlessly integrated into contemporary Vietnamese life. Laos’ sleepy riverside capital, Vientiane, is brimming with wide tree-lined boulevards and the Patuxai Monument is reminiscent of the Arc de Triomphe in Paris. In Cambodia, sleepy waterfront towns littered with the crumbling grandeur of colonial villas hark back to a time when they hosted the cream of French society.

Haw Pha Bang, Luang Prabang, Laos

40

UNESCO Indochina has a number of major UNESCO World Heritage Sites, the most iconic being the majestic temple complex of Angkor in Cambodia. The ancient Hindu temple of Preah Vihear on the border with Thailand is also on the list, as is Wat Phou in southern Laos, which lies in a state of disrepair but is well worth a visit. The main UNESCO site in Laos is the town of Luang Prabang, the country’s spiritual centre, home to beautifully gilded temples and saffron-robed monks. In Vietnam there are five UNESCO sites including the karst limestone scenery of Halong Bay, the spectacular cave systems of Phong Nha-Ke Bang National Park, the Emperors’ tombs and citadel in Hue, the charming merchant town of Hoi An, and the Hindu temple complex at My Son, which was constructed between the 4th and 14th centuries.

Ta Prohm, Cambodia

A Journey through Indochina

Hanoi Luang Prabang Laos Chiang Rai

Halong Bay

Vietnam

Vientiane Hue

This comprehensive itinerary takes in the very best that Indochina has to offer and allows time to stop and experience each unique destination. Starting in northern Thailand with a cruise down the Mekong to Luang Prabang, the trip continues to other significant sites including Vientiane, Halong Bay and Hoi An before ending at the temples of Angkor.

Hoi An

Thailand

Day 1

Arrive in Bangkok, Thailand.

Day 2

Fly north to Chiang Rai and transfer to your hotel.

Day 3

Cross the border into Laos and cruise the Mekong towards Luang Prabang. Stay overnight in a lodge outside Pakbeng.

Day 4

Continue your cruise, arriving in historic Luang Prabang.

Day 5

Day at leisure in Luang Prabang.

Day 6

A further day to explore the temples and faded colonial charm of the UNESCO-protected town.

Day 7

Fly to Vientiane and enjoy an evening culinary tour.

Day 8

Morning at leisure to explore before a short flight to Hanoi, Vietnam.

Day 9

Discover Hanoi on a fascinating early bird tour.

Day 10

A second day to explore Hanoi.

Day 11

Head out to Halong Bay and spend the afternoon cruising around the limestone islets and caves.

Bangkok Siem Reap Cambodia Phnom Penh Chau Doc

Saigon

Can Tho

Flower H’mong traders, Sin Cheng, Vietnam

Hill tribes One of Indochina’s most interesting cultural features is its diverse minority groups, many of which still use authentic farming techniques and wear traditional dress. Many of these groups live in the more remote corners of the region including northern Laos, northeast Cambodia and central and northern Vietnam. Although more effort is required to access these areas, you are rewarded with stunning vistas, colourful markets and subsistence level communities, relatively untouched by the modern world. Visiting these communities can easily be combined with elephant experiences, boat trips or cycling and trekking routes. One of the best ways to interact with the minority groups is to visit one of the many local markets such as Sin Cheng in northwest Vietnam, which is one of our favourites. This market is primarily used by Flower H’mong, who are known for their colourful and distinctive, traditional dress. It is also possible to stay overnight in a local community and experience rural life and customs at first-hand. The Mekong At over 4,000 kilometres long, it is no exaggeration to say the Mekong is the lifeblood of the region, providing transport, food, energy, communication and a cultural focal point for millions of people living along its banks. The northern parts of the Mekong are incredibly scenic as it winds its way through the remote jungle-clad mountains of Laos and can be explored with a two day boat trip ending in Luang Prabang. Once the Mekong leaves Luang Prabang it continues south and for several hundred kilometres forms the border between Laos and Thailand. It then flows into a flat area known as Si Phan Don, or the 4,000 Islands where ribbons of water embrace tiny island communities.

Undoubtedly one of the most scenic parts of Vietnam, the Mekong Delta is where the river finally reaches the South China Sea. Known as the rice bowl of Vietnam, it is a patchwork of verdant rice paddies and traditional villages. The best way to explore the Delta is to wind through the backwaters by boat. Off the beaten track Many operators offer travel to Indochina and most of the highlights are now on a fairly well-worn path. However, it is easy to avoid the crowds, particularly in the remote border regions. The province of Ha Giang in northern Vietnam is a fantastic destination with spectacular rice terraces. Northern Laos has some stunning scenery and the mountainous area around Luang Nam Tha and Muang La is a great base for trekking, kayaking and cycling. Sam Neua, close to the border with Vietnam, is home to a variety of interesting sites and can make for an interesting overland trip if travelling on to northern Vietnam. In Cambodia it is possible to find a lesstravelled path as soon as you leave the main centres of Siem Reap and Phnom Penh, but it is the northeast provinces of Ratanakiri and Mondulkiri that offer the most to the more intrepid traveller.

Days 12-14 Fly to Danang and travel to Hoi An for three days to relax and explore. Day 15

Drive over the scenic Hai Van Pass to Hue.

Day 16

Full day on the Perfume River visiting the historical sites of Hue.

Day 17

Fly to Saigon and visit the Cu Chi Tunnels. Afternoon at leisure.

Day 18

Wind your way through the backwaters of the Mekong Delta towards Can Tho.

Day 19

Visit Cai Rang floating market, then continue to Chau Doc on the Cambodia border.

Day 20

Travel by boat to Phnom Penh, capital of Cambodia.

Day 21

At leisure before a flight to Siem Reap.

Day 22

A day to explore the magnificent temples of Angkor.

Day 23

Day at leisure in Siem Reap to further explore the temples.

Day 24

Head to the airport for your onward flight.

Taking goods to market in the Mekong Delta

www.audleytravel.com/cambodia • 01993 838 160 • Cambodia

41

Laos T

he least developed country in Indochina, Laos has a timeless quality, with a refreshingly unhurried pace of life, bucolic country scenes and a languid charm. Life here has changed little in centuries and Western influence is minimal, even in its diminutive capital, Vientiane. The French colonialists have left their mark of course, but apart from their elaborate villas in the country’s few small cities and the street-side cafes serving excellent coffee, little remains of the years under colonial rule. The country’s magnificent gilded temples, saffron-robed monks, colourful hill tribes and small-scale farms have survived unchanged, however. The former royal capital, Luang Prabang, with its ancient temples and silent processions of monks is a romantic remnant of an Asia long lost in other parts of the region. Around it, spectacular mountain scenery gives way to the upper reaches of the Mekong River. To the east, you will find the enigmatic Plain of Jars, a megalithic site scattered with hundreds of massive stone jars, while in the far south, the mighty Mekong fans out into the 4,000 Islands, an area of quiet backwaters and resilient communities.

Audley in Laos

VIETNAM

Ou

2

Muang La

Huay Xai Nong Khiaw Pakbeng

1

3

Muang Ngoi

4

Nam Et-Phou Louey National Park

5

Vieng Xai Pak Ou Caves rs Caves a Luang J f Prabang lain o

Mek

ong Riv er

P

Phonsavan

6 7 Vang Vieng

LAOS

0

100 miles

0

161 kilometres

Hin Boun National Park

in nk To of

VIENTIANE

Kong Lor Caves Tham Pha Pa THAILAND (Buddha Cave) Thakhek Hin Boun

1 Luang Prabang

Soak up the tranquil atmosphere of this picturesque town with its attractive villas, quaint streets and gilded temples. See pages 44-45 2 Muang La One of the best kept secrets in Laos. This small, friendly Tai Lu village is little visited and is an ideal base for a few days to explore the scenic surrounds and meet the diverse ethnic groups. See page 47 3 Nong Khiaw Enjoy the serenity and scenery of this quiet backwater, nestled between the Nam Ou River and the mountains. See page 47 4 Nam Et-Phou Louey

Buddha statues, Wat Xieng Thong, Luang Prabang

r

Luang Nam Tha

Rive

BURMA

lf Gu

There is a surprising range of accommodation in Laos, much of it locallyrun and full of character. In Luang Prabang and Vientiane, French colonial villas have been converted into small, stylish hotels with a warm welcome and all the requisite comforts. Several of these offer the luxury of swimming pools and spas. In the mountains of the north, rustic but comfortable lodges have opened for those who wish to stay in remote locations to explore the natural wonders of this region, while simple yet welcoming resorts in the south are perfect bases for exploring one of the most stunning areas of the country.

Phongsali

National Park Head into this remote national park on an exciting night safari to learn about the efforts to protect Laos’ wildlife. See page 48

ve r

Ri

Accommodation

CHINA

Mekong

Our unrivalled knowledge of Laos comes from our own extensive travels in the country as well as many years of organising travel here. The guides we use are personally chosen, some being former monks and many now close friends. In order to truly experience this peaceful nation, it is important to build in enough time to explore at a leisurely pace, to wander through the backstreets of serene Luang Prabang or relax by the water’s edge in the rural south. River travel fits naturally into this calm pace of life and we always try to incorporate a sedate boat journey into our Laos itineraries. The more remote regions of the country are gradually opening up and we recommend that you take some time to explore the less-visited areas to truly get to know the laid-back Laotian people, their way of life and wonderful country.

Tad Lo

8

Pakse

Bolaven Plateau

Don Daeng

Champasak Wat Phou 4000 Islands

CAMBODIA

5 Vieng Xai Caves Nestled in a picturesque valley in the remote northeast, the Vieng Xai Caves make for a fascinating detour on the overland route to Vietnam. See page 48 6 Mekong River Meander along the Mekong from the north of Thailand to Luang Prabang by boat on a two day journey. See page 46

7 Vang Vieng This sleepy riverside town is enjoying a renaissance and is back on the discerning traveller’s map. Enjoy a full range of outdoor pursuits against a dramatic backdrop of limestone karst scenery. See page 49 8 Champasak A charming place to spend a few days and perfectly positioned to explore the Wat Phou ruins and the 4,000 Islands in southern Laos. See page 51

www.audleytravel.com/laos • 01993 838 125 • Laos

43

Buddhist monks at Wat Xieng Thong, Luang Prabang

Amantaka, Luang Prabang

Mekong River, Luang Prabang

Luang Prabang Once the ancient capital of northern Laos and now a UNESCO World Heritage Site, Luang Prabang has retained much of its majesty and tranquillity. The town has more than 30 beautifully gilded temples and is a spiritual centre for the entire country. At dawn saffron-robed monks stream from the temples down narrow streets and alleys between buildings dating back to the French colonial era, collecting alms from their neighbours in the early morning light. The temple of Wat Xieng Thong is a highlight with its intricate mosaics, while the hilltop Wat Phu Si affords wonderful views over the town, the Mekong River and surrounding mountains. After the sun sets over the Mekong the town comes to life with a night market offering a huge range of goods.

Set in extensive gardens, Amantaka is housed in several original French colonial buildings that once served as a hospital. It has all the superb facilities that you would expect from Aman including a beautiful spa, large swimming pool, fitness centre and a library. Amantaka offers 24 spacious suites each beautifully designed in a signature minimalist style, most with private courtyards and outdoor pools. The resort is within walking distance of the many boutiques, bakeries and restaurants along the main street, and close to the Mekong River and the night market. Whether you prefer a private photography tour, a cooking lesson on an organic farm or a traditional baci ceremony to realign the spirits of the body, a host of cultural activities are also on offer.

Amantaka, Luang Prabang

44

Belmond La Residence Phou Vao, Luang Prabang

Belmond La Residence Phou Vao, Luang Prabang Situated on the outskirts of Luang Prabang, Belmond La Residence Phou Vao is one of the most established and comfortable hotels in Laos. All 34 suites have huge corner bathtubs, and balconies with wonderful views over the surrounding rural countryside. This is one of the few hotels in Luang Prabang to have a large swimming pool and the restaurant offers excellent Laotian and international cuisine. The adjacent terrace has spectacular views over rice paddies and the mountains, and the spa pavilions set in tranquil gardens are hard to resist. As well as being environmentally conscious, the hotel is also a strong supporter of local charities and has a number of initiatives in place to help the community.

Weaving at Ock Pop Tok, near Luang Prabang

Street scene, Luang Prabang

Angsana Maison Souvannaphoum, Luang Prabang

Kuang Si Waterfalls, near Luang Prabang

Angsana Maison Souvannaphoum, Luang Prabang Once home to Laotian royalty, the Maison Souvannaphoum is a charming option for a stay in Luang Prabang. The hotel has four suites in the original building, including the Maison Room which was once the bedroom of Prince Souvanna Phouma himself, and more contemporary-styled rooms in the garden wing. There is a good restaurant serving a choice of Laotian and Indochinese cuisine, as well as a spa and a small swimming pool. The hotel is only a short walk from Luang Prabang’s night market and the temples, cafes and restaurants of the town.

Le Sen, Luang Prabang Le Sen is a little gem and offers great value. The 20 rooms are modest but charming and most have balconies overlooking the swimming pool. There are shops and restaurants nearby, and the night market is just a 15 minute stroll away.

Wat Phou Si, Luang Prabang

Around Luang Prabang Luang Prabang’s spectacular scenery offers opportunities for enjoyable trekking, river trips or elephant experiences. Here are a few of our favourite activities around the town. Kuang Si Waterfalls The picturesque Kuang Si Waterfalls are 30 kilometres from Luang Prabang and are best seen in the early morning before the crowds arrive. Enjoy an al fresco breakfast by the falls before climbing to the top for a swim in the natural pools. You can also visit a nearby sanctuary to see the endangered Asiatic ‘moon’ bear. Meditation with monks In keeping with Laos’ spiritual side, it is possible to spend time at the hillside temple of Wat Phou Kouey, on the outskirts of Luang Prabang, with a resident monk who can guide you on the principles of meditation. This is a peaceful temple, which few visit, making it all the more special. Ock Pop Tok Ock Pop Tok is a non-profit organisation working to preserve, revitalise and promote textile making. Focusing on the strikingly

Living Land Organic Farm

colourful and intricate designs of the Tai ethnic minorities which reflect their animist, shamanic and Buddhist influences, the organisation runs a couple of galleries in Luang Prabang and a weaving centre just outside the town. Learn to weave or prepare mulberry leaves for the silkworms in a wonderfully hands-on experience offering a deeper insight into the traditions and skills behind the beautiful textiles that are sold throughout Laos. Living Land Organic Farm The Living Land Organic Farm is a wonderful opportunity to experience the life of a Laotian farmer and try your hand at working with a water buffalo in knee-deep muddy rice paddies. Enjoyable and very educational, you will learn about the 13 steps and various methods involved in planting, growing, harvesting and cooking rice.

Le Sen, Luang Prabang

www.audleytravel.com/laos • 01993 838 125 • Laos

45

Mekong River, near Pakbeng

Nam Ou Riverside Hotel & Resort, Ban Vanglae

Luang Say Cruise

Positioned on the banks of the Nam Ou River and surrounded by spectacular scenery, the Nam Ou Riverside Hotel & Resort offers seclusion and comfort for those who wish to take a break from the hustle and bustle of Luang Prabang, a 40 minute drive away. Set in extensive grounds spanning both sides of the river, the resort has 22 rooms and bungalows, an infinity pool and a restaurant serving traditional Laos cuisine. The seven spacious bungalows all have private terraces overlooking the river. Visits to the nearby Pak Ou Cave and surrounding villages can be arranged and mountain bikes are available for guests to use.

Fisherman on the Mekong River, Luang Prabang

One of the best ways to enter Laos is by river from the Thai border. After a night in the remote reaches of northern Thailand, travel through the once infamous Golden Triangle region to the border at Huay Xai. After completing the border formalities, you board the Luang Say day boat to journey down the Mekong River, passing lush green mountains that rise sharply from the banks as the river meanders south. Isolated hill tribe villages dot the banks of this untouched region and fishermen cast their nets at sunset while children play in the shallows. You will spend the night at the Luang Say Lodge in Pakbeng, a small rural village, and the next day continue your river journey to Luang Prabang. This is undoubtedly the most scenic and memorable way to enter Laos, or depart since the journey can also be made upstream.

Luang Say Lodge, Pakbeng This secluded lodge consists of 20 bungalows and is situated on the riverbank just outside the small village of Pakbeng. The individual wooden bungalows are simple but beautifully designed in a local style. All have en suite facilities with hot water and ceiling fans. The views of the Mekong from the lodge are unparalleled – sleep with your shutters open so that the first sight that greets you in the morning is the sun rising over the mist-covered mountains and the Mekong as it stretches into the distance. Bungalow at Luang Say Lodge, Pakbeng

46

Luang Say day boat

Nong Khiaw

Carrying wood, Luang Nam Tha

Yao lady, Luang Nam Tha

Muang La Resort, Muang La

The Far North The northern part of Laos is a remote region where a craggy and mountainous landscape has kept the modern world at bay, protecting isolated minority villages perched on sheer hillsides and huddled in protected valleys. Heading north from the Thai border towards China, the town of Luang Nam Tha is the gateway to the Nam Ha National Protected Area and provides countless opportunities to explore on foot, by kayak and on mountain bikes. A little further south you will stumble upon the picturesque area of Muang La and the dramatic valley of Nong Khiaw. Improved road conditions mean it is now at least possible to travel through this previously remote area, although landslides are not uncommon during the rainy season.

Nong Khiaw Situated just two to three hours’ drive north of Luang Prabang, Nong Khiaw is a quiet backwater that sees relatively few travellers. The town itself is small and rustic but the setting is exceptional. Poised between the Nam Ou River and the mountainous interior, it has some of the most spectacular scenery in northern Laos. This peaceful and tranquil location really is a total escape from everyday life.

Muang La Resort, Muang La

Mandala Ou, Nong Khiaw

Mandala Ou, Nong Khiaw This delightful resort is situated high on the banks of the scenic and tranquil Nam Ou River offering impressive sunset views over the jungle-clad karst limestone mountains of Nong Khiaw. The resort offers ten simple, spacious and comfortable detached bungalows, mixing traditional style with modern conveniences, including an infinity pool overlooking the river. Guests can also enjoy complimentary bicycles and access to the traditional Laotian herbal sauna.

Located in the heart of northern Laos, this small, elegant property really is an oasis in the wilderness and is the perfect place to relax as well as exploring the surrounding countryside. A maximum of 20 guests can stay in ten individually-decorated bungalows, all dotted around a charming garden area next to the Nam Kor River. The hotel’s small elevated hot tub is fed by waters from natural hot springs and offers great views over the river and surrounding countryside. Dinner is served at the stylish terrace restaurant that offers a delicious array of local Laotian and French specialities, and a cosy open fire on cool winter evenings.

Boat Landing Guesthouse, near Luang Nam Tha The delightful Boat Landing Guesthouse is perched on the banks of the Nam Tha River, six kilometres outside of the town of Luang Nam Tha. The 11 charming fan-cooled bungalows, each with private veranda with river views, are scattered amongst lush tropical gardens. This eco-friendly guesthouse produces its own energy from solar panels and also supports many local wildlife and community improvement projects in the nearby Nam Ha National Protected Area.

Boat Landing Guesthouse, near Luang Nam Tha

www.audleytravel.com/laos • 01993 838 125 • Laos

47

Nam Song River, Vang Vieng

Plain of Jars, Phonsavan More than 300 enormous stone jars, their origins long forgotten and their original use and significance still unclear, lie scattered on a high grassy plain near the town of Phonsavan. Legend says these vast containers, weighing up to six tonnes each, were left over from a victory party after a 6th century war, but the truth is no-one knows who made the jars or how they got here, an enigma that grows steadily more eerie as the sun begins to set. You can either fly here from Vientiane or take the longer road journey through hill tribe villages and rural scenery.

Nam Et-Phou Louey National Park

Vieng Xai Caves

Vieng Xai Caves Cut deep inside one of the most picturesque natural valleys in Southeast Asia lies a network of caves that, until 2009, were out of bounds and off the map. Used by the Pathet Lao Army and local villagers to shelter from bombs during the Vietnam War, they have now been opened up and offer inquisitive travellers a rare opportunity to glimpse a part of Lao’s hidden past. Spend a couple of days exploring the area including the caves, the ancient standing stones at Hin Tang, natural hot springs and the beautiful surrounding countryside. Whilst getting here from Luang Prabang is a fair journey, it serves as a great stopover for those en route overland into Vietnam. The border crossing at Nam Xoi is a short drive from nearby Sam Neua town and gives access to the scenic northwestern region of Vietnam.

Plain of Jars, Phonsavan

48

This remote national park is only accessible in certain parts but where it is you will be rewarded with trekking routes taking in remote jungle, cloudforest and salt licks where wildlife visit to replenish vital minerals. Nature activities include birdwatching, wildlife tracking and medicinal plant discovery. The night safari is very much a highlight which gives you an opportunity to cruise through the jungle in pitch darkness. Guided solely by torchlight you may be lucky enough to sight one of the area’s rare inhabitants including Sambar deer, numerous civet species, sun bears, pythons and macaques. The initiative was set up by the Wildlife Conservation Society, in cooperation with local communities, to create incentives for wildlife conservation. The proceeds help fund forest patrols, conservation lessons, schools and village-based economic development programmes. As the area grows in popularity more locals view conservation as an active and profitable partnership as well as providing villagers with work as guides, boatmen, cooks and handicraft producers.

Patuxai, Vientiane

Rice paddy, Vang Vieng

Baguettes for sale, Vientiane

Ansara, Vientiane

Settha Palace Hotel, Vientiane

Vang Vieng

Vientiane

This small town is set in some of the most striking scenery in Indochina and for years was a backpackers’ mecca. However, with a government initiative in place to clean up the town, Vang Vieng is now appealing more to the discerning traveller and the stunning mountain backdrop makes it a worthwhile stop on the long drive between Luang Prabang and the capital, Vientiane. Vang Vieng offers a range of outdoor activities including boating, trekking and cycling.

Vientiane is the capital of Laos, and although the largest city in the country, it is a pleasant place to explore on foot or by bicycle. Tree-lined boulevards and elegant architecture testify to its years under French occupation, in particular the Patuxai, which is reminiscent of the Arc de Triomphe in Paris. This colonial past mingles with even older temples such as Wat Si Saket and That Luang, which represent the country’s historic, spiritual and national heritage. Many of the handicraft centres and restaurants in the city work with the local community to ensure traditional values are not lost and we encourage our clients to visit such projects whilst in Vientiane. We particularly recommend the COPE Visitor Centre. This is an excellent initiative which highlights the much overlooked plight of victims of unexploded ordnance from the heavy bombing campaigns during the Vietnam War.

Settha Palace Hotel, Vientiane

Riverside Boutique Resort, Vang Vieng Located just outside Vang Vieng on the banks of the Nam Song River, the resort offers magnificent views of the limestone karst scenery. All 34 rooms have private balconies and include soft furnishings inspired by the craftwork of various minority groups of northern Laos. At the heart of the resort is an inviting swimming pool.

Ansara, Vientiane Within walking distance of the Mekong River, the Ansara is well located and yet pleasantly peaceful. With 28 stylish rooms and suites, as well as a small swimming pool, this is a sophisticated choice. There is a cool open-air terrace for refreshments and light meals, and a fine dining restaurant which is popular with visitors and locals alike.

Restored to its former glory the Settha Palace Hotel showcases French colonial architecture, period furniture and beautiful landscaped gardens in the heart of Vientiane. Located within walking distance of many attractions, the hotel is a good base from which to explore. There are 29 graciously appointed rooms and suites with separate shower and bath. Each features a grand four-poster bed, hardwood furniture and a marble bathroom. You can sample exquisite French and Asian cuisine at the Belle Epoque Restaurant or enjoy a drink at the Colonial Bar. During the day the Sidewalk Cafe and pool terrace are excellent places to relax.

Vientiane by bicycle Vientiane is often overlooked as a destination but offers a fascinating insight into urban life in this mostly agrarian country. One of the best ways to truly get under the surface of Vientiane is to explore by bicycle. A full day cycle ride allows you to understand the different ways of life here and discover some surprises along the way. In addition to seeing some of the city’s main sites, highlights include local markets and the narrow lanes of local villages which are tucked away in the peripheries of the capital.

Riverside Boutique Resort, Vang Vieng

www.audleytravel.com/laos • 01993 838 125 • Laos

49

Night market, Thakhek

Thakhek & Tham Pha Pa (Buddha Cave)

Limestone karst scenery, Hin Boun

Hin Boun & Kong Lor Cave Travellers to Laos rarely visit the central region and so miss out on an area of outstanding natural beauty. The Hin Boun National Protected Area is a little-known gem. Skirted on one side by the Mekong River and on the other by the mountain range that divides Laos and Vietnam, this area is home to small minority villages, towering limestone karst cliffs, primary forest, rice paddies and twisting rivers. The village of Ban Kong Lor is a good base for a boat trip exploring the incredible Kong Lor Cave, which is over seven kilometres in length and up to 100 metres high in places.

A little further south, the town of Thakhek, with its sleepy charm and many fine examples of French colonial architecture, lies on the banks of the Mekong River and is a handy starting point for exploring Tham Pha Pa or Buddha Cave which was discovered in 2004 by a local man out hunting for bats. Climbing a cliff to locate the bats, he found a hidden cave housing hundreds of old Buddha relics and decaying parchments with Pali and Sanskrit writings. You can also board a boat to visit one of many tribal communities that still practise animist rites and worship the forest spirits. For those willing to stray from the beaten track and who are prepared for a few nights in simple but comfortable accommodation, a visit to this region is immensely rewarding. From Thakhek it is possible to travel overland to the 4,000 Islands and Wat Phou, stopping off at the somnolent town of Savannakhet en route.

Scenery around Kong Lor Cave

50

Border crossings Landlocked Laos has a number of open borders making journeys into or from Thailand, Vietnam or Cambodia extremely straightforward. From northern Thailand you can reach Luang Prabang by road via Luang Nam Tha or by boat via Pakbeng. If heading towards Hanoi, a route taking in the Plain of Jars, the Vieng Xai Caves and the Nam Nern Night Safari is possible. From Vientiane it is a short hop to Nong Khai in Thailand’s northeast, while in the south, follow the Mekong into Cambodia and an adventure in Mondulkiri awaits. Alternatively, drive from Wat Phou in Champasak to Ubon Ratchathani in Thailand for an overland route through southern Isaan to Bangkok. Our specialists will be delighted to discuss the many possible border crossings with you.

Local lady, Bolaven Plateau

Small ferry boat, 4,000 Islands

Wat Phou, near Champasak

Southern Laos

Bolaven Plateau

In contrast with the mountains of northern Laos, the south is flat and fertile, with a verdant landscape sheltering small villages with distinctive customs and a fascinating tribal diversity. To explore the south you will usually take a flight from Luang Prabang or Vientiane to Pakse, the only major town of the region. This wonderfully laid-back place, a former administrative outpost of the French, is set on the confluence of the Mekong and Don rivers, with some interesting colonial architecture and a selection of busy markets. From Pakse you can venture down the river to Voeung Kham on the Cambodian border, to spot rare Irrawaddy dolphins. It is always worth spending a night in Si Phan Don, known as the ‘4,000 Islands’, where the largest island, Don Khong, has some simple accommodation and is a

Although most of southern Laos revolves around the Mekong River, the region is also home to one of the world’s most fertile areas, the impressive Bolaven Plateau. An hour’s drive from Pakse, this is home to a number of diverse minority villages, coffee, tea and cashew nut plantations as well as the twin waterfalls of Tad Fan, and the more remote falls of Tad Lo. It is possible to stay in the heart of the Bolaven Plateau or in Pakse and access the region as a day trip.

Coffee growing, Bolaven Plateau

great base for exploring this riverine archipelago. Along with a number of cascading waterfalls, the region’s major sight is Wat Phou, the ruins of a temple complex close to the small town of Champasak, which was thought to be the blueprint for Angkor Wat. Built originally by the Cham people and then renovated by the Khmer kings, it pre-dates Cambodia’s legendary temples of Angkor.

La Folie Lodge, Don Daeng

Vat Phou Boat Vat Phou lends its name to a converted rice barge which cruises along the Mekong from Pakse to the 4,000 Islands stopping en route to explore the region as well as the pre-Angkorian temples of Wat Phou and Oum Moung. With 12 cabins and an upper deck restaurant, which offers enchanting views as well as traditional cuisine, the two night cruise is arguably the most relaxing way to experience southern Laos.

Located on the quiet island of Don Daeng, a short boat trip across the Mekong from Wat Phou and the pretty town of Champasak, La Folie enjoys an enviable riverside location. Accommodation is in 27 bungalow-style rooms built in traditional Laotian style and set in tropical gardens around an inviting pool. The restaurant is excellent and bikes are available to explore. La Folie Lodge, Don Daeng

Vat Phou Boat

www.audleytravel.com/laos • 01993 838 125 • Laos

51

Nam Et-Phou Louey National Park

Nong Khiaw

vietnam Hanoi Vieng Xai

Mai Chau

Sam Neua Luang Prabang

laos

Northern Hills of Vietnam & Laos This itinerary explores Vietnam’s capital Hanoi and the White Thai communities around Mai Chau, before travelling overland into Laos. You then take in the remote and beautiful northern reaches of Laos, discovering some of the little-known areas of the country such as Nam Et-Phou Louey National Park and the Vieng Xai Caves.

Buddha statues, Luang Prabang

When to go

Day 1

Arrive in Hanoi.

33 33

Day 2

Spend the day exploring the city.

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

Day 3

Transfer to the picturesque town of Mai Chau close to the Laos border.

Day 4

Enjoy a full day cycling tour amongst the limestone cliffs, beautiful countryside and local communities.

Day 5

Head on to Laos, crossing the border and continuing to Vieng Xai.

Day 6

Spend the day touring the area, visiting the Vieng Xai Caves and the standing stones, before continuing on to Sam Neua.

Day 7

Drive through the mountainous Nam Et-Phou Louey National Park and cruise upriver. Spend the night in the heart of the forest.

Day 8

Rise early to finish your safari experience with a guided trek through the jungle before driving on to the sleepy town of Nong Khiaw.

Day 9

Enjoy a full day trekking and visiting minority villages.

Day 10

Travel to Luang Prabang by boat, passing mountains and jungle, and stopping at the Pak Ou Caves.

Day 11

Explore Luang Prabang.

Day 12

Hire a bicycle for the day and explore the areas around Luang Prabang.

Day 13

Enjoy a final day in Laos before your onward flight.

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

33 33 33

3

~

Plain of Jars, Phonsavan

Tailoring your trip The itineraries shown are designed to give you a flavour of what is possible, and are routes that work particularly well. We can use these as a basis to plan your trip or can design a completely different itinerary to suit your tastes and interests. Please call one of our Laos specialists to start planning your itinerary.

T 01993 838 125

Getting around Bangkok is the most convenient international departure point for flights to Luang Prabang, Vientiane or Pakse. The internal flight network offers a regular service between these towns and other routes are being added, however overland journeys are still the most common way of reaching the more remote parts of the country. Distances can be long and the road quality can vary throughout the country. Combining Laos with neighbouring Thailand, Cambodia or Vietnam is fairly straightforward and there are a number of open border crossings, the most popular is to take a two day cruise along the Mekong between Luang Prabang and the Thai border.

3

3

3

~

3

Travel is possible, but this is not the best time of year.

Allowing for slight variations between the north and south, Laos experiences three seasons. The best time to travel is from November to March when the weather is warm and dry with cooler nights. In December and January temperatures in the mountainous far north can be very cool during the day and cold at night. Temperatures and humidity begin to rise in April with the rains usually breaking sometime in May or June. Most days in October and early November will see short tropical downpours and September can be very wet. Time difference: GMT+7 hours

Prices We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to Laos on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans.

Stay longer

Nam Song River, Vang Vieng

52

3

This adventurous itinerary can easily incorporate more time in Vietnam to explore the Tonkinese Alps or to head further north to Luang Nam Tha in Laos.

Suggested itineraries Luang Prabang

laos

china Phonsavan

Golden Triangle

laos

Vang Vieng

Luang Prabang

Luang Nam Tha

Pakbeng

Vientiane

Hin Boun

Muang La

Thakhek Nong Khiaw thailand

thailand

laos

Chiang Rai Luang Prabang

Pakse Vientiane

thailand Champasak

Classic Laos

The Hidden Heart of Laos

Northern Laos Explorer

Combining cities, river journeys, temples and hill tribes, this tour starts in the unassuming capital of Vientiane. From here you take in all the main sights in Laos before crossing the border to explore Thailand’s Golden Triangle region.

This is a wonderful itinerary for those looking to delve a little deeper into the life of the Laotian people and to explore some of the hidden gems that make Laos such a rewarding destination.

Visiting some of the country’s most remote areas, this itinerary offers the chance to discover minority villages, trek through spectacular national parks and enjoy travelling through magnificent scenery by boat and road. This tour ends in Luang Prabang, the spiritual heart of Laos and a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

Day 1

Arrive in Vientiane.

Day 2

Explore Vientiane including the temples of Wat Si Saket, the National Museum and COPE.

Day 3

Fly to Luang Prabang.

Day 4

Full day exploring Luang Prabang’s beautiful temples and interesting museums.

Day 5

Day 6

Visit the Kuang Si Waterfalls and explore some of the stunning scenery surrounding Luang Prabang. Embark on a two day river journey up the Mekong, stopping in Pakbeng for the night.

Days 7-8 Arrive at the Thai border and spend two days exploring the majestic setting of the Golden Triangle. Day 9

Return to the airport for your onward flight.

Day 1

Arrive in Luang Prabang.

Day 2

Enjoy the day exploring this UNESCO-protected town.

Day 3

Another day to discover the sights of Luang Prabang.

Day 4

Transfer to Phonsavan, home to the mysterious Plain of Jars.

Day 5

Visit the three sites of the strange giant stone jars and the ancient provincial capital at Muang Kham.

Day 6

Drive on to Vang Vieng, stunningly situated amongst limestone karst mountains on the banks of the Nam Song River.

Day 7

Enjoy exploring this lovely area by bicycle or by car.

Day 8

Head to the capital, Vientiane.

Day 9

A morning tour of Vientiane.

Day 10

Travel into the heart of Laos as you enter the protected area of Hin Boun.

Day 11

Explore the incredible Kong Lor Cave before travelling south to the riverside town of Thakhek.

Stay longer From Laos it is easy to continue on to any of Thailand’s beach resorts. Some of our favourites include the untouched islands of Koh Yao and Koh Samet, which are within an easy drive of Bangkok.

Day 12

Explore this protected area, including the sacred and little-known Buddha Cave.

Day 13

Travel further south to Pakse and on to the 4,000 Islands.

Day 14

Spend the day on the water exploring this picturesque region.

Day 15

Visit the magnificent Wat Phou temple complex near Champasak and enjoy some free time to relax in peaceful surroundings.

Day 16

Head to the airport for your onward flight.

Day 1

Arrive in Chiang Rai, with the rest of the day to relax.

Day 2

Cross the border into Laos and travel overland to Luang Nam Tha.

Day 3

Enjoy a day trekking in the Nam Ha National Protected Area.

Day 4

Head on to Muang La, an excellent base for visiting remote villages.

Day 5

Explore the region on a 4x4 tour through the hills surrounding Muang La.

Day 6

Spend the day trekking amongst Kamu villages.

Day 7

Continue by boat to Nong Khiaw, on the banks of the Nam Ou River.

Day 8

Take time to enjoy this lovely area.

Day 9

Travel by car to Luang Prabang, a city of numerous gilded temples.

Day 10

Witness the daily alms giving and visit Kuang Si Waterfalls.

Day 11

Enjoy a visit to a nearby village and get involved with local charities working in the community.

Day 12

Head to the airport for your onward flight.

Stay longer Adding time to see southern Laos is an excellent option. Alternatively, fly to Siem Reap in Cambodia and explore the magnificent temples of Angkor.

Wat Si Saket, Vientiane

www.audleytravel.com/laos • 01993 838 125 • Laos

53

Thailand T

he mention of Thailand conjures up images of palm-fringed beaches, tranquil temples and a host of incredible food, but this diverse country also offers lush national parks and a fascinating glimpse into ancient cultures. Despite the country’s huge popularity, it is still easy to step off the beaten path, its rich tapestry of landscapes and myriad activities offering something for everyone from wildlife enthusiasts and history buffs to experienced divers. Bangkok, the country’s frenetic capital, is an intriguing place where life slows inside the walls of brightly decorated temples and along quiet canals. Many visitors head straight for the stunning islands of the south where glorious white-sand beaches are lapped by turquoise water but to travel to Thailand and see only the coast is to miss the essence of this enthralling country. Head north and you will find crumbling Siamese cities, dense jungle home to an array of tropical flora and fauna, small provincial towns where Buddhist temples are shrouded in a haze of incense, and remote hill tribes holding on to a culture and traditions that date back centuries.

Chiang Mai I I

I

I I

Nan

5

I I I

I

LAOS I

I I

Lampang

I I I I I

I

I

Nong Khai Loei

I

3

4

I

I

THAILAND

ISAAN

I

I

I

ao Ch

Explore the temples of this UNESCOprotected former capital of Siam. See page 58

Nakhon Phanom

Udon Thani

I

Sukhothai

I I I

3 Sukhothai

Mekong River

Pai

A

raya

I I I I

Ph

I

I

I I

I I I

I I I I I

I

CAMBODIA

I

Amphawa

I

I I I I

Cha’am Hua Hin

Trat

I I I I

I

Koh Samet

Koh Chang

Koh Kood

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I

I

I

Gulf of Thailand

Ranong

Koh Pha Ngan Koh Samui Koh Madsum

Surat Thani

Khanom

I

Khao Sok National Park

Beaches Tropical havens sheltered by limestone cliffs, where sand squeaks underfoot and the palm trees sway in the breeze.

Koh Tao

I

I

I I I I I

0

100 miles

0

161 kilometres

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I I I I

MALAYSIA

I I

I I I I

I I

Trang

I

Koh Phi Koh Phi Lanta

I

Krabi

I

Koh Yao

I

I I

I

I

Khao Lak

I

Thai cuisine Indulge in an array of fresh, aromatic dishes from one of the world’s most respected cuisines. See page 61

1

Chumphon

Phuket

Surin Phanom Rung

BANGKOK

I

A stunning region home to one of Southeast Asia’s best elephant conservation projects. See page 62

I

I

6 Golden Triangle

I

I

Discover markets, quiet wats and great cuisine in this intriguing walled city surrounded by national parks and ethnic villages. See pages 60-61

I I I I

I I

5 Chiang Mai

2

Ubon Ratchathani

I

The agricultural heartland of Thailand, home to the fiery som tam (papaya salad) and impressive Khmer temples. See page 59

Kanchanaburi

I

Ayutthaya

4 Isaan

Khao Yai National Park

I I

er Riv

Erawan National Park

Phimai

Nakhon Ratchasima (Khorat)

I

Sangkhlaburi

aman Sea And

Thailand boasts a wealth of accommodation options from luxury beach hotels and city hotels with unrivalled service to family-run boutique properties, rustic lodges and characterful homestays. Some parts of Thailand that have remained off the tourist trail, such as Doi Angkhang and provincial towns in Isaan, have hotels that are comfortable but often lack character. However, on many occasions we stumble across little gems quite unexpectedly on our research trips which further enhance the possibilities and experiences for travellers.

Chiang Rai

Mae Hong Son Doi Inthanon National Park

Chiang Khong

6

RM

Accommodation

2 Kanchanaburi Visit the Bridge over the River Kwai, an infamous landmark set against a backdrop of verdant scenery. See page 58

GOLDEN TRIANGLE

Doi Angkhang

BU

Thailand features in the brochures of most mainstream tour operators, usually as a simple ‘off the shelf’ package combining a few nights in Bangkok with some time on one of the more developed beaches. However, in Thailand as elsewhere, we start from scratch and assess what the country has to offer to suit each individual traveller. With national parks rich in flora and fauna, mountain ranges with their resident hill tribes, and pristine beaches where local fishermen bring the catch in each day, many parts of the country can still be enjoyed in unspoiled tranquillity. Our specialists have travelled the length and breadth of the country and know it inside out. Whether you are looking for adventure, beaches or culture we can tailor-make an itinerary, combining well-known highlights with hidden gems.

1 Bangkok Progressive and frenetic yet devout, Bangkok is one of the most vibrant and multi-faceted cities in the world. See page 56

I

Audley in Thailand

Akha women dressed for a festival, Chiang Mai

www.audleytravel.com/thailand • 01993 838 115 • Thailand

55

Khong Jiam

Temple rooftops and chedis of the Grand Palace, Bangkok

Bangkok Bangkok, a vibrant metropolis sprawling around the Chao Phraya River, assaults and invigorates the senses. Southeast Asia’s main hub, it is a fascinating city where ancient heritage meets the modern world head on. Vast shopping malls tower over street sellers’ handcarts while the efficient Skytrain and underground system rattle across the city as tuk-tuks belch out smoke. Along the river, longtail taxi boats and river buses link the Chao Phraya’s major sights. Spectacles abound from the glittering spires and tiled roofs of the Grand Palace to the reclining Buddha at Wat Pho, the bright blooms at the flower market and the elegance of the Jim Thompson House. There is something of interest around every corner: quiet temples where saffron-robed monks sweep leaves, shrines where devotees light incense, and ancient stilted houses that teeter over narrow canals.

The Peninsula Bangkok

56

Ariyasom Villa, Bangkok This is a delightful family-run hotel tucked away at the end of a pleasant soi (side street) off Bangkok’s Sukhumvit Road. At this unique 24 room property, all guests are made to feel at home by owner David and his team, and the small but attractive gardens provide a pleasant retreat from the city. There is a highly regarded restaurant specialising in vegetarian and seafood dishes, a yoga pavilion and a small swimming pool and spa. The hotel has easy access to the Ploen Chit Skytrain station and the Nana Nue water taxi stop.

The Peninsula Bangkok Situated on the Thonburi side of the Chao Phraya River, this elegant hotel’s unique waveshape design provides all 370 rooms with views out over the river and the Bangkok skyline. With spacious, well-appointed rooms and excellent service, it is a good base for exploring the city. Enjoy breakfast on the terrace and watch as the river comes to life, take a dip in the three-tiered swimming pool, one of the best in the city, or indulge in a treatment in the superb spa housed in a Thai-colonial house. There is a complimentary shuttle boat between the hotel and the skytrain station, giving easy access to the city’s attractions.

Ariyasom Villa, Bangkok

Chatrium Hotel Riverside, Bangkok The Chatrium Hotel is an apartment-style hotel in an enviable position on Bangkok’s Chao Phraya River and is excellent value for money. The hotel’s 396 rooms are among the largest in Bangkok, each with its own private balcony and modern facilities including a handy kitchenette. There is a large riverfront pool, several restaurants and complimentary shuttle boat to Sathon Pier and the nearby Skytrain station, from where the rest of Bangkok’s highlights can be easily explored.

Chatrium Hotel Riverside, Bangkok

Street market in Chinatown, Bangkok

Stilted houses on the Chao Phraya backwaters, Bangkok

Wat Arun, Bangkok

Amphawa Amphawa is a small town in the province of Samut Songkran, two hours’ drive southwest of Bangkok. This fertile region in the Mae Klong Delta supplies fruit and vegetables to the rest of Thailand and in recent years, thanks in part to royal intervention, has focused on organic farming techniques. Home to undiscovered temples and possibly the most authentic floating markets in Thailand, this little-visited area retains an inherent charm long lost in other parts of the country. A trip to Amphawa combines well with either Bangkok or Kanchanaburi and offers the opportunity for genuine engagement with rural Thailand and Thai culture, particularly for those who have limited time. You can explore the area by bike and longtail boat, and take part in an alms-giving ceremony, a local custom observed for many years.

River Kwai, Kanchanaburi

River journeys From Bangkok it is possible to cruise several of the famous waterways in the region. Take a converted rice barge along the Chao Phraya River and watch the modern architecture and old monuments of Bangkok fade into rural scenes before reaching the historic splendour of Ayutthaya, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. The Mekhala Rice Barge operates an overnight cruise that departs frequently. With only six compact double cabins, all with en suite shower, this is a quiet, relaxing journey that can be the start of an overland adventure through central Thailand. A more luxurious and leisurely option is a

two-night cruise on the Anantara Dream. The four air-conditioned, en suite berths are beautifully decorated in rich teak and mahogany, the chef serves up delightful Thai food, and you can enjoy a candlelit dinner while moored alongside a temple. From Bangkok, the River Kwai in Kanchanaburi can be reached in several hours. The R/V River Kwai opens up the many cultural and natural gems of the province on a three or six night cruise, and includes visits to historic sites such as the Bridge over the River Kwai. The boat has only ten teakwood cabins, all en suite and air-conditioned.

Vendor at floating market, Amphawa

www.audleytravel.com/thailand • 01993 838 115 • Thailand

57

Illuminated Wat Phra Si Sanphet, Ayutthaya

Ayutthaya

Sukhothai

The royal capital for over four hundred years up until the end of the 18 th century, Ayutthaya earned an emerging Thai nation a place among the great empires of Southeast Asia. During its heyday, it was said by many visitors to be one of the most beautiful cities they had ever seen. Today you have only a fleeting glimpse of the former majesty of this ancient Siamese city, but the surviving monuments, recognised as a UNESCO World Heritage Site, remain atmospheric and the proximity of the ruins to Bangkok makes it a convenient destination on the cultural trail. It is possible to stay the night at one of the boutique hotels which overlook the ruins to see this once great city in the soft evening or early morning light.

The UNESCO World Heritage Site of Sukhothai is reached either as a slight detour off the road between Bangkok and Chiang Mai or directly by air from Bangkok. This was the earliest capital of a Thai kingdom, flourishing from the early 13th century, an era whose religious art and architecture is considered to be the apogee of classic Thai culture. Countless carved Buddhas, elegant lotus-bud spires and calm reflective lily ponds dating back to the golden age of ancient Siam are beautifully offset by calm, park-like surroundings. A bicycle is a great way to seek out abandoned ruins in the tropical vegetation. Continuing north brings you to Lampang, home to a dedicated elephant hospital and conservation centre.

Kanchanaburi The provincial town of Kanchanaburi, west of Bangkok, is best known for its World War II sites: the Bridge over the River Kwai, the Hellfire Pass and the Death Railway as well as Three Pagodas Pass at Sangkhlaburi to the northwest. Linger a while and there’s more to discover, such as: cave temples burrowing into limestone crags, leisurely river cruises on bamboo rafts and vast national parks with beautiful waterfalls. It is possible to take a day trip to the area from Bangkok, but it is better to stay overnight. The Bridge over the River Kwai, Kanchanaburi

58

Hintok River Camp, Kanchanaburi Hintok River Camp offers a unique experience, close to nature, but with many home comforts. The camp is located three kilometres from the Hellfire Pass Memorial, a poignant reminder of the lives that were lost during the construction of the infamous Death Railway. The camp consists of 40 safari-style tents, each built on a wooden platform and furnished with comfortable twin or king size beds, minibar, air-conditioning unit as well as a standing fan and mosquito nets. Each tent has en suite facilities with hot water. The camp’s natural spring pool is a great place to cool off after a day’s activities whilst you enjoy stunning views over the River Kwai. Come dusk, the campfire is lit and forms the centrepiece for evening barbecues and al fresco dining, with evening meals included in the price. A highlight of your stay here is to hire a bicycle and explore the surrounding villages, meeting local people along the way.

Hintok River Camp, Kanchanaburi

Phanom Rung

Isaan Despite its popularity, Thailand still has a number of less developed and unspoiled areas to explore. One such region is Isaan, the vast plains of the country’s northeast that borders Laos and Cambodia. Here lifestyles, customs, dialect and cuisine are distinct from the rest of the country and important archaeological sites and Angkorian temple ruins litter the bucolic scenery. Colourful festivals and traditional handicrafts such as silk weaving are a fundamental part of Isaan’s culture.

Isaan’s Khmer ruins A two hour drive northeast of Khao Yai National Park, Phimai Historical Park is one of the oldest surviving collections of Khmer temples in the area. Originally constructed of red sandstone in the 10 th and 11th centuries, this Hindu-Buddhist shrine predates Angkor Wat yet shares a number of stylistic attributes. Prasat Phimai has some fine detailed Khmer lintel work still visible despite centuries of weather, war and occupation.

Whilst a number of road journeys are required to bring several attractions together, both Udon Thani and Ubon Ratchathani are served by scheduled flights from Bangkok. The area’s refreshingly simple and unassuming way of life is reflected in the lack of five star hotels, but staying in one of the few characterful accommodation options deep in Isaan territory only adds to the charm of a trip here where the intrepid visitor can experience the real, undiluted Thailand, rich with tradition.

Standing majestically on a volcanic summit with views towards Angkor Wat and the Dongrek mountains in Cambodia, Phanom Rung was erected as a Hindu monument between the 10 th and 13th centuries. The temple has a spectacular approach along an avenue of pink sandstone pillars capped with lotus-buds, which leads to an ornate bridge and steep staircase ascending to the main sanctuary. The exquisite buildings are aligned so that on the April full moon you can stand at the western entrance and see the rising sun through all fifteen doors.

Prasat Phimai

Khao Yai National Park

Khao Yai National Park Situated approximately three hours’ drive from Bangkok, and established in 1961, Khao Yai is the oldest national park in Thailand. It is a mixture of broad leaf evergreen forests and mixed deciduous trees, with grassland and scrub as secondary growth. There are over 50 kilometres of trails, so walking is a big attraction. The park is home to Thailand’s largest population of hornbills and these prolific birds are easy to spot, as are macaques and gibbons. There are reportedly also over 200 wild elephants in the park. These are far more elusive, although many Audley travellers have been lucky enough to see them. In the late afternoon it is worth taking a trip to the limestone cave at Khao Rub Chang. At dusk, you can witness the incredible sight of hundreds of bats flying out of the cave and hovering in the air before flying off for their night’s hunting.

Nakhon Phanom Life in Nakhon Phanom revolves around the Mekong River. The town has an atmospheric Indochinese market and the interesting temple of Wat Phra That Phanom, and is near to a rural house that was once Ho Chi Minh’s hideout. The best time to visit the town is during Loi Krathong, usually in November, when local people mark the end of Buddhist lent by making elaborate miniature candlelit vessels and launching them on the Mekong.

www.audleytravel.com/thailand • 01993 838 115 • Thailand

59

Monks at Wat Phra Singh, Chiang Mai

Chiang Mai Northern Thailand reveals a culture and cuisine distinct from those of Bangkok and the south. Bustling, historic and colourful, Chiang Mai is the focal point of this massive region and is Thailand’s second largest city. The hilltop temple of Doi Suthep overlooks the city, and there are many more temples sprinkled along the side streets of the old town. In the centre is the fascinating night market, with handicrafts from all over the northern provinces for sale. The city’s spiritual side is best experienced with a trishaw visit to Wat Ket in the early morning. There are also a number of elephant camps around Chiang Mai, many offering overly-commercialised experiences but we have hand-picked a few of our preferred options that are well-run and respected for their conservation efforts.

Puripunn Baby Grand Boutique Hotel, Chiang Mai This delightful property has its roots set firmly in the past. Situated in the heart of Chiang Mai’s protected Old Quarter close to Wat Ket, the Puripunn is hidden along narrow streets where families have lived for generations. The property itself has only 30 rooms and feels more like an aristocrat’s residence than a hotel and is the inspired creation of the delightful owners who have lovingly sourced elegant furnishings and instilled their own unique style.

Lady painting umbrellas, Chiang Mai

Anantara Chiang Mai Resort & Spa

Anantara Chiang Mai Resort & Spa

60

With an enviable location on the banks of the Mae Ping River and within walking distance of the night market, the Anantara is the epitome of style. The original building at the heart of the resort housed the British Consulate and today is an elegant restaurant that also serves a delectable high tea. Its 84 rooms and suites all have balconies or terraces and the hotel also boasts an excellent spa, swimming pool and library.

Puripunn Baby Grand Boutique Hotel, Chiang Mai

Vachiratharn Waterfall, Doi Inthanon National Park

Boatman on the Ping River, Chiang Mai

Lisu Lodge, near Chiang Mai

Large niltava, Doi Inthanon National Park

Food stalls at the night bazaar, Chiang Mai

Lisu Lodge, near Chiang Mai This award-winning community project and ecolodge is only an hour’s drive north of Chiang Mai and is set in a valley overlooking lush fields. The lodge sits near a Lisu village and is built in a traditional style, whilst offering modern comforts. It is a great place to relax and unwind as well as providing activities such as trekking and cycling and an insight into the local tribes. The project aims to preserve and protect the lifestyle of the Lisu people and is staffed by local villagers. The Lisu are very hospitable and this is a fantastic opportunity to sample home-cooked food and enjoy nightly dance performances and traditional music.

Doi Inthanon National Park The lush forests of Doi Inthanon National Park are home to Thailand’s highest peak and three impressive waterfalls. An easy day trip from Chiang Mai, it is also one of the best places in Thailand for ornithologists, with more than 400 recorded bird species. February to April is the best time for birdwatching with most species found in the refreshingly cooler forests as you ascend the mountain. Naturalists will also be spoiled with the abundance of orchids, lichens, mosses and epiphytes on the upper slopes. The park is home to numerous mammals including barking deer, giant flying squirrel and the endangered Asiatic black bear.

Thai Cuisine A complex blend of aromatic flavours, Thai cuisine is legendary. There is a rich variety of dishes on offer across the country, along with regional favourites such as massaman curry from the south, tom yam soup from the central provinces, som tam from Isaan, and khao soi noodles from Chiang Mai, all of which are influenced by Thailand’s neighbouring countries. Some of the key ingredients used in Thai cooking include lemongrass, kaffir lime leaves, lime juice, chillies, galangal, fish sauce and coconut milk. Visiting local markets and learning to cook some of Thailand’s most famous dishes is a great way to discover more about Thai

culture and understand its people and customs. Despite the complexity of fresh, delicate flavours many dishes are easy to create. For older children and teenagers, a cookery lesson can be a great way to bring something back from your time in Thailand. The cuisine of the north is world famous and Chiang Mai is the best place to learn how to create that perfect Thai curry. There are a number of excellent cooking schools where you can barter for your ingredients at the local markets before preparing your meal under the expert tutelage of a skilled Thai chef. In the main towns and cities most people eat out as it is cheaper and easier than cooking at home. Noodle soup is eaten from street stalls as a snack, and for a quick meal fried noodles such as pad thai are enjoyed everywhere. Traditionally meals are shared in Thailand, and are seen as a time for sanuuk (fun). The oldest male usually orders a few different dishes (and pays), and everybody helps themselves to plain rice and a bit of each dish. Meal times in Thailand are very much a social occasion.

Spices used in Thai cuisine

www.audleytravel.com/thailand • 01993 838 115 • Thailand

61

Lahu lady, Doi Angkhang

Golden Triangle In contrast to busy Chiang Mai, the Golden Triangle, where the Ruak and Mekong rivers converge, is serene and picturesque with majestic mountains and colourfully dressed hill tribes. Stretching for thousands of square kilometres, the region extends deep into the distant valleys of northern Thailand, Burma and Laos. Previously at the heart of the opium industry, the town of Chiang Rai has taken on a new role as the main gateway to the tiny villages scattered around the area. From here you can also visit the frontier towns of Laos or Burma or begin a more in-depth exploration of Indochina by travelling down the Mekong River into Laos.

Anantara Golden Triangle Elephant Camp & Resort

62

Anantara Golden Triangle Elephant Camp & Resort This fantastic property is set in a spectacular hilltop location about an hour’s drive from Chiang Rai airport, overlooking the Ruak and Mekong rivers. Terraced in vast tropical gardens, the resort has its own elephant conservation centre where guests can learn how to relate to these magnificent creatures. Other activities include easy treks into the surrounding hills, learning to cook Thai dishes or relaxing at the spa. Accommodation is in 63 guest rooms and suites, and there is a choice of restaurants, a bar and a beautiful pool. The Anantara is ideal as a rural retreat or for a short stopover before continuing your trip overland into Burma or by river into Laos.

Lanjia Lodge, Golden Triangle

Lanjia Lodge, Golden Triangle Lanjia Lodge is an eco-friendly, community-based initiative in northern Thailand with stunning views over the Mekong and into Laos. It has been built in a traditional village style within a H’mong and Lahu community. Each of the four guest houses has four bedrooms with modern comforts and authentic H’mong design. Guests of Lanjia, which means ‘peaceful’ in the H’mong language, can discover one of Thailand’s most progressive hill tribe cultures. The lodge offers far more than bed and breakfast, and guests can participate in a full range of activities including trekking, bike riding, birdwatching and H’mong batik making. You will experience first-hand how tourism can play a positive role in the preservation of ancient cultures. A percentage of revenue from each guest’s stay is used to support community projects to improve living conditions for the hill tribes. The philosophy of Lanjia Lodge is of a visible, enjoyable and sustainable interaction between guests and villagers.

View towards Burma, Doi Angkhang

Meo lady, Golden Triangle

Local men working in the fields near Chiang Rai

Mae Hong Son

Four Seasons Tented Camp, Golden Triangle

From Chiang Mai, a short flight or a day’s scenic drive into the hills will bring you to pretty Mae Hong Son. This sleepy town lies near the border with Burma, offering an impression of what Chiang Mai may have been like 20 or 30 years ago. The region is a great base for bamboo rafting and hiking to hill tribe villages.

Reached by longtail boat along the Ruak River, the Four Seasons’ 15 luxury tents are situated along the riverbank. All beautifully furnished with antiques, navigation equipment and explorers’ maps, they evoke the pioneering spirit of 19 th century expeditions. Guests can relax in the spa or enjoy a variety of regional dishes at the Nong Yao restaurant after a day’s activities, including elephant mahout training, mountain hikes and river journeys. A stay here can be combined with a few days at the Four Seasons Resort in Chiang Mai.

Pai

Local homes on the riverbank, Pai

Doi Angkhang The journey to this lush and cool mountain retreat on the border with Burma is an experience in itself as it passes through the glorious rolling hills of northern Thailand. Formerly a hotspot for opium cultivation, a local initiative has been successful in persuading the area’s Lahu and Palaung tribes to switch to growing fruits which thrive in the cool mountain air. A visit to Doi Angkhang is an interesting diversion in a tour of the north and offers an insight into a region little touched by the modern world. Four Seasons Tented Camp, Golden Triangle

Bamboo rafts, Mae Hong Son

Pai is a small town set in the midst of unspoiled forest thundering with waterfalls, riddled with huge limestone caves and dotted with traditional mountain villages. It is a convenient place to stop if you are driving back from Mae Hong Son to Chiang Mai. It has gradually developed into a laid-back base to prepare for, or recover from, longer mountain treks.

Wat Chong Klang and Kham temple, Mae Hong Son

www.audleytravel.com/thailand • 01993 838 115 • Thailand

63

Beach on Shark Bay, Haad Tien, Koh Tao

Which beach to choose? Famed for pure white sands and turquoise seas, the beaches of Thailand are without doubt some of the best in the world. With new resorts rapidly being added to the more established destinations, the choice can be overwhelming. We recommend that our Thailand specialists guide you in choosing the most appropriate option for the time of year that you are travelling. Weather is one factor to bear in mind, but fortunately the chances of clear blue skies and still waters are high in different areas at different times, so you should always be able to find somewhere that will suit you. Diving and snorkelling are excellent in Thailand and virtually all beach resorts are serviced by professional dive schools. Coral and colourful fish are abundant, reef sharks and turtles are common with giant manta rays and whale sharks rarer sightings, but possible at the right time of year. Snorkelling is easily arranged, with many local longtail boats available to reach the fantastic snorkelling spots around the islands. There is more information about all of the different areas and the hotels on our website.

West coast beaches The west coast of Thailand is renowned for its limestone outcrops which erupt abruptly from the sea and have inspired movie makers, artists and travellers alike. The climate here is more favourable between November and March and diving and snorkelling will be at its best during this period. Phuket offers stunning beaches in places, as well as nightlife, several luxury resorts, sailing and water sports. It is a great option for families. Krabi on the Andaman Coast has some of the finest limestone karst scenery in the region, and quieter beaches than Phuket. Koh Phi Phi has idyllic beaches fringed with palm trees, and offers either family-friendly resorts or romantic hideaways. Koh Yao Noi is a wild and rugged island largely untouched by tourism. There are several community-based projects here and ecofocused resorts.

Gulf of Thailand & east coast beaches The east coast has a more rugged beauty dominated by rubber plantations and fishing villages. It can be visited during July and August, making it a good option for families. Koh Samui is the most famous island in this area. It is a good option for families and offers water sports, golf, luxury resorts, nightlife and a wide choice of dining options. There are a few quieter and less commercialised islands within reach of Samui such as Koh Tao and Koh Madsum. Koh Samet is famed for its powdery, whitesand beaches, and its proximity to Bangkok. It is protected from the worst of the west and east monsoons, so it can be visited year round. Koh Kood is close to the Cambodian border in the Mu Ko Chang National Marine Park. Home to the Soneva Kiri resort, it is a wonderfully rustic and untamed island.

Koh Lanta has quiet, sweeping bays and access to good dive spots. Some resorts are close to local restaurants. Khao Lak is the best place to stay for diving in the nearby Similian Island, and it is also close to the wonders of Khao Sok National Park. There is a good choice of resorts, and the beaches are less busy than those in Phuket. Diving near Phuket

64

Islets around Koh Samui

Where to stay The popularity of Thailand’s beaches ensures that there are accommodation options to suit almost any preference. However, it is always rewarding to stumble across a little-known island or resort that evokes the simple, non-commercial ways of Thailand several decades ago. For those who are prepared to journey a little further and accept fewer facilities, there are still a number of places where this can be found. Here you will find a small selection of what we can offer.

Bangsak Beach, Khao Lak

Haad Tien, Koh Tao

Koh Munnork Private Island

Koh Munnork Private Island

River

Mekong

I I

I

I

I

I I I I I I

I I I

I

I

I

I I I

I I I I

I

I I

I I

Surin Phr Phanom Wih Rung

Khao Yai National Park

I I I

I

I

Ayutthaya

Ubon Ratchathani

Nakhon Ratchasima (Khorat)

I

Erawan National Park

BU

I I I I I

Kanchanaburi

I

A

I I I

I

BANGKOK

THAILAND Cha’am Hua Hin

Trat

I I I I I

I

Koh Samet

Koh Chang Koh Kood

I

Gulf of Thailand

I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

CAMBODIA

Amphawa

I

RM

I

I

I I I I

Chumphon

Ranong

Koh Tao Koh Pha Ngan Koh Samui Koh Madsum

Surat Khanom Thani 0

100 miles

I

I I

I I I I I I I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

Superior bungalow, Bangsak Village, near Khao Lak

Trang

I

Koh Phi Koh Phi Lanta

I

Krabi

I I

Koh Yao

161 kilometres

0 I

Khao Lak Phuket

I

I

Khao Sok National Park

Na Ph

I

Umphang

aman Sea And

I

I

I I

Paradise Resort is a first-class hotel situated in the remote north of Koh Yao Noi. It boasts wonderful views of the limestone islets of Phang Nga Bay and being in close proximity to the hub of Phuket, it is easily accessible – yet feels a world away from the busier resorts. Most rooms come complete with their own plunge pool with the option to stay poolside, beachfront or hilltop and all take inspiration from the surrounding nature on the island. The Seafood Terrace Restaurant serves up some exciting cuisine and is beautifully set on the edge of the white-sand beach with stunning views beyond. There is a beach club from where you can enjoy the sunsets, and plenty of activities including snorkelling and islandhopping available.

er Riv

Paradise Resort, Koh Yao Noi

raya

Paradise Resort, Koh Yao Noi

Set apart from the main resort strip of Khao Lak, Bangsak Village has a secluded location on the Andaman coast. Surrounded by tropical gardens, the resort’s 50 rooms are spacious and light due to being open-plan, with Thai-inspired decorative touches. There is a large central swimming pool with Jacuzzi and the Rim Lae Bangsak Restaurant, which offers traditional dishes from southern Thailand as well as fresh seafood and international cuisine. The resort welcomes families with children over 12 years of age.

Ph

Bangsak Village, near Khao Lak

ao Ch

Set on the rustic island of Koh Kood south of Trat, Cham’s house is the perfect hideaway for those looking to escape the busier islands. Surrounded by tropical paradise and local life the resort has only 55 rooms including villa accommodation each with its own private terrace. The private beach serves as a charming place to relax when not off exploring the island’s lush interior and coastal fishing villages. The resort also boasts a day spa and beachside dining.

I I

Cham’s House, Koh Kood

I

Castaway Beach Villa, Haad Tien, Koh Tao

Only three hours’ drive from Bangkok and near Koh Samet, this private retreat is the ultimate, desert island getaway. The tiny island of Koh Munnork is reached only by the resort’s private boat and your castaway experience begins as you reach the shore and are shown to your rustic bungalow, one of only 23 on the island. Golden Triangle All meals are included duringChiang your stay and a Doi Khong Angkhang is given to culinary events. The great emphasis Chiang resort’s executive chefRai will present you with a Pai daily menu created from the day’s fresh local Mae Hong Chiang Son Nan Mai ingredients, which can be enjoyed at various LAOS pop-up locations around the island. Days can Lampang be spent lazing on the island’s many beautiful Nong beaches with a picnic lunch, snorkelling off the Khai Loei Udon beach in the crystal-clear waters or exploring Thani Sukhothai the jungle interior – after all the whole island is yours to discover. I

Located in a secluded setting on the southern coast of Koh Tao, the Haad Tien has developed from a private family retreat to a charming hideaway resort. The 70 thatched-roof villas are spread throughout the extensive gardens that are fringed by a white-sand bay that offers great snorkelling. Every effort has been made to ensure that the resort takes advantage of its natural surroundings. The restaurant focuses on fresh, local produce grown on site and a spa provides a range of holistic treatments. There is a relaxed bar situated right on the beach, boasting an enviable spot for a sundowner, a large beachfront pool and a PADI dive centre. There are also a number of two-bedroom villas perfect for accommodating families.

MALAYSIA

www.audleytravel.com/thailand • 01993 838 115 • Thailand

65

Sunset on Tubkaak Beach, Krabi

Krabi

Koh Lanta

Krabi Province has some of the best beaches in Thailand where gentle white sands merge with tropical rainforest and spectacular limestone karsts jut out from calm blue waters. We recommend hotels with good beachfront locations, away from the more crowded areas of Ao Nang and Railay Bay.

The Koh Lanta archipelago is a collection of islands in the Andaman Sea that forms part of Krabi Province. Only two of the islands are inhabited, of which Koh Lanta Yai is the largest, and the only one with suitable accommodation. The island is quiet, offering beautiful beaches and verdant mountain backdrops. Fifteen of the islands are protected as the Koh Lanta National Marine Park, and monkeys and other wildlife are very much in evidence, along with some of the country’s most highly-rated dive sites. Koh Lanta Yai is easily reached by boat from mainland Krabi, which, in turn, is only a short flight from Bangkok.

Tubkaak Resort, Krabi The Tubkaak is a relaxed resort set in manicured gardens on one of the area’s finest beaches. It is an Audley favourite thanks to the staff, who are among the most friendly and attentive we’ve encountered. The 42 rooms and 17 pool villas are stylishly decorated, most with balconies or terraces, and views either over the landscaped pool or the sea with its magnificent limestone islands. The resort has two beachside restaurants, one serving delicately spiced authentic Thai cuisine and the other delicious Italian fare.

Tubkaak Resort, Krabi

66

Pimalai Resort & Spa, Koh Lanta The Pimalai Resort & Spa is located on Koh Lanta Yai. The 121 rooms, villas and suites are set in manicured gardens, and all have sea views. This vast resort covers a swathe of hilly land and lush tropical forest, and has almost exclusive use of a pristine sandy beach. The spa has a wide range of therapeutic treatments and a choice of restaurants offer Thai and Western cuisine. Guests can relax in the infinity pool and soak up the fantastic views or swim in the calm blue sea. If you favour a more private experience but with the Pimalai’s facilities still at hand, opt for one of the hilltop pool villas with unrivalled ocean views and dramatic sunsets.

Layana Resort & Spa, Koh Lanta

Layana Resort & Spa, Koh Lanta Situated on Long Beach, Layana Resort & Spa is well-located for swimming and experiencing local life. The resort’s 57 rooms and suites are nestled in immaculate gardens, and several suites benefit from panoramic ocean views or a private pool. There is an infinity pool, award-winning spa and Tides, a fine-dining restaurant which serves Asian fusion and seafood specialities. An ideal choice for couples, the service, ambience and setting have made this a popular resort with a high rate of returning guests.

Pimalai Resort & Spa, Koh Lanta

Street food stall, Phuket

Karst scenery, Krabi

Longtail boat, Phuket

Phang Nga Bay seen from Koh Yao Noi

Koh Yao

Phuket

The islands of Koh Yao in the middle of Phang Nga Bay are laid-back and quiet, ideal for a relaxing getaway. Koh Yao Noi lies to the north of the larger Koh Yao Yai and is refreshingly unspoiled. The islands’ population of around 4,000 is scattered amongst several small fishing villages and for a day of complete solitude, longtail boats can drop you at uninhabited islands and islets.

Linked to the mainland by a narrow causeway, the island of Phuket has some of the best beaches in the country, something that has helped it become Thailand’s richest and most developed province. With sophisticated resorts, high quality cuisine and a cosmopolitan atmosphere, the excellent visitor infrastructure allows you to relax in total comfort. Although some parts of the island are overdeveloped, we have a range of favourite properties that take advantage of the better beaches or are in quieter locations.

Six Senses Yao Noi The Six Senses Yao Noi has used local materials to create 56 private pool villas which are nestled amongst lush vegetation on a rugged hillside overlooking the stunning Phang Nga Bay. They retain a rustic charm whilst offering every creature comfort, including butler service. The Six Senses Spa is superb, and the restaurants are inviting and relaxed.

Ocean Panorama Pool Villa, Six Senses Yao Noi

Beach, Koh Yao Noi

Amanpuri, Phuket The Amanpuri has one of the best locations on Phuket. 40 pavilions and 32 spacious villas are set in palm groves or overlook the pristine Pansea Beach, without doubt one of the finest bays on the island. For the active, there is a comprehensive range of facilities including a 20 metre lap pool and an excellent gym with stunning views of the ocean. For relaxation, the spa is considered one of the best in the Aman portfolio and complimentary guided yoga and meditation sessions are offered at sunrise. A number of fine restaurants include Naoki, serving original French kaiseki fare, combining the best of French techniques with Japanese artistry.

The Surin Phuket

The Surin Phuket Located on one of Phuket’s prettiest white-sand beaches, The Surin Phuket is sheltered in the quiet, palm-fringed Pansea Bay. The 103 cottages are staggered across the hillside and coconut groves, with views of the bay and turquoise waters, while the beachfront suites are spacious and have direct access onto the pristine sands. The restaurants offer imaginative menus, combining Western and Thai influences as well as freshly caught fish and seafood. Other facilities include a spa, swimming pool and a whole host of activities and water sports.

Amanpuri, Phuket

www.audleytravel.com/thailand • 01993 838 115 • Thailand

67

Beach, Khao Lak

Sarojin, Khao Lak

Sarojin, Khao Lak

Khao Lak

With only 56 rooms, the award-winning Sarojin is one of Khao Lak’s smaller and quieter properties. Likened to staying on a private estate, the service here is personal and genuine. Your own table can be set up for a private dinner on the beach, on a private island or at a jungle waterfall and private excursions to nearby islands or the national park can be arranged. The rooms, some of which have their own plunge pool, are beautifully set around landscaped gardens leading to an expanse of white, sandy beach and are designed in a contemporary style. The excellent range of facilities include a spa, a swimming pool, water sports and mountain bikes. The Sarojin has also been recognised for its longstanding commitment to social and corporate responsibility and has won several awards for its green initiatives.

Khao Lak is a small coastal village, yet the name is more synonymous with a vast, quiet stretch of exquisite beach just over an hour’s drive north of Phuket airport. It is much more tranquil than Phuket or Krabi, yet still close enough to both to offer similar island and jungle excursions. Its proximity to the Similan and Surin Islands makes it an ideal spot for keen divers and snorkellers. For nature enthusiasts, Khao Sok National Park, with its abundant flora, trekking paths, elephant experiences and kayaking, is within an hour’s drive. Diving near the Surin Islands

68

Ramada Khao Lak Resort

Ramada Khao Lak Resort A good value, family-friendly hotel, this excellent option from Ramada has been designed in a contemporary yet unobtrusive style and offers a quiet and peaceful retreat on a scenic stretch of the Andaman coastline. The 116 rooms are located in low-rise buildings spread throughout the gardens and are sleek and uncluttered. All offer modern amenities with the chic pool villas featuring floor-to-ceiling windows that overlook a private swimming pool, garden, sala and sun loungers. The resort has a choice of restaurants serving freshly caught Andaman seafood and traditional Thai cuisine amongst other dishes. There is also an attractive bar on the edge of the beach which provides a wonderful setting for sundowner drinks. Other facilities include a spa, swimming pool with separate children’s pool, and a children’s club.

Spectacled langur, near Elephant Hills

Elephant Hills Rainforest Camp

Kayaking, Elephant Hills Rainforest Camp

Limestone karsts, Khao Sok National Park

Khao Sok National Park

Elephant Hills Tented & Rainforest Camps, Khao Sok National Park

Khao Sok National Park is perhaps the most beautiful in the country and is easily reached from any of the beaches in Phuket, Krabi or Khao Lak. The park covers an area of over 700 square kilometres of tower-like limestone outcrops that gradually shrink in size and become rainforestcovered islands in the Andaman Sea. The rafflesia, the world’s largest flower with a diameter of around 80 centimetres, grows here, blooming once a year in January or February. There is also plenty of wildlife in the park, although depending on the time of day it can be quite elusive.

The best place to stay in Khao Sok National Park is undoubtedly the Elephant Hills Tented Camp, where 35 well-appointed tents have been erected in a small clearing in the park complete with a dining venue, bar and small swimming pool. Further into the park is the Rainforest Camp, a collection of 20 floating tents situated on the stunning Cheow Larn Lake. Whether you choose to stay in the park clearing or on the lake, each tent has en suite facilities with a hot shower. Main camp, Elephant Hills Tented Camp

Activities from Elephant Hills

Elephant experience, Elephant Hills Tented Camp

A memorable experience in its own right, a stay at Elephant Hills also offers the opportunity to get further into the national park on a range of family-friendly excursions. Learn about the rainforest wildlife of this remote part of southern Thailand as you trek through the jungle, paddle down the Sok River or explore the mangroves with a knowledgeable guide. Explore beautiful Cheow Larn Lake in a longtail boat and swim in its emerald waters or enjoy relaxing by the pool in the Tented Camp surrounded by nature. You can also learn about local life on a guided tour of the old mining village of Takuapa, enjoy dance performances and cooking demonstrations, or visit the elephants. www.audleytravel.com/thailand • 01993 838 115 • Thailand

69

Belmond Napasai, Koh Samui

Koh Samui With its range of beaches lapped by the warm waters of the Gulf of Thailand, Koh Samui was one of the first islands to be discovered by Western visitors. It is now one of the most accessible, with direct flights from Bangkok, Chiang Mai, Hong Kong, Kuala Lumpur and Singapore. Samui lends itself to exploration and you will find hidden coves and traditional Thai fishing villages as well as a full range of hotels and resorts to suit all budgets. Its location off the east coast of Thailand means Koh Samui, unlike the islands of the Andaman Sea, sees less rainfall between July and September.

Belmond Napasai, Koh Samui The Belmond Napasai is a beautiful property that sits in a secluded bay on the northern coast of the island. The 55 villas and 14 residences boast traditional Thai furnishings as well as a full host of amenities. Some of the villas are located at the beachfront and most afford views of the sea and nearby Koh Pha Ngan and Koh Tao, and all have their own private balconies for watching the sunset. There is a large infinity pool overlooking the hotel’s secluded cove as well as a spa and two restaurants and a full range of excursions. For families or larger parties, there are two to four bedroom residences that offer the privacy and amenities of a home with butler service. All have large private pools overlooking the seafront.

Anantara Bo Phut Resort & Spa, Koh Samui

Anantara Bo Phut Resort & Spa, Koh Samui

70

Set near the laid-back resort of Bo Phut, the Anantara has 106 rooms decorated in a contemporary Thai style and overlooking landscaped gardens. The resort has a wealth of leisure facilities, with a 30 metre infinity pool and a beautiful spa. For those who need a little more stimulation, there are numerous facilities including a children’s club and tennis courts and activities including windsurfing, yoga, and snorkelling and diving excursions. There is a good choice of dining options within the resort and the area of Fisherman’s Cove is a short walk away.

Four Seasons Resort, Koh Samui Set in an old coconut grove, the Four Seasons has a stunning hillside location in the north of the island affording amazing views of the coastline. The spacious villas are surrounded by lush tropical gardens and offer the ultimate in comfort and elegance. All 60 villas have their own spacious outdoor deck with day bed, small dining area and an infinity-edge pool. The property also has 11 residences for guests looking for a fully-equipped home along with the traditional Four Seasons service and amenities. The resort boasts two restaurants, Lan Tania, which specialises in Thai and Italian cuisine and has an outdoor terrace with beautiful views as well as an air-conditioned salon, and the more informal beachside Pla Pla which offers a wide range of fish and seafood as well as Thai and international dishes.

Four Seasons Resort, Koh Samui

Beach, Koh Samet

Sunset, Koh Kood

Paradee, Koh Samet

Junior Beach Retreat, Soneva Kiri, Koh Kood

Koh Samet

Koh Kood

The small, palm-fringed island of Koh Samet lies in the Gulf of Thailand and has sandy beaches to match any in the country. It can be reached by car and speedboat in two and a half hours from Bangkok and so has become a popular getaway for Thai and foreign travellers alike. Though some of its northerly beaches have become overdeveloped, most of Koh Samet is a national park and the south of the island has forested hills that shelter beautiful beaches shared by just one or two small hotels. The island escapes the worst of the monsoon and can be visited year round.

Koh Kood (also known as Koh Kut) lies in the far east of the Gulf of Thailand, close to the Cambodian border. Despite being the fourth largest island in Thailand, it is still one of the least developed and is covered in dense tropical rainforest. Its natural, untouched environment sparkles with striking waterfalls and pristine white-sand beaches.

Paradee, Koh Samet The Paradee, meaning ‘sixth heaven’, occupies the quiet southern tip of Samet and has the unique advantage of both east and west facing coastlines, for superb sunrise and sunset views. The 40 palm-thatched, whitewashed villas, most with private pool, have an earthy, Mediterranean feel and are equipped with a full complement of modern amenities. The villas are spacious, with views of the lush tropical gardens or white sandy beach, and are stylishly furnished in natural materials including teak, rattan and rich Thai silk. Alongside a restaurant and sunset bar, there is a peaceful spa offering a tempting range of relaxing treatments, and a stunning infinity pool. For those who need a little activity, non-motorised water sports and diving are available.

Le Vimarn, Koh Samet

Le Vimarn Cottages & Spa, Koh Samet Le Vimarn is a charming property with only 31 cottages and villas. All rooms have a distinctly Thai feel and are decorated with elegant teak and rattan furnishings, as well as woven fabrics. There is a small pool with adjacent bar area and beachfront restaurants serving Italian fare or local Thai dishes. You can also dine at Le Vimarn’s sister property the Ao Prao Resort, a short walk along the beach. Non-motorised water sports are available as well as spa treatments.

Soneva Kiri, Koh Kood Soneva Kiri combines natural finishes and local materials to create an unassuming yet sophisticated style. The resort’s 36 open-plan villas and residences feature spacious living areas, sun-soaked decks and private pools, with either jungle or ocean views or direct beach access. There are several restaurants offering a variety of gourmet experiences, including Benz, named after its Thai head chef who creates a daily changing menu with locally-sourced ingredients. The most memorable dining location is the treetop pod raised high into the jungle canopy. There is also a children’s den, an over-water outdoor cinema, ice cream parlour and chocolate room. There is a wonderful spa, PADI dive centre, gym and tennis courts, as well as a host of activities available. The journey to Soneva Kiri is by light aircraft from Bangkok to a neighbouring island, and then by speedboat to the arrival pier where your island experience begins.

Beach, Koh Kood

www.audleytravel.com/thailand • 01993 838 115 • Thailand

71

BURMA

laos

Chiang Mai thailand

Kanchanaburi Bangkok

cambodia vietnam

Koh Samui

Kuala Kangsar malaysia Singapore

Thailand & Singapore in Style The ultimate itinerary for those wishing to experience the many charms of the region, this trip starts in multicultural Singapore before travelling north on the opulent Eastern & Oriental Express train through Malaysia to Thailand. Get a feel for Thailand’s culture and lifestyle in Bangkok and Chiang Mai before retreating to the beach for a few days of relaxation. Days 1-2

Prasat Phimai, Isaan

Tailoring your trip The itineraries shown are designed to give you a flavour of what is possible, and are routes that work particularly well. We can use these as a basis to plan your trip or can design a completely different itinerary to suit your tastes and interests. Please call one of our Thailand specialists to start planning your itinerary.

T 01993 838 115

Getting around Thailand is a large country and most itineraries will include domestic flights, especially if you are combining the northern part of the country with some of the southern beaches. It is also possible to take the overnight train between Bangkok and Chiang Mai although this may not be the best night’s sleep you’ll ever have. For a real insight into the culture of this wonderful country it is recommended that you take a road journey (normally with private driver and guide). This works particularly well for an exploration of the heart or north of the country or the Isaan region.

When to go Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

33 33 33

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

33 33

Days 3-4 Head north on the luxurious Eastern & Oriental Express train, stopping to visit Kuala Kangsar in Malaysia. Day 5

Stop in Kanchanaburi for a short river cruise to view the lush scenery along the River Kwai before continuing on to Bangkok.

Day 6

Discover Bangkok with a private guide and take an evening dinner cruise on the Chao Phraya River.

Days 7-9

Fly to Chiang Mai, with three days in the north to explore the area. Visit some of the city’s quiet and picturesque temples, as well as the atmospheric night market.

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

Although the climate varies throughout the country it is possible to visit all year round. The optimum time to travel is during the cool and dry season between November and late March. During this season, the north experiences the greatest range of temperatures: at night it can drop to zero in the mountains while from March to May it can become hotter than the central plains. In the south the climate differs between the east and west coastlines. The monsoon hits the Andaman coast from May to October meaning Krabi, Phuket and Khao Lak can receive heavy rainfall towards the end of this period. November to April is a better time to visit this region when you will experience hot dry days. The east coast, including the island of Koh Samui, is sheltered from the worst of the tropical rains and can also be enjoyed from January to September.

Arrive in Singapore and spend time exploring the city independently.

Days 10-13 Fly to Koh Samui and enjoy four days of relaxation on the beach. Day 14

Return to the airport for your onward flight.

Time difference: GMT+7 hours

Prices We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to Thailand on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans. Longtail boat, Phang Nga Bay, Krabi

72

Akha woman, Golden Triangle

Suggested itineraries Bangkok

Doi Angkhang

thailand

BURMA

Lanjia Lodge

Ayutthaya

thailand Kanchanaburi

laos Chiang Mai

Bangkok

Nan

Amphawa Sukhothai BURMA Khao Sok National Park Khao Lak

Koh Samet BURMA Bangkok

Phuket

Thailand Beach & Rainforest Escape This exciting itinerary combines a stay in rainforest camps with one of our favourite Thai beaches, a perfect mixture of adventure and relaxation. The accommodation at Elephant Hills is simple but comfortable and the activities take you close to some of Khao Sok’s most striking scenery. Day 1

Arrive in Bangkok where you will be met and taken to your hotel.

Day 2

A morning to rest before an afternoon excursion in a longtail boat exploring the city’s backwater klongs (canals).

Day 3

Day 4

A full day to explore the city including a visit to the Grand Palace and the Jim Thompson House museum. Fly to Phuket and transfer into Khao Sok National Park where you will spend three nights at Elephant Hills Tented Camp.

Heart of Thailand From the bustling modern metropolis of Bangkok to the ancient UNESCO-protected temples of Ayutthaya, the verdant scenery of Kanchanaburi and the traditional floating markets of Amphawa, this trip provides a unique insight into Thailand’s past and present. Day 1

Arrive in Bangkok. Relax and recover from your flight.

Day 2

Spend the day exploring Bangkok on a unique city safari. Hop on the efficient skytrain, take a water taxi and ride on a tuk-tuk to discover the city’s highlights.

Day 3

Day 4

Days 5-6 Two days exploring the national park on foot or by kayak.

Day 5

Day 7

Travel by road to the coast for a stay in a Khao Lak resort.

Day 6

Day 8

Relax on the beach.

Day 9

Take a boat trip out to the nearby islands.

Days 10-11 Enjoy a further few days lazing on the beach. Day 12

Head to the airport in Phuket for your onward flight.

Head to Amphawa in the Mae Klong Delta to cycle around the villages and fruit plantations and visit century-old floating markets. Travel by road to Kanchanaburi to visit the Bridge over the River Kwai and the Hellfire Pass with its poignant and informative museum. Explore the stunning topography of Kanchanaburi. Drive to Ayutthaya for a tour of this UNESCO World Heritage Site and stay in a delightful boutique property overlooking the temples.

Days 7-10 Travel to the island of Koh Samet and spend a few days relaxing on the beach. Day 11

Northern Thailand Adventure This comprehensive overland tour takes in the more remote corners of northern Thailand including the provincial and sleepy town of Nan, the intriguing Golden Triangle and the solitude of Doi Angkhang, a pretty mountain retreat. Combined with the easily accessible cultural gems of Sukhothai and Chiang Mai, this journey rewards the visitor with a genuine experience of untouched, rural Thailand at its best. Day 1

Arrive in Bangkok where you will be met and taken to your hotel.

Day 2

Full day private tour of the city. Visit the Grand Palace and Wat Pho with your knowledgeable guide.

Day 3

Fly to Sukhothai to explore this ancient capital.

Day 4

Continue your tour of Sukhothai on foot or by bicycle.

Day 5

Travel to the sleepy town of Nan via the town of Phrae.

Day 6

From Nan continue through the hills to the community-run Lanjia Lodge.

Day 7

Meet the H’mong villagers and learn about their traditions.

Day 8

Drive to Doi Angkhang for a stay at this mountain retreat nestled on the border with Burma.

Day 9

Spend the day exploring the ethnic villages of the Black Lahu and Palaung.

Day 10

Travel on to the charming northern capital of Chiang Mai.

Day 11

A day to enjoy Chiang Mai at your leisure.

Day 12

Early morning trishaw ride around the city and watch as it comes to life, before arriving at Wat Ket for a private blessing.

Day 13

Travel to the airport for your onward flight.

Head to the airport for your onward flight.

Stay longer For those with a keen interest in flora and fauna, add in a side trip to Khao Yai, Thailand’s oldest national park.

Jim Thompson House museum, Bangkok

thailand

Floating market, Amphawa

www.audleytravel.com/thailand • 01993 838 115 • Thailand

73

Burma A

land lost in time, Burma’s political isolation and repressive military rule kept it largely undeveloped for many years. As the country opens up, travellers are discovering its incredible sites, from the ancient ruined cities, temple-strewn plains and ornate royal palaces to the faded grandeur of its sedate hill stations and colonial architecture. Burma also offers a multitude of natural attractions; its glorious scenery and mystical landscapes stretching from the Himalayan foothills to the deserted islands of the south. Deep-rooted Buddhist beliefs and spirit worship have provided courage and resilience to the people of Burma in difficult times and their age-old cultural traditions and religious practices form the basis of myriad colourful festivals. It is these, and more simple day to day encounters, that provide the visitor with wonderful opportunities to interact with Burma’s remarkably friendly and hospitable people. Probably the country’s greatest asset, it is the infectious spirit of the people you will meet, and time spent learning about their unique way of life that is the source of many visitors’ fondest memories.

Audley in Burma Putao

0

100 miles

0

161 kilometres

Myitkyina

Indawgyi Lake

CHINA

Homalin Bhamo

INDIA

Muse

Ch

indwin

Mogok

4 Mindat This pretty mountaintop town is the base for exploring the fascinating tribal traditions and beautiful scenery, as well as great trekking in remote Chin state. See page 83

I

Lashio HsipawI I I I 3 I Goteik Mingun Viaduct I Monywa I Mandalay I Pyin Oo Lwin 4 Mindat BURMA Mount Kanpetlet Popa Nat Ma Taung Pindaya 1 Bagan Heho Mrauk U Kalaw Taunggyi Ri

BAN

r

I

I

I

I

I

Kyaingtong

I I

NAYPYIDAW

I

I

5 Ngapali Beach White sands, fishing villages and freshly caught seafood make Ngapali a beautiful place to relax at the end of your trip. See page 86

I I

I

Loikaw

I I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

Ngapali

Twante

2 Inle Lake Renowned for its five-day floating market, stilted villages and Intha fishermen who have perfected the art of leg-rowing. See page 84

I

6

Hpa-An

7 Mawlamyine

a n Se am a An d

1 Temples of Bagan One of the richest archaeological sites in Asia, Bagan is home to over 3,000 temples. See page 82

I

Yangon

Golden Rock Kyaiktiyo

I

I

I

Bago Ngwe Saung Pathein

Tachilek

I

5

Inle Lake

I

er eyarwady Riv Ay

ga l Be n

More established areas such as Yangon, Mandalay and Inle lake now have a wide range of accommodation, but only a few of them are our preferred options, in Bagan this is even more apparent. Securing the most comfortable or best located properties means booking early otherwise a flexible approach to expectations is needed. In some areas the only accommodation is simple, functional and friendly.

2

Pyay

of

Accommodation

Sittwe

y Ba

The pace of change and the subsequent demand on services has brought many challenges including a shortage of accommodation, yet our experience and frequent research trips ensure that we are well placed to handle any adversities. Our team of specialists have travelled the length and breadth of the country to seek out new and exciting ways of seeing the classic sights such as Bagan and Inle Lake, yet they also understand the complexities of the lesserknown areas such as the Myeik (Mergui) Archipelago and the old Burma Road. This first-hand knowledge enables us to give open, straightforward advice about the realities of travelling in the country.

I

I

I

H

I

DES

I

I

I

ve

GLA

We have extensive knowledge of Burma and have been operating in the country for nearly two decades. Although a much contested issue, we use the place names the people of Burma use throughout the brochure: Yangon rather than Rangoon and Bagan instead of Pagan. Amidst a debate surrounding the ethics of travelling to the country that was until relatively recently under a military government, we have always held the belief that travel, undertaken responsibly, can bring positive benefits to the people of Burma. Although the tide of opinion has now largely shifted to a pro-tourism stance, the arguments are complex and we work hard to keep our advice current.

3 Goteik Viaduct Built in 1900, this imposing steel bridge spans a jungle gorge and the train journey to cross it is just as impressive. See page 79

THAILAND

Dawei

8

Myeik Archipelago

Kawthaung Ranong

6 Shwedagon Pagoda, Yangon Nurture your spiritual side with a few hours of quiet contemplation in the shadows of the revered golden stupa. See page 76 7 Hpa-An The limestone scenery of little-visited Hpa-An is where you will find Kawgun Cave with its thousands of Buddhas. See page 77 8 Myeik Archipelago Cruise the azure waters and seek out the deserted beaches of these pristine islands at Burma’s southernmost point. See page 88

www.audleytravel.com/burma • 01993 838 105 • Burma

75

Shwedagon Pagoda at night, Yangon

Yangon (Rangoon)

Around Yangon

Yangon, the former capital of Burma, still retains much of its colonial character in the grand buildings of the downtown area and the old mansions of the Diplomatic Quarter. In contrast to this, the magnificent Shwedagon Pagoda is a vivid demonstration of Burmese faith, with a stream of devotees bringing offerings to the various shrines within the temple complex. The city has an eclectic mix of cultures and religions, with the golden spires of many ancient pagodas glistening alongside modern-day Hindu and Chinese temples, cathedrals and mosques.

Looping around Yangon and its suburbs, the city’s circle train is a scenic introduction to the city and an opportunity to observe the everyday life of the Burmese people. If you want to explore further, we recommend a day trip to the nearby town of Twante. This involves a local ferry journey across the Yangon River, a colourful and memorable experience. You can combine a visit to Twante’s traditional pottery workshops with a visit to the Paya Ngoto School which, with help from our clients, Audley raised funds to rebuild after it was destroyed by a cyclone in 2008, and we continue to support. We also suggest walking through Htaukkyant, Yangon’s poignant World War II cemetery on the outskirts of the city, which can be combined with a visit to the pagodas around Bago (Pegu), where local worshippers pay homage to huge Buddha images. Bago can be visited as a day trip from Yangon by road or train, or as you travel further afield.

Monks travelling on the back of a public bus, Yangon

76

High Court Building, Yangon

The bustling streets and narrow alleys of downtown Yangon capture the diversity of this intriguing city: tea houses thick with the smoke of cheroots, the markets of Chinatown bursting with an unfathomable array of goods and the aroma of freshly-milled spices carried on a breeze from the Indian Quarter. In the evening soak up the atmosphere of 19 th Street, a lively thoroughfare lined with barbecue stalls and beer stations at which locals play cards and share conversation for hours. Well known for its shops and markets, and more recently its burgeoning art scene, it is worth seeking out Yangon’s Bogyoke Aung San Market (or Scott Market) and the galleries and antique shops in various parts of the city. With finite accommodation options here, early booking is an advantage.

Shwethalyaung Buddha, Bago

Yele Paya pagoda, Mawlamyine

Golden Rock

Mawlamyine (Moulmein) Mawlamyine was the first capital of ‘British Burma’ and was once a strategic port and shipbuilding centre. Today, its grand, historic buildings stand neglected as modern purposebuilt developments take their place. The town’s most famous landmark, the Moulmein Pagoda, was immortalised in Kipling’s poem Mandalay and the city’s colourful mosques and the nearby Yele Paya, an island pagoda, are good places to experience Burma’s spiritual side. Not far from here at Thanbyuzayat is the western terminus of the Thai-Burma Railway and the War Cemetery, a well-kept memorial to the Allied troops lost in World War II. Reached by a full day’s drive from Yangon, Mawlamyine sees few visitors but combined with Golden Rock and Hpa-An, can make for an interesting insight into the cultures of the Mon and Karen communities that live here.

Lady making bamboo hats, Mawlamyine

Kawgun Cave, Hpa-An

Golden Rock

Hpa-An Lodge

One of the most sacred Buddhist pilgrimage sites in Burma, the Golden Rock balances precariously on the side of a mountain. It is said to be held in place by a single strand of Buddha’s hair and has been completely covered in gold leaf by devotees. The devout climb to the rock from the nearby town of Kyaiktiyo, which can take over five hours. An easier option is to ride up to the summit on a local truck. The simple hotels on the mountain are lacking in character, but they are clean and provide good access to the rock itself.

Hpa-An Hpa-An is the small but bustling capital of Kayin state, close to the border with Thailand and rarely visited by Western travellers. The town itself is of little note but the surrounding scenery and its authentic charm make it an interesting stop en route between Yangon and Mawlamyine. Hidden in the limestone mountains that surround the town is the impressive Kawgun Cave discovered in 1975. It contains thousands of tiny clay Buddha images and carvings dating from the 7th century. Tucked away in precarious positions all over the walls and roof of the main cave, it is an astounding work of devotional art. There is a small property on the edge of town, flanked by limestone mountains and facing Mount Zwekabin, which makes for a pleasant overnight stay.

Located at the foot of Zwegabin Mountain, Hpa-An Lodge is a comfortable boutique option just a short drive away from Hpa-An’s small, yet bustling town. Each of the property’s 18 chalets has been thoughtfully designed, successfully blending modern comfort with traditional Karen-style. Spread out over a large landscaped area, the resort provides a perfect oasis in which to relax, or effectively recharge your batteries after a full day’s exploration. The rooms are television-free which gives you the perfect excuse to open a book, listen to music, or simply unwind by the lodge’s swimming pool. Quality dining options are limited in Hpa-An, but the lodge boasts an extensive restaurant menu serving a range of dishes from international fare to traditional local curries.

Hpa-An Lodge

www.audleytravel.com/burma • 01993 838 105 • Burma

77

Colonial building, Pyin Oo Lwin

Mandalay

Ancient cities

The last capital of Burma before British colonialism, Mandalay is the country’s second largest city. It is still considered to be the cultural capital, as well as the economic and religious centre for Upper Burma. Visit the Shwenandaw Pagoda, its walls adorned with exquisite woodcarvings, the Mahu Muni Buddha now misshapen with layers of gold leaf applied by devotees, and the Kuthodaw Pagoda, home to the world’s largest book. It is also worth climbing to the top of Mandalay Hill to watch the sunset over the city. However, to really get under Mandalay’s skin we recommend visits to its vivacious markets including the huge jade market and railway bazaar, where locals ply their trade on the railway track only to have to scatter each time a train comes along. Mandalay is also well known for its handicrafts and is the ideal place to search out marble, wood carvings, weavings or traditional puppets. Accommodation options are broader with early planning.

Around Mandalay are the vestiges of four deserted cities, each worth a visit to explore their plentiful temples and monastic culture. Mingun is home to the world’s largest intact bell and is reached by an unhurried boat journey along the Ayeyarwady.

Railway bazaar, Mandalay

78

Also on the western bank of the river lie the peaceful and picturesque hills of Sagaing, which, from the 14th to the 18 th centuries, were home to the capital of an autonomous Shan kingdom. Today, this tranquil place is an important centre for Buddhism, with numerous monasteries and nunneries scattered on the slopes. Across the river from Sagaing is Inwa (Ava). The best way to explore is with your own pony and trap, which will take you along dusty paths to well-preserved and ornate monasteries and the last remaining entrance of this ‘lost’ city. From Inwa sovereignty passed to Amarapura. Here, the U Bein’s Bridge is an impressive legacy of King Bodawpaya’s reign. Constructed from teak posts taken from Inwa it spans nearly a mile across Taungthaman Lake and is still in daily use after more than two centuries. To reduce wear and tear on this ancient structure, we recommend viewing it from a boat trip out on the lake.

Pagoda in the Sagaing Hills

Pyin Oo Lwin (Maymyo) From Mandalay it is just over an hour north by road to reach the hill station of Pwin Oo Lwin, used by the British as a refuge from the summer heat. With its turrets, gables and churches, the town is rich with the memories of British colonial rule. A pony and trap is an ideal way to explore, visiting grand colonial houses, the market and nearby waterfalls.

The Burma Road

Maha Aung Mye Bon Thar Pagoda, Pyin Oo Lwin

U Bein’s Bridge, Amarapura

Totalling 1,154 kilometres in length, the Burma Road links Lashio, north of Hsipaw, to Kunming in China’s Yunnan Province. It was built by the Chinese in 1939 to assist the movement of supplies (which arrived by air or sea into Yangon and were then transported by rail to the Lashio terminus) during the Sino-Japanese War and later, World War II. When the Japanese occupied Burma and closed off the route, Allied forces in eastern India were forced to supply China’s nationalist KMT army by air, navigating a treacherous passage known as ‘the hump’ – 800 kilometres of Himalayan wilderness. This led to the colossal task of constructing a new supply road from Ledo in Assam, through Myitkyina in northern Burma and connecting with the Burma Road at a point still in Chinese hands.

Collecting the hay, Lashio

Lady from the Palaung tribe

Today the main Lashio-Kunming route is still heavily used for ferrying all manner of goods between the two countries. For the traveller, exploring this section of Burma along with a tour of Yunnan Province is an exciting and insightful journey, truly off the tourist circuit. Lashio is reached by road or rail from Hsipaw and has a colourful market where the Palaung tribes from the surrounding area gather to buy and sell their produce. It is then a short but interesting journey to the Muse border crossing into China. From here, the highlights of Yunnan Province, including Lijiang, Tiger Leaping Gorge and Dali, are all within reach.

Farmer, Hsipaw

Hsipaw Hsipaw is a small and atmospheric town that is well worth a few days of exploration. It was once the capital of an autonomous Shan state and a modest Shan palace still stands. From Hsipaw, it is possible to trek into the surrounding hills and take boat trips to the confluence of the Namtu and Dotawaddy rivers, stopping at small local villages and riverside monasteries en route.

Riverside @ Hsipaw Resort

Goteik Viaduct

Goteik Viaduct Heading north from Pyin Oo Lwin, a six hour train journey takes the hardy traveller through some of Shan state’s most picturesque countryside and across the impressive Goteik Viaduct to Hsipaw. Built in the early 1900s by Pennsylvania and Maryland Bridge Construction on behalf of the British, this imposing steel bridge spans a 300 metre deep gorge. The train makes a slow and steady crossing through this remote, jungle-clad landscape presenting some of the most breathtaking views in Burma. The journey is well worth it but it is also possible to travel along just a small section of the track from Naung Cho to Kyaukme, which lasts only a couple of hours.

Situated across the river from Hsipaw, Riverside @ Hsipaw Resort is a charming property with just 20 simple but spacious air-conditioned guest rooms. It has a good range of facilities and pretty gardens where you can relax after a day’s trekking in the Shan Hills, and a riverside restaurant. A complimentary shuttle boat to the town is provided and a local village can be explored within easy walking distance of the resort.

De-husking corn, near Monywa

Monywa Not many visitors reach Monywa and it is all the more special for this. Situated on the eastern bank of the Chindwin River, it is an interesting town to explore and a convenient rest point if making the journey overland between Mandalay and Bagan. The town is approximately 140 kilometres to the west of Mandalay and is home to some impressive rock-hewn temples on Shwe Ba Hill and the sandstone caves of Hpo Win Daung. There is a simple hotel in Monywa which has pleasant cottage-style rooms set in lush gardens.

Riverside @ Hsipaw Resort

www.audleytravel.com/burma • 01993 838 105 • Burma

79

Fishing on the Ayeyarwady River, near Mandalay

River cruises Throughout Burma’s history, river travel has been an important part of everyday life. Today is no different and we recommend incorporating a river journey into your itinerary. There are set departure dates for trips of different durations, making a cruise a good starting point to planning any tour of Burma. There are local ferries and day cruisers that complete the journey between Bagan and Mandalay in around 12 hours. One of our favourites is the R/V Panorama which has a small restaurant on board and a sun deck, from which views of life along the river slowly unfurl making this a very peaceful way to travel.

Short cruises R/V Paukan The R/V Paukan vessels have broad promenade decks, a spacious observation lounge and dining room beautifully recreating the atmosphere and character of classic river steamers. There are also modern luxuries available however, such as double berths, suites and massage rooms. Short discovery cruises of one and two night durations are available as well as slightly longer voyages of four and five nights that allow for more in-depth sightseeing between Bagan and Mandalay.

If you have a little more time, the most comfortable options are the one to four night cruises between Bagan and Mandalay that operate between October and April. Longer cruises into the upper reaches of the Ayeyarwady and Chindwin rivers are available at specific times of the year when water levels provide access to these remote regions. Here we feature a selection of our favourite boats for exploring Burma’s rivers at an unhurried pace.

Belmond Road to Mandalay

80

Belmond Road to Mandalay The Belmond Road to Mandalay provides a comfortable vantage point from which to absorb the surrounding beauty of the Ayeyarwady. All 43 cabins are carefully designed and equipped with en suite bathrooms and air conditioning and on deck there is a swimming pool and shaded seating. The Belmond Road to Mandalay offers three, four and seven night cruises between Mandalay and Bagan. In August and September, an 11 night cruise sails northwards through breathtaking gorges and forgotten villages to Bhamo, close to the Chinese border.

Homalin

INDIA

CHINA ive r

rwa

dy R

win Riv er

Shwegu

Male

Ayeya

Kalewa

Chind

Mawlaik

Katha

Bhamo

Mingklw

BURMA

Monywa

Mingun Mandalay Sagaing

Yandabo Pakokku Bagan Salay Minbu

R/V Paukan

Woman wearing thanaka, Kaladan River

Magway

Minhla Thayet Pyay

THAILAND

mile kilomet e

Farming along the Kaladan River

Sanctuary Ananda

Longer cruises

Belmond Orcaella

R/V Pandaw The well-respected Pandaw cruise company operates a range of in-depth river voyages in Burma on the Ayeyarwady, Chindwin, Kaladan and Salween rivers, visiting many places that cannot be reached by land. Pandaw operate a number of vessels that are hand-finished with teak and brass fittings reminiscent of colonial days, and modelled on the Irrawaddy Flotilla Company’s original river steamers with ultra-shallow draughts. The majority of expeditions are all-inclusive boutique cruises with no hidden costs: excursions, full board, soft drinks, local beer, local spirits and even tipping for the crew are all included. Pandaw has a strong commitment to supporting various projects throughout Burma, and with the help of its passengers has raised funds for new schools and medical facilities.

R/V Pandaw II

Sanctuary Ananda

Sanctuary Ananda The Sanctuary Ananda provides a luxurious cruising experience on both the Ayeyarwady and Chindwin rivers and offers a selection of short and longer cruises. All 21 spacious suites have their own balconies and combine traditional Burmese design elements with contemporary comforts. All suites on the Bhamo Deck offer butler service. There are also two pairs of interconnecting cabins available for families as well as the option of an extra bed in four of the suites. Dining experiences can be enjoyed al fresco or in the air-conditioned Talifoo Restaurant. There is a spa, fitness centre and library as well as a lounge offering panoramic views and a sun deck with plunge pool.

The Belmond Orcaella is another beautiful vessel belonging to the Belmond portfolio of luxury offerings in Burma. The elegant four-deck river cruiser provides unparalleled service and great attention to detail. The ship’s small size and shallow draught enable it to ply remote areas of the Ayeyarwady and Chindwin rivers, providing passengers with an opportunity to discover this magical country’s rich heritage, natural beauty and friendly people. Each of the 25 spacious cabins features air conditioning, floor-to-ceiling sliding glass doors, private balconies and en suite facilities. On the observation deck there is a dedicated relaxation area with a small pool, retractable awning and reclining chairs providing the perfect vantage point to watch the scenery pass by. A lounge and bar, which is open all day for refreshments and al fresco dining, is the social hub of the ship. All journeys include many delightful touches including local entertainment, informative and interactive lectures, cocktail parties, and yoga and meditation on the observation deck.

Belmond Orcaella

www.audleytravel.com/burma • 01993 838 105 • Burma

81

Temples of Bagan

Bagan (Pagan)

Exploring around Bagan

Along with the temples of Angkor in Cambodia or Borobodur in Indonesia, Bagan is unquestionably one of the most important archaeological sites in Asia. There are over 3,000 temples here, built between the 11th and 13th centuries and covering an area of over 40 square kilometres which straddles the Ayeyarwady River. The stupas and pagodas are an arresting, awe-inspiring sight: all that remains of an ancient city where only the holy buildings, built of stone and brick, remain. Our guides can give you a general overview or in-depth tours depending on your level of interest. All tours in Bagan will include the impressive temples of Ananda and Dhammayangyi, the largest temple Shwezigon and the tallest, Thatbyinnyu. Your guide will also ensure that you are at one of the quieter temples to watch the sunset. It’s worth noting that starting to plan your trip early will help you to get the best choice of the available accommodation in Bagan.

It is worth spending several days in Bagan to fully appreciate the scale and grandeur of the temple landscape and discover the surrounding countryside and nearby towns. One of our favourite activities is exploring the west bank of the Ayeyarwady, an area rarely visited.

Bagan countryside

82

Take a 4x4 tour of rural villages where cane and cotton weaving are common and visit the 11th century Taunt Kyi Taung Pagoda. Built by King Anawrahta, Taunt Kyi Taung is the final stop on a local pilgrimage trail. Legend has it that the king was given a replica of Buddha’s holy tooth and advised to enshrine it in a pagoda so that it could be worshipped by all. He placed the relic on the back of his precious white elephant and set it free, promising to build a pagoda at each of the elephant’s resting places. Pilgrims still believe that if you pay homage at all four pagodas on the trail before noon, your wish will be fulfilled. The flat plains of Bagan are easy to tour by bicycle and this is a very pleasant and relaxing way to get off the beaten track. It is possible to visit a traditional village and have lunch with a local family to learn more about everyday life here. Bagan is the home of Burma’s lacquerware trade and you can visit workshops to see this intricate and time-consuming process at first hand. Temple detail, Bagan

Lady of the Muun tribe, Chin State

Homes and temples below Mount Popa

Mount Popa

Mount Popa

A bird’s-eye view

About an hour away from Bagan, Mount Popa is a forest-clad volcanic outcrop rising over 1,500 metres above sea level. Believed to be the home to 37 nats, the dangerous spirits of Burma’s animist faith, it has been a popular place of pilgrimage for over 700 years with the devout climbing the 777 winding steps to pay their respects to carved figures of ancient gods. In the surrounding area you will often see local farmers climbing palms and tapping off the toddy juice to make sugar.

There is no better way of viewing the temples of Bagan than from the spectacular vantage point of a hot-air balloon. Usually taken at dawn, balloon flights last around 45 minutes and provide passengers with a breathtaking view of this remarkable site. The flights only operate in the dry season between October and March. There are two companies that operate balloon flights in Burma: Balloons over Bagan and Oriental Ballooning, both staffed by qualified, European pilots. Oriental Ballooning also offer flights over Mandalay taking in the sites of Mandalay Hill, U Bein’s Bridge, the Sagaing Hills and Mingun. Views from Kanpetlet, Chin State

Mount Nat Ma Taung

Chin State Travelling west from Bagan along rough and dusty roads brings you to the remote Chin State, a land of tradition, tribes and stunning vistas. Best undertaken during the dry season from December to February, the journey takes you through a patchwork of landscapes, rising from a vast savannah-type floodplain up into rolling hills and wild, impressive forests. Traversing windy, mountainous roads by 4x4, you climb further into the Chin Hills to Mindat, a charming town impressively perched on a hillside at 1,500 metres. Accommodation here is limited but the region’s unique attractions far outweigh the sometimes basic facilities. Mindat is overlooked by Nat Ma Taung National Park and is home to the Chin Festival which takes place every February. Besides offering trekking and birdwatching, Mindat and Kanpetlet are at the heart of Chin culture and offer scenic and varied hikes to the nearby ethnic villages.

www.audleytravel.com/burma • 01993 838 105 • Burma

83

Leg rower, Inle Lake

Inle Lake Ringed by small fishing villages and majestic rolling hills, Inle Lake offers a scenic insight into rural life in Burma. The Intha people live on the lake in houses built on stilts and travel across the water using an unusual style of leg rowing. The lake stretches for 35 kilometres and the best way to explore is by boat. On a day trip you can visit local villages where silk weaving and cheroot rolling are a way of life, watch blacksmiths and silversmiths at work, and see the floating market that moves between the area’s villages on a five day rota. Within the vicinity of Inle Lake lies the temple complex of Indein, situated along a pretty tributary and surrounded by Pa-O villages, as well as Taung Tho on the western shores of the lake. Nearly two hundred stupas have been discovered here and it is still relatively undeveloped.

Harvesting tomatoes, Inle Lake

84

Trekking between Kalaw & Inle Lake The wonderful rolling countryside between Kalaw and picturesque Inle Lake shelters some unspoiled minority villages, including Palaung, Pa-O, Taungthu and Danu communities. Off the beaten track and far from any road, the best way to explore is by trekking, spending a night in a monastery along the way. There are several routes available and the most challenging takes you from your starting point of Baw Nin Khone village near Kalaw to either Indein or to Than Daung, a tree-lined route which offers respite from the sun. The simple overnight stays in local monasteries are fantastic, authentic experiences, giving you a rare insight into a time-honoured way of life.

Kalaw Kalaw, a former British hill station, blends the influences of Indian and Nepalese cultures, which is most evident in the delicious local cuisine. The morning market is well worth a visit and the town has some interesting colonial buildings. Kalaw is better known though, as a base for walking in the cool and picturesque mountains, blanketed in gnarled pine forests. A charming property from the 1900s has been lovingly restored and now operates as the Amara Kalaw Hotel, providing a comfortable and atmospheric base for your time in Kalaw.

Elephant and mahout, Green Hill Valley

Green Hill Valley The Green Hill Valley Elephant Camp, located within an area of preserved landscape, is the first initiative of its kind in Burma, set up to protect the local elephants, their habitats and the traditions of the people who live here. Visitors have the chance to learn about the daily lives of the elephants while taking in some wonderful Shan countryside away from the busier tourist routes. The camp offers a number of different experiences aimed at all levels of interest and fitness. Some combine light treks or walks, whilst others incorporate more strenuous overnight trekking options. You will also be introduced to the skills and traditions of the mahout (elephant keeper).

Festivals

Pa-O girl with water buffalo

Phaung Daw Oo Pagoda Festival During October, the magical sight of the famous Phaung Daw Oo Pagoda Festival takes place. Four of the five revered gold Buddha images from the temple are carried on an ornate ceremonial barge during this two week long celebration. With a considerable entourage, the procession tours each of the villages around the lake, resting overnight at local monasteries and bringing blessings to all.

Kayah lady, Kayah State

Taunggyi fire-balloon festival During the full-moon celebrations in October/November, Taunggyi, the capital of Shan state, plays host to the annual fire-balloon festival. The festival comes to life at dusk as huge, handcrafted hot-air balloons are set off into the sky and according to local beliefs, carry all sins away with them. Kyaingtong town

Pindaya

Kyaingtong (Kengtung)

Pindaya is a pretty town and is a great base for gentle walks or steeper treks into the Shan hills. The town is most well-known for its extensive cave network which is shrouded in folklore and houses a huge selection of Buddha images. Pindaya is also renowned for its handicrafts and you can visit a paper parasol workshop or share lunch with a Danu family at a local village and spend time observing the various cottage industries that are based here.

This sleepy town nestled deep in the far eastern Shan state forms part of the Golden Triangle that extends into northern Thailand and Laos. The area is a charming, seldom-seen part of Burma, and a highlight of any itinerary. Due to the influence of its neighbouring countries, the temples and monasteries here are quite distinctive, and the early morning and central markets are a great opportunity to see many of the local hill tribes. You can also go trekking to the surrounding villages, where tribes such as the Wa, Ann, Akha, Palaung and Lahu can be seen working the fields in their traditional dress. Further afield, Loimwe is a pretty colonial hill station with period buildings and terraced rice fields. Accommodation options in Kyaingtong are limited to small, simple properties.

Pindaya Inle Inn The Pindaya Inle Inn is a simple but friendly option and we recommend staying in one of the chalets, which have a few more home comforts than other rooms, and include a fireplace and tea and coffee facilities. The pleasant restaurant serves local fare, influenced by the local Danu traditions. There is a small spa which offers relaxing treatments, a welcome comfort after a day’s walking.

Ladies from the Ann tribe

Loikaw Loikaw, the capital of Kayah State, is a worthwhile visit for the adventurous. The town surrounds the Thiri-Mingalar Taung Kwae Pagoda which is perched high up on a dramatic limestone monolith and affords great views of Loikaw and the surrounding mountain ranges, especially at sunset. In the local villages the Padaung people continue their tradition of wearing gold (or copper) coils around their necks, upper shins and wrists as a demonstration of family wealth. Village visits are accompanied by a local guide and carefully planned to ensure that they are non-intrusive. Loikaw is reached by a five hour road and boat journey from Inle Lake or a four hour trip from the capital, Naypyidaw. A permit is required, which has restricted the number of visitors and consequently limited the tourist infrastructure, but this is expected to change.

Crossing into Thailand It is relatively straightforward to make the overland crossing from Kyaingtong to Mae Sai in Northern Thailand or vice versa, though it does involve a half day drive along imperfect roads. This is an interesting and intrepid way of combining the beauty and unique culture of far-eastern Shan state with the varied sights and activities of Thailand’s Golden Triangle.

Pindaya Inle Inn, Pindaya

www.audleytravel.com/burma • 01993 838 105 • Burma

85

Ngapali Beach

Sandoway Resort, Ngapali Beach

Sandoway Resort, Ngapali Beach

Ngapali Beach The beautiful, unspoiled stretch of coast at Ngapali Beach, offers white sands, crystal-clear waters and a glimpse of an authentic working beach. Beneath the swaying palms and casuarina trees you will find simple thatched houses and bustling local markets in this small and charming spot. Reached only by air, the hotels here are only open from October to May.

Woman wearing thanaka, Ngapali Beach

86

For the ultimate in relaxation, the 57 rooms here have been purposely designed without telephones or televisions and even the minibar, to avoid any unnecessary noise, is an ice box rather than a refrigerator. Accommodation is in individual air-conditioned cottages with bedrooms upstairs and a living room with shady veranda on the ground floor. For those seeking an even more sumptuous experience, we recommend staying in one of the 11 spacious Beachfront Villas which offer unrivalled views of the sea. There is a lovely swimming pool, cinema, spa and sunset bar, and the restaurant specialises in Italian cuisine, along with the catch of the day. A short walk from the resort is The Residence by Sandoway, a collection of 14 rooms, three with direct beach access. Guests can use all of the facilities at the main resort and, for convenience, a breakfast basket is delivered daily to your room.

Thande Beach Hotel, Ngapali Beach

The Amata, Ngapali Beach

The Amata, Ngapali Beach Set in tropical gardens adjacent to the beach, the 87 rooms and duplex cottages here are attractively furnished with local materials. A tranquil retreat from the world, guests can relax further in the Amata Spa or opt for a bit more adventure with a variety of activities including snorkelling and kayaking. The resort’s infinity pool and deck is a wonderful place to relax, particularly at sunset.

Thande Beach Hotel, Ngapali Beach This good value option has 62 rooms, many with sea views and beachfront access from a private terrace. All have air conditioning and are dressed with teak and rattan furniture. The restaurant has indoor and outdoor seating close to the beach and serves a variety of dishes including Rakhine specialities, seafood and freshly caught fish from the Bay of Bengal. There is also a small spa and pleasant swimming pool.

Monk at Mrauk U

Cattle farmer, Mrauk U

Off the beaten track Getting into the more remote areas of Burma is incredibly rewarding for those with an intrepid spirit. However, some of these destinations are subject to changing permit requirements or travel embargoes from international governments. Our specialist will be able to advise you. Mrauk U Mrauk U was the cosmopolitan capital of Rakhine State from the 15th to the 18 th centuries and still retains traces of its halcyon days. Inside the old city walls are countless abandoned temples, with ruins in every field and on top of every hill. In this site on the banks of the Aungdat Chaung River, three kingdoms had their capitals, but today there is just a charming, sleepy town with friendly, easy-going people. The most impressive ruins are of Shittaung and Kothaung, but with time you can also visit the ancient city of Wethali and the original site of the famous Mahu Muni Buddha image, now displayed in Mandalay. A worthwhile visit further afield is a boat journey along the Lay Mro River, stopping off at several traditional Chin villages. You will have the chance to meet the Chin families who live here, and see their ancient but living traditions in the intricately tattooed faces of female elders. Mrauk U is reached by boat along the Kaladan River or by road from Sittwe (a short flight from Yangon).

Mrauk U Princess Situated next to the small fishing village of Aung Dat the Mrauk U Princess sits on the east bank of the Kaladan River. Set in private grounds, the resort creates its own sustainable energy using locally-grown rice husks. Accommodation is in 21 village houses, each styled as a traditional Rakhine home, with a private terrace overlooking the pretty gardens, rice paddies or the river. The restaurant serves home-grown rice with traditional Rakhine dishes, as well as European and vegetarian fare, while the spa offers a range of treatments, including local herbal therapies. The resort also has three private boats that make the return journey between Sittwe and Mrauk U, transferring guests in relative comfort. Putao Nestled in the foothills of the snow-capped Himalaya, the small town of Putao remains isolated from the outside world by jagged peaks clad in dense, impenetrable forest. This is the country’s northernmost outpost and is an area of rugged wilderness where India, China and Burma meet dramatically against the backdrop of Hkakabo Razi, Southeast Asia’s highest mountain. Unsurprisingly, Burma’s most exhilarating outdoor adventures can be undertaken here.

Malikha Lodge, Putao Accessed only in the dry season by twiceweekly flights into the Putao airstrip, this exclusive wilderness lodge reflects the splendour of its remote surroundings. Malikha Lodge is perched high above the Nam Lang River and commands spectacular mountain views. Excursions include rafting along the clear and fast flowing waters of the Nam Lang

Malikha Lodge, Putao

River, trekking into the dense forested hills of the Putao Valley and making cultural journeys to Rawang tribal villages. Eight traditionallystyled cabins placed discreetly amongst bamboo groves recreate a sense of village life but with many home comforts. Each room is centred around its own log fire and features an enormous handcrafted teak bathtub. Myitkyina & Indawgyi Lake Myitkyina is best reached by air from Mandalay and is the capital of Kachin State, in the far north. Situated in a broad valley surrounded by forested hills, the area offers excellent hiking opportunities to traditional Kachin villages that have been strongly influenced by visiting Christian missionaries. Nearby is the beautiful Indawgyi Lake, one of the largest in Southeast Asia, and Myit-Son, which is where the Malikha and Mehka rivers converge and the Ayeyarwady River begins its stately journey south. Myitkyina also hosts an important festival in January when all seven tribal groups of Kachin State, each dressed in traditional costume, come together in colourful celebration.

Mrauk U Princess

www.audleytravel.com/burma • 01993 838 105 • Burma

87

Meta IV, Myeik Archipelago

Myeik (Mergui) Archipelago In southern Burma, some 800 unspoiled and idyllic islands form the Myeik Archipelago. Travelling across the Andaman Sea to your accommodation, you will pass the tiny islands of the archipelago and see your only neighbours, the Moken (sea gypsies) who live in their simple, hand-crafted boats, fishing and diving for pearls. This undeveloped region of outstanding natural beauty is difficult and costly to access and consequently sees few visitors, but offers a spectacular escape for those who make it here. Getting to the area is by a flight from Yangon to Kawthaung, with a number of stops en route, or from Ranong, across the border in Thailand. SY Meltemi

Ngwe Saung Ngwe Saung is relatively unexplored as it is still rather difficult to get to. It is well worth it however, to experience this unspoiled, 15 kilometre stretch of white-sand beach lapped by gloriously clear waters and home to local fishing villages. There are several good resorts here and not a lot else, offering a rare opportunity to truly escape. Flights to the area are infrequent, so the journey involves a five hour drive through the Ayeyarwady Delta from Yangon via Pathein, an interesting stop-off point best known for its colourful handmade parasols.

SY Meltemi

Meta IV The Meta IV is a two mast, 80 foot yacht, constructed entirely of Thai teak. Although originally built in 1998 as a private yacht, in 2012 it was fully restored and refitted by Burma Boating to start its new life as a charter vessel exploring the deserted islands of the Myeik Archipelago. The yacht has four air-conditioned cabins, two double and two twin, and all with en suite bathrooms. It is possible to join a six day trip departing weekly between November and April, but for those travelling as a group or who prefer greater flexibility and privacy, it is possible to charter the entire boat. There are indoor and outdoor dining areas and a library, as well as sea kayaks, snorkelling and fishing gear available for your use.

This French-built catamaran is designed for smooth sailing with plenty of space to relax. The vessel has four comfortable guest cabins, each with a king-sized bed, en suite bathroom and air conditioning. The spacious owner’s suite has its own couch area and a generous bathroom. A bright, wooden interior gives SY Meltemi a modern feel. There is also a central saloon and galley. She is well equipped to give a comfortable and adventurous experience while cruising around the Myeik Archipelago.

Meta IV

88

Belmond Governor’s Residence, Yangon

Red Canal, Mandalay

Deluxe Riverside Rooms, Bagan Thande Hotel

Hotel @ Tharabar Gate, Bagan

View from Villa Inle Resort, Inle Lake

Accommodation options in Burma In the key locations of Yangon, Inle Lake, Bagan and Mandalay there are a number of beautiful boutique hotels but demand often outstrips their limited supply of rooms. A number of new hotels are planned and capacity is set to increase over the coming years which should provide some healthy competition and stabilise the steadily increasing hotel prices. We will always try to organise accommodation in one of our preferred hotels but advise you to book at least 9 months in advance if where you stay is key to the enjoyment of your trip. Here we list a few of our favoured hotel options:

Belmond Governor’s Residence, Yangon The Belmond Governor’s Residence has long been our favourite hotel in Yangon. This imposing teak mansion dates back to the 1920s and has been fully restored. The 49 air-conditioned rooms are simple but elegant, with crisp white cottons and vibrant silks contrasting with the teak furnishings. The hotel’s Mandalay Restaurant serves Burmese specialities as well as French cuisine, while the open-air Kipling Bar has views over the swimming pool and gardens.

Savoy Hotel, Yangon Situated within reasonable walking distance of the Shwedagon Pagoda, the Savoy Hotel is a charming property that epitomises the grace and style of the colonial era. The 30 guest rooms are air-conditioned and decorated with rattan furniture. Enjoy lunch in Le Bistrot or dinner in Kipling’s Restaurant.

Red Canal, Mandalay

Villa Inle Resort, Inle Lake

Located in a quiet part of the city, this quaint, boutique-style property makes good use of teak and local materials, providing it with a cosy and traditional style not found in many of the larger resorts in Mandalay. The 25 rooms are stylishly furnished but a little small, while the restaurant serves excellent Indian curries and Burmese dishes as well as international fare. There is also a small outdoor pool set in attractive gardens.

This small property is set on the eastern shores of the lake in a quiet location. The 27 spacious villas have large panoramic windows and private terraces and the majority have lake views. All are furnished to a high standard with a good range of amenities including huge bathrooms with a separate shower and freestanding bathtub, air conditioning and a heater for the cooler months. There is a small restaurant as well as a spa.

Hotel@Tharabar Gate, Bagan

Viewpoint Lodge, Nyaung Shwe

Situated in front of the legendary Tharabar Gate in Old Bagan, this conveniently-located property is within walking distance of the temples and a good choice of local restaurants. The 83 rooms are set in pretty gardens and are tastefully furnished with teak fittings whilst some have a small terraced area for relaxing. There is also a pleasant pool with sun loungers and a restaurant with indoor and al fresco dining.

Nestled between rice paddies and the main tributary leading from the small town of Nyaung Shwe to Inle Lake, Viewpoint Lodge has been sensitively built using local materials. The 24 stilted rooms sit in landscaped water gardens and combine modern amenities with more traditional, hand-crafted teak furniture and environmentally sensitive features. The Shan Restaurant is highly regarded in the area. This is a great choice for those who would rather not be in too isolated a location on the lake.

Bagan Thande Hotel, Bagan Adjacent to the Old City, overlooking the Ayeyarwady River, the Bagan Thande Hotel holds an enviable location and is the oldest hotel in Bagan, dating back to 1922, when Britain’s Prince of Wales visited the area. We recommend staying in one of the 14 spacious riverside rooms which take advantage of the views across the Ayeyarwady River. The hotel is set in well-tended grounds with a small pool that provides a welcome relief from the heat of the Bagan plains.

Viewpoint Lodge, Nyaung Shwe

www.audleytravel.com/burma • 01993 838 105 • Burma

89

Mandalay BURMA Bagan

Inle Lake

Ngapali

Paya Ngoto School

thailand

Yangon

Classic Burma

Temples at Indein, near Inle Lake

Tailoring your trip The itineraries shown are designed to give you a flavour of what is possible, and are routes that work particularly well. We can use these as a basis to plan your trip or can design a completely different itinerary to suit your tastes and interests. Please call one of our Burma specialists to start planning your itinerary.

T 01993 838 105

Yangon and Mandalay are the main entry and exit points for travellers arriving by air but there are also several hassle-free overland border crossings from Thailand and southwest China which provide alternative options for the more adventurous. A deceptively large country, Burma’s roads are seldom of good quality, so flights are usually the quickest way to cover longer distances. Where flying is not an option we use private vehicles with a driver and guide or the more leisurely option of a river journey. The train network is fairly extensive but is not comfortable and rarely convenient.

When to go Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

33 33 33

3

3

3

Time difference: GMT+6.5 hours

Festivals

Getting around

3

Bagan and Mandalay are very hot, but the sunshine is interrupted by short, heavy showers. By contrast, the mountain areas can be cold from October to February, as can early mornings and evenings at Inle Lake. It is worth considering travelling during the wet season as visitor numbers decline and preferred hotels are more readily available.

3

3

We recommend planning your visit to coincide with one of the many festivals that take place throughout the year such as the Ananda Pagoda Festival in Bagan during January or the Shwedagon Pagoda Festival in March. The Thingyan ‘Water’ Festival is one of the most fun and is usually held for a five day period during April. On the eve of the Buddhist New Year, young and old up and down the country wash away the bad deeds of the previous year in preparation for the next by dousing anyone and everyone in water. For those willing to make the journey from Bagan, the Chin Festival, held in February in the town of Mindat, offers a fascinating glimpse into the unique culture of the Chin tribe. Tribal communities from remote villages gather in a colourful spectacle of costumes, tattoos and jewellery.

33 33 33

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

The ideal time to visit Burma is during the dry season, between late October and March. Certain regions can be very wet from July to September, but due to the size of the country it is possible to avoid these areas and still plan a worthwhile tour. From April to July the plains of

Prices

This is a comprehensive tour of Burma’s main highlights, starting in the former capital of Yangon before flying upcountry to view the magnificent temples of Bagan. From here you cruise to Mandalay, taking in villages and scenes of typical life along the way. Next stop is Inle Lake for a few days exploring the stilted villages and tributaries of the lake before finishing with a few days relaxing on the beach. Day 1

Arrive in Yangon and settle in to your hotel.

Day 2

Visit the Audley-sponsored Paya Ngoto School in the morning and return to Yangon in time for sunset at the Shwedagon Pagoda.

Day 3

Fly to Bagan and visit the temples.

Day 4

Explore Bagan at leisure.

Days 5-6 Enjoy a two night leisurely cruise along the Ayeyarwady. Day 7

Arrive in Mandalay and explore the ancient capitals.

Day 8

Visit Mandalay’s pagodas and interesting markets.

Day 9

Transfer to the airport ready for your morning flight to Heho, where you will be met and taken to the stunning Inle Lake.

Days 10-11 Take a guided boat trip to see the main highlights of the lake. Days 12-14 Fly to Ngapali Beach for a few days of relaxation. Day 15

Head to the airport for your onward flight.

Stay longer If you have more time you could trek between Inle Lake and Kalaw, spending the night in a monastery en route.

We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to Burma on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans. Rural scene, Mandalay

90

Suggested itineraries Hsipaw

Lijiang india

Monywa Tengchong

Dali

Kunming

Pindaya

Ruili

Bagan

china Hsipaw Pyin Oo Lwin Bagan

Goteik Viaduct Pyin Oo Lwin Mandalay Inle Lake

BURMA Mindat Mount Nat Ma Taung Kanpetlet

Lashio

Bagan

Inle Lake Kalaw

Goteik Viaduct MYANMAR

Mandalay BURMA

Yangon

laos

thailand

thailand

Yangon

Yangon

thailand

The ‘Burma Road’

Burma Explored

Journey into the Hills

This itinerary tours the ethnically diverse region of Yunnan Province in China, including the charming towns of Lijiang and Dali before following the World War II supply route across the border into Burma. There is also time to explore the highlights of Mandalay, Bagan and Yangon, as well as covering remote and little-visited areas.

This itinerary features all of Burma’s main highlights as well as some of its lesser-visited areas. Enjoy exploring Mandalay, Bagan and Inle Lake as well as further discovering Shan state with a trip on the Goteik Viaduct to Hsipaw. Take an interesting overland route to Bagan via the little town of Monywa on the Chindwin River before ending the trip in colonial Yangon.

This itinerary is perfect for the more adventurous traveller or for those returning to Burma on a second trip. Spend time in the Chin Hills and learn about the traditions of the tattooed Chin and Muun tribes, visit weaving villages on the west bank of the Ayeyarwady from Bagan and trek between Kalaw and Inle Lake.

Day 1

Arrive in Kunming in China and transfer to your hotel.

Day 1

Day 2

Take a flight to Lijiang in Yunnan Province, home to the matriarchal Naxi people.

Day 3

Visit Tiger Leaping Gorge.

Days 4-5 Travel on to Dali and spend time exploring the old town and Erhai Lake. Day 6

Drive to Tengchong and visit the Volcano Park.

Day 7

Continue on to Ruili on the Chinese border.

Days 8-9 Cross the border into Burma and continue on to the riverside town of Hsipaw, with a lunchtime stop at Lashio. Enjoy trekking through the countryside or take a boat trip on the Dotawaddy River. Day 10

Day 2

Travel by train over the famous Goteik Viaduct and on to Pyin Oo Lwin, once the retreat of British generals during colonial times.

Day 11

Explore the botanical gardens before moving on to Mandalay.

Day 12

Enjoy a guided excursion of the railway bazaar and jade market.

Day 3

Discover Mandalay’s attractions including its unique jade market and railway bazaar. Drive east to Pyin Oo Lwin and enjoy a stroll around the botanical gardens of this former British hill station.

Days 4-5 Cross the scenic Goteik Viaduct and continue on to Hsipaw where you trek to local villages and enjoy a boat trip on the Dotawaddy River. Days 6-7 Return to Mandalay by road and spend a day exploring the ancient capitals of Inwa and Amarapura. Day 8

Drive to Monywa and visit Shwe Ba Hill and the Po Win temple complex.

Day 9

Continue by road and boat to Bagan.

Day 10

Visit the temples of Bagan.

Day 11

Fly to Heho and travel on to Pindaya where you can have lunch at a Danu village.

Days 12-14 Transfer to Inle Lake and discover the beauty and tranquillity of the area.

Days 13-14 Fly to Bagan for two days exploring the beautiful temples.

Day 15

Days 15-16 Travel to Yangon and discover this former capital city and the impressive Shwedagon Pagoda.

Day 16

Day 17

Day 17

Head to the airport for your onward flight.

Arrive in Mandalay and spend the rest of the day relaxing after the long flight.

Fly to Yangon and visit the beautiful Shwedagon Pagoda at sunset. Explore the city’s colonial architecture and life in the suburbs on the circle train. Head to the airport for your onward flight.

Day 1

Arrive in Yangon and transfer to your hotel. Evening at leisure.

Day 2

Enjoy a morning walking tour of Yangon’s colonial architecture and a few hours at the Shwedagon Pagoda.

Day 3

Fly to Bagan.

Day 4

Drive into the Chin Hills, enjoying the changing scenery as you leave the savannah behind.

Day 5

Explore Mindat, meeting various ethnic groups such as the Chin and Muun.

Day 6

Transfer to Kanpetlet.

Day 7

Enjoy a steady yet straightforward climb of Mount Nat Ma Taung.

Day 8

Leave Kanpetlet and make the full day journey back to Bagan.

Day 9

Morning at leisure before exploring the Ayeyarwady’s west bank.

Day 10

Fly to Heho and transfer to the former hill station of Kalaw. Enjoy the excellent local Nepalese cuisine.

Day 11

Embark on a day’s trek through the Shan Hills and spend the night in a local monastery.

Day 12

An early start to complete the trek to Inle Lake. Enjoy an evening at leisure.

Day 13

Explore Inle Lake with your guide visiting markets and Intha villages.

Day 14

Day to relax at Inle Lake.

Day 15

Travel to the airport for your onward flight.

Stay longer Stay longer

Stay longer

From Mandalay, take a cruise along the Ayeyarwady on a two night journey, visiting local villages along the way.

Head to the Myeik Archipelago for some relaxation and the chance to be a desert island castaway.

From Inle Lake, fly to Kyaingtong for a few days exploring the ethnic villages before crossing into Thailand.

www.audleytravel.com/burma • 01993 838 105 • Burma

91

Malaysia T

he Malaysian peninsula’s incredible diversity, with its elaborate fusion of cultures, long and fascinating history and breathtaking scenery, makes it a highly rewarding destination. There’s a huge variety of things to see with countless temples, churches and colonial mansions, stunning national parks and vast tea plantations blanketing the highlands. Malaysia’s rich cultural and culinary heritage stems from its position at the heart of the historical spice trade and today it is a harmonious melting pot of traditions. Chinese, Indian and Muslim influences combine to fantastic effect, most noticeably in the country’s aromatic food. Its vibrant capital, Kuala Lumpur, offers the best of both the old world and the new with glittering skyscrapers towering over bustling traditional markets. George Town and Malacca, Malaysia’s UNESCO-protected cities, exude the charms of a bygone era, while its interior offers easy access to intact areas of primary rainforest. The coast is also a major draw for many with pristine yet deserted beaches, tranquil islands, coral-rich waters and traditional kampung villages.

I

I

Audley in Malaysia

I

I

I

I I

I

na

I

I

Redang Island

I

I

I

I

3

Kuala Terengganu

I I

I

MALAYSIA

I

Taman Negara National Park

Taiping Kuala Kangsar Ipoh I

6 Kuala Tahan Kuala Tembeling

I

I

Lumut

I

I

I

I I

Cameron Highlands

I

Pangkor Islands

Kuala Dungun

I

I

I I

I

I

2

I I

Penang

Belum-Temengor Rainforest

Butterworth

I

George Town

Se a

Perhentian Islands

I

1

Kuantan

I

I

I

I

Fraser’s Hill I

I

I

I

I

100 miles

0

161 kilometres

I

I

I

Mersing I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

5 Malacca

I

I

cc a

I

I

I

I

I

A UNESCO World Heritage Site and influential hub of the spice trade in its heyday, Malacca teems with vestiges of the colonial era. See page 94 6 Taman Negara National Park Thought to be the oldest rainforest in the world, the pristine primary forest here offers excellent jungle treks and river cruises. See page 95

Johor Bahru

I

5 Malacca

I

I

I

Rainforest Go in search of the rafflesia, the largest flower in the world, and explore nature trails. See page 96

ala

I

3 Belum-Temengor

M

I

Designated a UNESCO World Heritage Site, the city of George Town is famed for its food and colonial architecture. See page 97

of

I

2 Penang

Tioman Island

4 I

99 tropical islands with white-sand beaches and some of the best hotels in the country. See page 99

I

I

I

KUALA LUMPUR

I

ra it

1 Langkawi

Culturally diverse and incredibly dynamic, Kuala Lumpur is home to ancient temples and mosques, thriving street markets and towering skyscrapers. See page 94

I

St

I

0

4 Kuala Lumpur

Small cove in the Perhentian Islands, east coast

Chi

Kota Bharu

THAILAND

I

Malaysia offers heartfelt hospitality across all of its accommodation options. Choose from small character properties, rustic lodges in more remote locations or luxurious city hotels. There is also a wealth of beach hotels, ideal for everyone from honeymooners to families in a variety of lively resorts with plenty of restaurants or more secluded hotels offering splendid isolation.

Langkawi

I

Accommodation

South

I

Malaysia is a rewarding country to visit and we offer a variety of ways to explore. We can arrange a private car with knowledgeable chauffeur-guide to give you an insight into the Malaysian way of life or you can opt for the freedom of a self-drive itinerary, travelling at your own pace with the flexibility to make stops and detours. There is also a good network of domestic flights making it easy to combine many different places into one comprehensive itinerary. A typical trip would include opportunities for sampling the local delicacies of Penang’s night market, experiencing the more relaxed and traditional way of life in the atmospheric fishing villages of the east coast, getting close to nature in Taman Negara National Park and Belum-Temengor Rainforest, exploring colonial towns and cities and enjoying Malaysia’s stunning beaches. Our detailed knowledge of the country means we can help you plan the perfect itinerary with experienced local guides to offer an insider’s perspective on this fascinating destination.

I

I

SINGAPORE

The east coast Laid-back and less developed, the east coast offers great snorkelling and diving as well as pristine sands. See pages 100-101 Cuisine Take in the gastronomic delights of the country at sophisticated city restaurants, buzzing street stalls and beach-side barbecues.

Khoo Kongsi Temple, Penang

www.audleytravel.com/malaysia • 01993 838 130 • Malaysia

93

Sultan Abdul Samad Building, Merdeka Square

Mandarin Oriental, Kuala Lumpur

Mandarin Oriental, Kuala Lumpur

Kuala Lumpur Kuala Lumpur (KL) is one of Asia’s most vibrant capital cities where a melting pot of cultures collide to fantastic effect. Relatively compact and easy to navigate, you can take in much of the city in a few days on foot, by public transport or taxi. The highlights include Chinatown with its bustling restaurants and shops, the busy markets of Little India, the mix of Hindu temples and Muslim mosques and the wonderfully eclectic street food. Contrast the elegant colonial buildings of Merdeka Square with the art deco central market and the Masjid Jamek mosque resting peacefully at the confluence of two rivers. The Petronas Towers dominate the glittering skyline, but there are also great views from the revolving restaurant at the top of the KL Sky Tower. Just outside the city you’ll find the Sepang International Circuit, home to the Malaysian Grand Prix, the serene Lake Gardens and the famous Batu Caves where extravagant Hindu temples are set into the cliffs. 94

From the impressive marbled lobby through to the 632 spacious and tasteful bedrooms, the Mandarin Oriental exudes style. This large hotel may appear dwarfed by the neighbouring Petronas Towers but from the rooms and infinity pool area you can enjoy views of the park, the twin towers and the city. Ideally located for exploring the shops and attractions, the Mandarin Oriental has been a firm favourite with Audley clients for years.

Villa Samadhi, Kuala Lumpur Set in tropical gardens, Villa Samadhi is a discreet hideaway in the heart of the city. It is designed to be an exclusive home from home and is a calming sanctuary away from the hustle and bustle of the city. Each of the 21 rooms is individually designed using modern Asian furnishings and traditional materials. Some offer direct access into the resort’s pool.

Villa Samadhi, Kuala Lumpur

Historic waterfront houses, Malacca

Malacca Charming tea shops and antique stalls sit side by side with old Dutch churches and grand mosques in the compact Chinatown area of central Malacca. It is this area that was awarded UNESCO World Heritage status in 2008 and it is here that you can observe the living cultural heritage of the local communities. Small and easy to navigate on foot or by trishaw, you will find the Baba Nyonya Heritage Museum alongside restaurants serving Chinese dim sum for breakfast, Nyonya (a combination of Malay and Chinese) food for lunch and Pakistani tandoori for dinner. The Sungai Malacca River weaves its way through the centre of town and the weekend markets offer a different side to the city, especially in the area around Jonker Street, which comes alive with brightly lit street stalls.

Long-tailed butterfly, Taman Negara National Park

Fresh vegetables, Cameron Highlands

Tea plantation, Cameron Highlands

Long-tailed macaque, Taman Negara National Park

Cameron Highlands

Fraser’s Hill One of the last remaining hill stations in Malaysia, Fraser’s Hill is undoubtedly its most charming. Located 1,524 metres above sea level and only two hours’ drive from KL, the main attractions of Fraser’s Hill are the verdant rainforests, tranquil environment and cool mountain air. Ideal for walkers and keen cyclists, the area is also a must for bird lovers. Over 250 species of bird have been recorded here including magnificent hornbills, rare doves, colourful pheasants, graceful eagles and endemic species.

Canopy walkway, Taman Negara National Park

A welcome reprieve from the humidity of the lowlands, the Cameron Highlands, Malaysia’s most extensive hill station, makes a convenient stopover on the overland route between Kuala Lumpur and Penang. The Highlands are reached by winding roads, eventually rising to lofty mountains. The area was first mapped by William Cameron in 1885, a British government surveyor who stumbled across the plateau on an expedition, and it was later to become a rural retreat for the British. A quaint air of colonial nostalgia remains in places despite a surge of recent development, while the lush tea plantations and beautiful mountain scenery offer a pleasant diversion for a day or two.

Cameron Highlands Resort The Cameron Highlands Resort is an authentic colonial retreat. Timber-beamed ceilings, fireplaces and vast leather couches create a warm welcome and the 56 guest bedrooms are fitted with classic four-poster beds. In contrast to the old world style of the public areas, the sophisticated Spa Village offers exotic treatments focusing on the healing and restorative properties of tea.

Taman Negara National Park Peninsular Malaysia’s first and largest national park, the 4,343 square kilometres of Taman Negara’s dense virgin rainforest are thought to be among the oldest primary jungle in the world. A boat journey up the Tembeling River reaches the heart of this spectacular wilderness. Basing yourself at the Mutiara Taman Negara Resort, you can venture into the rainforest to follow short and easy ground trails, delve into caves, take boat trips and test your nerves along the 30 metre high canopy walkways. Many of the large mammals remain hidden, but footprints of gaur (Indian bison) and deer are sometimes found along the walking trails and elephants leave evidence of their passage in the form of broken branches and torn foliage.

Cameron Highlands Resort

www.audleytravel.com/malaysia • 01993 838 130 • Malaysia

95

Temengor Lake, Belum-Temengor Rainforest

Belum Rainforest Resort

Belum Rainforest Resort

Belum-Temengor Rainforest Belum-Temengor Rainforest is over 130 million years old and covers a massive 3,000 square kilometres. This tropical paradise is home to a vast number of species, many of which cannot be found anywhere else in the world. Situated in the state of Perak on the Thai border, the forest boasts over 3,000 species of flowering plants, including three varieties of rafflesia, the largest flower in the world. The rainforest is divided into two main sections. The northern Royal Belum is more densely forested and home to many of the larger mammals such as elephants, but to enter this area you need to apply for a permit seven days in advance. In Lower Belum most of the touring is done by boat across the Temengor Lake which teems with fish and is home to five species of turtle. There are also short treks to waterfalls, the rafflesia sites and the elephant salt lick. The best time of year to visit is from April to September. 96

Set on Banding Island in the middle of Temengor Lake, Belum Rainforest Resort is a peaceful and relaxing retreat. Its 103 rooms offer uncluttered style with contemporary, nature-inspired decor. The deluxe suites include bath tubs and either lake or garden views, and two kampong houses are also available for families. The eco-resort also has its own herb garden and runs a toy exchange initiative for the nearby Orang Asli villages.

Ipoh Once the wealthiest city in Southeast Asia thanks to the tin trade, many grand buildings remain in Ipoh, known colloquially as the Bougainvillea City. Colonial architecture, Chinese shophouses and faded tropical mansions adorn its streets while, outside the town, two interesting Chinese cave temples, a scenic Japanese garden and the crumbling grandeur of Kellie’s Castle make it well worth a visit. Kellie’s Castle was a palatial mansion commissioned by a wealthy Scottish rubber plantation owner who tragically died before the house was completed. The poignant ruins are very photogenic. There are a couple of accommodation options around Ipoh including a comfortable boutique hotel renovated from a charming 1940s colonial mansion as well as a spa and wellness retreat nestled in a valley and surrounded by lush rainforest, only a 15 minute drive from the centre of Ipoh.

Kuala Kangsar The quiet backwater of Kuala Kangsar is the seat of the Sultan of Perak, and is steeped in Malay tradition. The royal district is a pleasant area to explore and is home to the gilded domes and minarets of the Ubudiah mosque and the sultan’s official residence. This imposing edifice is quite possibly the most attractive royal palace in Malaysia, although it is not open to visitors.

Taiping The discovery of tin in the 19 th century attracted many Chinese settlers to Taiping, among them two feuding families. Their bitter disputes dominated local life until the 1870s. Since then the town has been known as Taiping, the Town of Everlasting Peace. This is a quiet place with colonial architecture, the Commonwealth Allied War Cemetery as well as the Lake Gardens. Malaysia’s oldest hill station, Bukit Larut (or Maxwell Hill) is also found here.

Lake Gardens, Taiping

Food of Penang Penang is arguably Malaysia’s gastronomic epicentre with a huge variety of Malay, Chinese and Indian dishes subtly influenced by the island’s Baba Nyonya or Peranakan culture. In George Town you will find bustling stalls dishing up some of Asia’s finest street food sitting right next door to fine colonial buildings housing sophisticated restaurants run by internationally renowned chefs. Wherever you choose to eat, look out for char kway teow, prawn noodle soup, curry mee, a coconut-based noodle dish, and Assam laksa, a hot and sour fish soup, just some of Penang’s specialties. A number of cooking classes are also available that include early morning visits to the city markets to buy fresh produce before learning how to cook it.

Shophouses, George Town

Street food stall, Penang

Kek Lok Si Temple, Penang

Penang The colonial heritage, numerous brightly coloured shophouses, ancient temples, bustling markets and decorated bicycle trishaws give Penang’s capital, George Town, a charming old-world atmosphere. The island itself is often thought of as just a beach resort, but with its long British history and arguably the best food in Asia, it has a lot more to offer. The impact of the spice trade is evident all over Penang, and the magnificent Fort Cornwallis is just one of the island’s impressive historical landmarks. Built on the site of Francis Light’s historic landing in 1786, it houses the Dutch cannon presented to the Sultan of Johore by the Dutch East India Company. To get a full picture of the history of the island it is also worth visiting the highly ornamented Khoo Kongsi clan house and the Pinang Peranakan Mansion, which offer glimpses into the customs and traditions of the Chinese communities.

Eastern & Oriental Hotel, Penang

The Blue Mansion, Penang

The Blue Mansion, Penang

Eastern & Oriental Hotel, Penang Established in 1885 by the famous Sarkies brothers, the Eastern & Oriental Hotel is a Penang landmark and is still a local institution today. The original property has 100 suites with butler service and oozes period charm and elegance, while the Victory Annexe has 132 sea-view suites offering extra facilities, such as access to the Planters Lounge which serves complimentary refreshments throughout the day and evening cocktails. The hotel has a variety of dining options, including the ‘1885’ restaurant which offers a decadent afternoon tea. There is also a less formal cafe near the swimming pool which has wonderful views over the sea to the mainland.

Formerly known as the Cheong Fatt Tze Mansion, this lavish property was built in the 1880s by the eponymous Chinese merchant who arrived in Penang with his eight wives to set up home. On his death his will stated that nothing could be done with his elaborate home until his last son died. This occurred in 1989, by which time the house had fallen into disrepair, and it took six years to restore it to its original glory and open it as a small hotel. A second renovation in 2013 saw the hotel reopen with 18 rooms as well as a Chinese restaurant. A stay in this 19 th-century mansion is a truly unique experience.

Muntri Mews & Muntri Grove, Penang Set in a Grade II listed building once used as stables and carriage works, Muntri Mews is full of charm and character. The lovingly restored building has been converted into nine boutique suites set around tropical gardens and decorated with a mixture of antique furniture and local artwork. The property offers good value for money and is a great base for exploring George Town on foot. Its nearby sister property, Muntri Grove, is similar in style and set in lush tropical gardens. It also benefits from a rooftop lap pool.

www.audleytravel.com/malaysia • 01993 838 130 • Malaysia

97

Emerald Bay, Pangkor Laut

Pangkor Laut Resort, Pangkor Laut Private Island Not far from Pulau Pangkor are the secluded bays and sandy beaches of Pangkor Laut. This private island’s only resort is made up of 140 villas which seamlessly blend into the natural landscape, whether located over lapping waves, near lush gardens or high in the verdant hills amidst the rainforest. There are also eight

View from Coral Beach, Pangkor Island

Pangkor Islands Pulau Pangkor (roughly translated as ‘beautiful island’) is a large island off the west coast of Malaysia, dominated by a rainforest interior and a beautiful collection of beaches around the coast. It is an excellent family option with calm waters, clean beaches and a comfortable, good-value hotel. There are plenty of dining options, including Western favourites, around the hotel as well as small restaurants dotted along the beachfront where you can choose your own fresh fish from an ice box and have it cooked to your liking on an open fire. You can also visit the many fishing villages with traditional Malay houses and food stalls on the island. The diminutive Pangkor Laut is a privately owned Island only accessible to guests of its single resort. 98

Pangkor Laut Resort, Pangkor Laut Private Island

beautiful exclusive estates with up to four villas, which include a private pool and personal chef and butler. Feast at one of the several restaurants serving a variety of delicious dishes, explore the rainforest, enjoy a sunset cruise on an antique junk or relax on the beaches of Emerald Bay. The award-winning Spa Village is a haven that offers unique spa treatments inspired by healing therapies and the indigenous plants and herbs found in this region.

Rural house, Langkawi

Langkawi landscape

Rice farmer, Langkawi

Family on the beach, Langkawi

Langkawi

The Datai, Langkawi One of Southeast Asia’s most exclusive beach resorts, The Datai is set in tropical rainforest on the picturesque Datai Bay, overlooking the Andaman Sea. Its 122 villas, suites and rooms enjoy either views over the treetops to the sea, the seclusion of the rainforest or a beachfront setting, with some offering private pools. In addition there are two resort swimming pools, the award winning Datai Spa and a choice of dining options. Golf can be enjoyed at the nearby Els Club Teluk Datai, whilst nature walks, water sports and private yacht hire can be organised for guests.

The islands of the Langkawi archipelago lie some 32 kilometres off the northwest coast of Malaysia in the warm waters of the Andaman Sea. This tropical island has a thick jungle interior fringed by white, velvety sands with a choice of resorts to suit all tastes. There’s a host of activities available from golf to boat trips, or simply lie back and relax on one of the island’s beaches.

Bon Ton Resort & Temple Tree, Langkawi The stylish, eclectic accommodation at Bon Ton Resort, and sister property Temple Tree, comprises a collection of antique Malay houses, each unique, beautifully restored and tastefully furnished. The nearest beach is a 15 minute walk away, yet the resorts combined have three pools and quiet gardens. The Nam Restaurant at the Bon Ton Resort has an outstanding reputation on Langkawi and superb sunset views.

Palm Villa at Bon Ton Resort, Langkawi

Pantai Tengah Beach, Langkawi

The Danna Langkawi

The Danna Langkawi The Danna Langkawi is an award-winning hotel located on the beautiful white-sand bay of Pantai Kok next to the Telaga Harbour Park marina. The 125 spacious colonial-style rooms each come with their own private balcony with views over the sea, marina, courtyard or surrounding hills. Guest Experience Planners are on hand to help tailor leisure activities to your preference. The Danna Langkawi boasts excellent service and also has one of the largest swimming pools on the island. The Datai, Langkawi

www.audleytravel.com/malaysia • 01993 838 130 • Malaysia

99

Beach in Terengganu, east coast

The east coast Malaysia’s stunning eastern coastline unveils a less-visited and more traditional side of the country. Though more remote than other resorts, internal flights make access easy and the diving and snorkelling are some of Southeast Asia’s best. To the north, the state of Terengganu is a stronghold of Malay culture with colourful markets, fishing villages and boat builders who still use time-honoured methods to craft their vessels. Small boats travel out to the idyllic Redang and Perhentian islands, which are ringed by white-sand beaches and brilliant turquoise waters. Back on the mainland, the scenic coastal roads take you south through unspoilt kampung villages, past the mainland’s best beaches with a couple of small but beautiful accommodation options on the way to Kuala Dungun. Golden sands stretch as far as the eye can see and, in season, it may be possible to see turtles as they come ashore to lay their eggs. A little inland, you may choose to explore the rainforest on foot or by riverboat, before reaching the modern city of Kuantan. This is best known for its magnificent Masjid Negeri, one of Malaysia’s most impressive mosques, and there is a pleasant beach on the city’s outskirts. Further south from Kuantan is Mersing, from where boats depart for Tioman Island.

Leatherback turtle

Terrapuri Heritage Village, near Kuala Terengganu Tanjong Jara Resort, Kuala Dungun

Tanjong Jara Resort, Kuala Dungun This tranquil resort has been designed to reflect the elegance and grandeur of 17th century Malay palaces with 100 beautifully appointed rooms overlooking the gardens or the sea. Seamlessly integrated with the resort is the Spa Village, which is dedicated to combining the therapeutic properties of natural local ingredients and the innate healing practices of the area, and providing a special restorative experience. Explore teeming coral reefs off Tenggol Island on seasonal diving and snorkelling excursions, embark on a river cruise and discover charming fishing villages or dine on the golden beach under the stars. The warm hospitality of the resort makes this one of our favourite places for relaxation.

Set amidst tropical mangroves and lagoons and close to a quiet beach, Terrapuri Heritage Village is a truly secluded spot for a tranquil getaway. Accommodation is in one of 20 beautifully restored Malay stilted houses finished with real attention to detail. Laid out in the style of a 17th-century palace, the Terrapuri offers a unique experience to its guests. There is a swimming pool and traditional spa as well as a restaurant in a courtyard garden.

Terrapuri Heritage Village, near Kuala Terengganu

100

Beach at Kuala Dungun

Clown fish, Perhentian Islands

Vegetable seller, Terengganu

Beach on Perhentian Besar

Perhentian Islands

JapaMala, Tioman Island The JapaMala is a charming boutique hotel. Reached only by boat and backed by lush tropical rainforest, it is a wonderful place to get away from it all. The hotel overlooks the emerald waters of the South China Sea and is built in the style of a stilted Malay kampung village with guest accommodation in 13 individual villas. Truly secluded, the resort is flanked by a private beach of pure-white sand and is ideal for couples and honeymooners. This is a quality boutique property and with so few rooms it books up well in advance.

Powder-soft beaches, turquoise waters, virgin jungle and remote bays are characteristic of the less-developed islands that lie off Malaysia’s east coast. The two idyllic islands, Perhentian Besar and Kecil are generally much quieter than their west coast counterparts and apart from swimming, exceptional snorkelling and scuba diving, there is little to do but laze on the beach or explore by chartering a small boat with a local guide.

Bubu Long Beach Resort, Perhentian Kecil Located on Long Beach of Perhentian Kecil (the smaller of the two main islands), Bubu Long Beach Resort offers 38 en suite rooms each with their own balcony. Some offer wonderful sea views and others direct access to the garden. There are three different room categories, each furnished in individual styles ranging from a simple, modern design to a more ethnic feel in the honeymoon rooms. The property offers both a buffet and an à la carte restaurant, as well as a beachside bar. Guests can organise diving and snorkelling, including PADI courses with a local operator through the resort’s recreation centre.

Bubu Long Beach Resort, Perhentian Kecil

Tioman Island The island of Tioman has regularly featured on the backpacker circuit. Now with two higher quality hotels, it has opened up to travellers desiring more comfortable accommodation than a simple beach chalet. We have visited many of the islands in this part of Southeast Asia and we think that Tioman is one of the most beautiful. It offers a wonderful setting for relaxation among beautiful surroundings as well as opportunities for rainforest walks and excellent diving and snorkelling. JapaMala, Tioman Island

www.audleytravel.com/malaysia • 01993 838 130 • Malaysia

101

Tailoring your trip The itineraries shown are designed to give you a flavour of what is possible, and are routes that work particularly well. We can use these as a basis to plan your trip or can design a completely different itinerary to suit your tastes and interests. Please call one of our Malaysia specialists to start planning your itinerary.

thailand

Penang malaysia

Belum-Temengor Rainforest Penang

malaysia

Cameron Highlands

Taman Negara National Park

Cameron Highlands Kuala Lumpur

T 01993 838 130

Fraser’s Hill

Getting around

Kuala Lumpur

Malacca

Peninsular Malaysia is easy to explore with good roads covering the majority of the country and convenient short domestic flights are available for larger distances. It is also possible to hire a car so you can explore at your own pace. The expressways have frequent rest stops, whilst travelling on the older roads allows the opportunity to stop regularly in scenic locations. If you do not want to drive yourself then it is easy and economical to arrange a chauffeur-guide to accompany you on your trip around Malaysia.

When to go Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

3

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

33 33 33 33 33 33 33

3

3

3

Classic Malaysia This tour is a perfect introduction for a first time visitor to Malaysia. Explore the main highlights of the country including the UNESCO World Heritage Site of Malacca, the bustling city of Kuala Lumpur, the lush Cameron Highlands and historical Penang. Day 1

Arrive in Kuala Lumpur and take the two hour transfer to Malacca.

Day 2

Enjoy the day exploring Malacca.

Day 3

Spend a further day discovering the town or relaxing at your hotel.

Day 4

Take the two hour journey back to Kuala Lumpur.

Day 5

Take a private guided tour of Kuala Lumpur, see the main sights and relax in a local tea house.

Day 6

Spend the day exploring the city, visit the famous Petronas Towers or the many markets.

3

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

Kuala Lumpur and the west coast are good destinations all year round; there are two short rainy seasons lasting a month each around September and April but these are increasingly hard to predict. The east coast has beautiful dry sunny days between March and October, with more rainfall and choppier seas from November through to February. Taman Negara sees most rainfall from October to January, while the Cameron Highlands has a rainforest climate that means rain is possible throughout the year. Time difference: GMT+8 hours

Day 7

Enjoy the scenic drive to the cooler environs of the Cameron Highlands.

Day 8

Explore the tea plantations and Tudor-style buildings of the Cameron Highlands with your private guide.

Day 9

Travel to Penang and enjoy a leisurely afternoon once you arrive.

Day 10

Explore the temples, markets and stunning architecture of George Town on a guided tour.

Prices We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to Malaysia on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans.

Day 11 Day 12

Enjoy the day exploring at your own pace or relaxing at your hotel. Spend a final day in Penang before heading to the airport for your onward flight.

Stay longer We recommend staying for a few days at one of Malaysia’s excellent beaches. Langkawi is just 30 minutes’ flight from Penang, or you can take the local ferry.

Colonial architecture, Malacca

102

Kuala Tembeling

Malaysia’s Natural Highlights Taking in the main natural highlights of Peninsular Malaysia, this itinerary works well with a guide or as a self-drive option. Contrasting the rainforests of Taman Negara and Belum with the cooling highlands of Fraser’s Hill and the Cameron Highlands, this trip offers many different opportunities for exploring the variety of natural landscapes that Malaysia has to offer. Day 1

Arrive in Kuala Lumpur and transfer to your hotel.

Day 2

Free day to explore the city at your own pace.

Day 3

Pick up your car and drive up to the cooler colonial retreat of Fraser’s Hill.

Day 4

Walk the trails around Fraser’s Hill, which are excellent for birdwatching.

Day 5

Drive to Kuala Tembeling and take a boat to Taman Negara National Park.

Day 6

Explore the vast national park with your guide.

Day 7

Head along the winding roads to the Cameron Highlands.

Day 8

A full day to see the highlights of the area including the Boh Tea Plantation and factory.

Day 9

Leave the Highlands, heading down through the mountains and on to Belum-Temengor Rainforest.

Day 10

Spend the full day at the resort, with time to trek, visit villages or relax.

Day 11

Continue on to fascinating George Town on Penang.

Days 12-13 Time at leisure to explore the island. Day 14

Head to the airport for your onward flight.

Stay longer From Taman Negara you could head towards the east coast for a few days relaxation at a resort near Kuala Dungan. Alternatively, from KL you could travel further south to the UNESCOprotected city of Malacca.

Suggested itineraries Langkawi

thailand

Penang

Penang malaysia

Ipoh

Taman Negara National Park

malaysia

Kuala Lumpur borneo Tioman Island

Cameron Highlands Kuala Lumpur

Kuala Tembeling

Kuala Lumpur

malaysia

Bako National Park

Kuching Lemanak River

Malacca indonesia

Malacca Singapore

Grand Tour of Malaysia

Colonial Malaysia

This trip takes in most of Peninsular Malaysia including the UNESCO World Heritage cities of Malacca and Penang, the glittering modern metropolis of Kuala Lumpur as well as Taman Negara National Park, the tea plantations of the Cameron Highlands and the beautiful beaches of Langkawi.

Combining two very modern cities with several older towns, this tour gives a good overview of the history of Malaysia. Over the centuries the country has been home to many different fortune seekers from tin miners and rubber tappers to Chinese merchants and Indian traders. This itinerary demonstrates the profound influence of all these different cultures and their effect on modern Malaysia.

Day 1

Arrive in Kuala Lumpur and take the two hour transfer to Malacca.

Day 2

Enjoy the day exploring Malacca, taking in the museums, shops and riverside cafes.

Day 1

Arrive in Singapore.

Days 4-5 Visit the main sights of the city including the Petronas Towers.

Days 2-3 Spend two days exploring the diverse cultures of Singapore from Little India and Chinatown to the colonial landmark that is the Raffles Hotel, the ultra-modern Marina Bay and the playground of Sentosa Island.

Day 6

Head north to Kuala Tembeling and take a longboat to Taman Negara and your riverside accommodation.

Day 4

Take the train from Singapore to Tampin where you will be met and driven on to Malacca.

Day 7

A full day to look for signs of wildlife in the national park.

Day 5

Day 8

Continue overland to the Cameron Highlands.

Explore the mix of Dutch, Portuguese and Baba Nyonya heritage in Malacca.

Day 3

Private transfer to Kuala Lumpur.

Day 9

Explore the Cameron Highlands with your private guide.

Day 10

Travel to Penang and have a free afternoon to relax.

Days 11-12 Discover the temples, markets and architecture of George Town. Day 13

Take the short flight or ferry over to Langkawi.

Days 14-15 Free time to enjoy the beaches of this tropical island. Day 16

Head to the airport for your onward flight.

Day 6

After a morning river trip make the two hour road journey to Kuala Lumpur.

Days 7-8 Spend two days seeing the sights in the capital city of Kuala Lumpur. Day 9

Take the drive along the west coast of Malaysia to Ipoh.

Day 10

Explore Ipoh as well as visiting nearby Kuala Kangsar and Taiping.

Day 11

Travel by road to Penang.

Days 12-13 Explore Penang and George Town’s interesting heritage architecture. Day 14

Head to the airport for your onward flight.

Stay longer It would be easy to add the Cameron Highlands to this itinerary, or extend it with some time on either the east or west coast beaches at the end.

Jungles & Beaches of Malaysia & Borneo Peninsular Malaysia and Borneo combine easily together. On this trip, you can take in some of the wildlife and culture of Borneo along with a stay in a beautiful beach property on Tioman Island in Peninsular Malaysia. Day 1

Arrive in Kuching in Borneo where you will be met and taken to your hotel.

Day 2

Discover Kuching’s eclectic mix of cuisines on a culinary tour, and its city highlights on a walking tour.

Day 3

Visit the Semenggok Orangutan Sanctuary then continue to the Lemanak River and stay overnight in a native Iban longhouse.

Day 4

Learn about Iban traditions and customs before heading to more comfortable accommodation at the nearby Batang Ai Hilton Resort.

Day 5

Leave Batang Ai and head back to Kuching.

Day 6

Explore Bako National Park with a guide to see some of Borneo’s stunning wildlife such as proboscis monkeys and hornbills.

Day 7

Fly back to Kuala Lumpur and travel on to picturesque Tioman Island.

Days 8-10 Beach time on Tioman Island. Day 11

Return to Kuala Lumpur for your onward flight.

Stay longer You could compare the jungles of Sarawak in Malaysian Borneo to the ancient rainforest of Taman Negara in Peninsular Malaysia, or alternatively, fly to Kota Bharu on the east coast to discover the marine life around the Perhentian Islands.

Local women on the beach, Langkawi

www.audleytravel.com/malaysia • 01993 838 130 • Malaysia

103

Borneo A

rich tapestry of stunning scenery, wildlife-filled jungle and colourful indigenous tribes, Borneo is every bit as exotic as you would imagine. The island is divided between three countries: the Indonesian state of Kalimantan in the south, the two Malaysian states of Sabah and Sarawak in the north, and squeezed between them, the tiny Sultanate of Brunei. Home to some of the largest stands of primary rainforest in Asia, Borneo’s biodiversity is astounding. Orangutans, pygmy elephants, clouded leopards and proboscis monkeys thrive here, and off the coast the waters teem with marine life and majestic corals. There are numerous inland areas and marine parks, which bring much needed protection to the island’s most important habitats and with a little willingness to get off the beaten track you will be rewarded with some of the most dramatic scenery on earth. From world-class diving around Sipadan to huge mountain ranges with towering peaks, Borneo offers an array of adventures. You can climb Mount Kinabalu, visit the longhouses of the Iban or observe the island’s spectacular wildlife along the Kinabatangan River. Kudat

Kota Kinabalu

0

100 miles

0

161 kilometres

Niah Caves National Park

Sibu

iv

N

EO

Sandakan

Lahad Datu

7 Maliau Basin

Tabin Wildlife Reserve

Abai

ngan ata Sukau ab in

Danum Valley Conservation Area

5 Mataking Island

Semporna Tawau

Mabul Island

Sipadan Island

Bario

SARAWAK

Kapit N

Batang Ai National Park

TA

Kuching

4

er

Rajang

1

Sepilok

Kelabit Highlands

Pelagus rapids

Bako National Park

3

2

Bintulu

Mount Kinabalu

K

Ulu Temburong National Park

Mulu National Park

Semenggok

K

I AL

M

A

N

1 Kuching

Sarawak’s capital has a pretty riverfront area, good restaurants and is a starting point for Iban tribal encounters. See page 108 Vertical cliffs reach summit ridges before dropping down to deep gorges, hidden valleys and vast cave networks in this spectacular national park. See page 109

View from Mount Kinabalu 3 Ulu Temburong National Park Enjoy superb views of Brunei’s lush rainforest from the canopy walkways in this national park. See page 113 4 Kinabatangan River

The lower basin of Sabah’s longest river is bursting with wildlife from proboscis monkeys and hornbills to pygmy elephants and orangutans. See page 114 Iban tribesman, near Kuching

5 Tabin Wildlife Reserve A rainforest reserve the size of Singapore and one of the easiest places in Borneo to spot elephants. See page 115 6 Lankayan Island A secluded tropical island retreat with white-sand beaches, excellent snorkelling and diving, and the possibility to see rare turtles. See page 116

2 Mulu National Park

Tribes Although Borneo is most often associated with wildlife, both Sabah and Sarawak are also home to fascinating indigenous tribes, collectively called Dayaks. The most populous tribe are the Iban, who have a colourful history as headhunters, a tradition that only died out in the mid-20 th century. The Iban still live in distinctive family longhouses built alongside waterways and the men maintain the tradition of tattooing.

Miri

BRUNEI

R

u So

Ch

6

Tenom

Bandar Seri Begawan

BO

i

th

Accommodation Borneo has a good range of hotels, however luxury properties akin to elsewhere in Southeast Asia are few. Cities such as Kuching and Kota Kinabalu offer some practical boutique properties as well as the larger chain hotels, and Gaya Island is home to some charming beach options. Elsewhere, much of the accommodation is made up of simple and affordable lodges or those taking advantage of enviable locations such as the Kinabatangan River or Danum Valley. Properties in such locations are often more costly than you might expect but greatly improve the chances of spotting the wildlife that Borneo is famed for – due to this we advise you to start planning well in advance to ensure the best choice of lodges. It is also possible to stay overnight in a longhouse, the traditional home of the Iban.

na

Lankayan Island

SABAH

Pulau Labuan

a Se

Kota Belud

ve r

Tunku Abdul Rahman National Park Gaya Island

R

A comprehensive tour of Borneo can easily fill two to three weeks. We encourage you to go off the beaten track and stay in some of the remote jungle lodges. This provides a more authentic experience and allows wildlife viewing when the animals are at their most active. We will provide you with specialist nature guides who have in-depth knowledge of the wildlife of the region, and you can choose to either explore on a private basis or in a small group. It is also possible to combine a trip to Borneo with time in Singapore or Peninsular Malaysia.

Ri

Audley in Borneo

7 Danum Valley A vast area of primary rainforest found in the heart of Sabah. See page 115

Longhouses Stay the night in a traditional longhouse and get to know the local Iban tribe over a glass or two of rice wine. Diving Many of the islands off the coast of Borneo offer excellent diving and snorkelling opportunities.

www.audleytravel.com/borneo • 01993 838 120 • Borneo

105

Crocodile, Kinabatangan River

Borneo’s wildlife

Sea eagle

Borneo is unarguably Southeast Asia’s most diverse wildlife destination and is an absolute must for any bird or animal lover. There is a huge range of ecosystems, supported by local government conservation and rehabilitation projects, which you can explore with a nature guide who will give you a real insight into the wildlife of the region.

Birds

Reptiles

Sea eagle The white-bellied sea eagle is one of the largest raptors in Southeast Asia. Their impressive two-metre wing span, held in a distinct ‘V’ shape when soaring on thermals, makes them easy to identify. They can be spotted throughout Borneo from the wetlands near Kuching to Kota Kinabalu and, of course, in the wildlife capital of the country, the Kinabatangan River.

Crocodile Within Borneo you are only likely to see crocodiles in freshwater habitats; in particular the Kinabatangan River in Sabah. Their diet mostly consists of vertebrates, such as fish, reptiles and mammals, but invertebrates such as molluscs and crustaceans are also sought and consumed.

Hornbill Hornbills are found all over subtropical Asia and Africa and are an iconic sight in Borneo with their ungainly flight and striking song. The rhinoceros hornbill is one of the largest and is a common and impressive sight in the jungles of Borneo. All of Borneo’s hornbill species, including the wrinkled hornbill, wreathed hornbill, rhinoceros hornbill, helmeted hornbill, black hornbill, Oriental pied hornbill, white-crowned hornbill and the bushy-crested hornbill can be found on the Kinabatangan River. Pit viper

Pit viper Pit vipers have a characteristic triangular head and heat-sensing pits on each cheek to locate prey including rodents, amphibians, lizards and birds. Venomous and varying in colour from green to brown, they are mostly nocturnal, arboreal and have a prehensile tail. They are found in a diverse range of forest environments and guides can normally find one in most locations. Sun bear feeding

106

Rhinoceros hornbill

Müller’s Bornean gibbon

Mammals Proboscis monkey The proboscis monkey is endemic to Borneo. Its distinctive trait is the male’s large protruding nose which can reach up to seven inches in length. As well as attracting mates, the nose serves as a resonating chamber, amplifying their warning calls. Proboscis monkeys can be seen in abundance in several places in Borneo, particularly Bako National Park in Sarawak and the Kinabatangan River area in Sabah. Gibbon Another primate which may be encountered in the forests of Borneo is the gibbon, whose early morning call is unmistakable and can often be heard from up to a kilometre away. Unlike other apes, the gibbon has one mate, and their distinctive call is often a duet used to protect their territory or any young they may have. Their long arms enable them to swing rapidly through the trees chasing off any intruders but their speed also makes them hard to spot. Clouded leopard If you are incredibly lucky on your trip you may encounter one of Borneo’s wild cats – the clouded leopard. The largest cat species in Borneo, very little is known about this shy and elusive animal. As you might expect, they are fantastic climbers, and can climb while hanging upside-down – a skill that certainly helps when hunting their main prey of gibbons and macaques. Pygmy elephant The Borneo elephant is smaller than any other subspecies of the Asian elephant, hence the common name pygmy elephant. There are probably not more than 1,000 pygmy elephants left in Sabah and, as a traveller, the best places to see them are on the Kinabatangan River, in the Danum Valley and in Tabin Wildlife Reserve.

Male orangutan

Orangutans in Borneo & Indonesia Following the destruction of over 80% of their natural habitat in the last 20 years due to logging and palm oil development, sightings of the ‘man of the forest’ in his natural environment are reducing. However, there are still a few pockets of rainforest in Sabah, such as the Kinabatangan River and Danum Valley, as well as in Sumatra and Kalimantan in Indonesia, where they can be seen in the wild. Witnessing these creatures swinging through the trees or making their nest for the night is a magical and humbling experience. The Bornean orangutan has longer, brighter orange hair than its Sumatran relative and the males develop huge cheek flaps called flanges as they become dominant. The engaging orangutan babies stay with their mothers until they are seven years old, before taking on a predominantly solitary life of their own. Here we list a number of initiatives in Borneo and Indonesia that have been established to protect the orangutan. Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre, Sabah This famous orangutan rehabilitation centre covers over 40 square kilometres of jungle and is a sanctuary for orangutans that have been orphaned, injured or lost their natural habitat to palm oil plantations before they are released back into the wild. The dense foliage that covers Sepilok is the perfect habitat for the orangutans but makes them hard to see. Fortunately, there are regular feeding times when the chances of spotting these fascinating creatures are almost assured. Staying overnight in the area enables you to visit the sanctuary outside the busy times of day and explore the surrounding jungle and mangrove forests in

greater depth. The adjacent Sun Bear Sanctuary also does a superb job of rehabilitating previously captive bears. Semenggok Wildlife Rehabilitation Centre, Sarawak Just 30 minutes’ drive from Kuching, the forest reserve at Semenggok is home to orangutans that have been orphaned or rescued from captivity. Trained to fend for themselves as much as possible, they roam freely in their natural jungle environment but still rely on human help and are fed with extra fruit twice a day. This provides visitors with an excellent opportunity to view and photograph these primates in their natural environment. Camp Leakey, Kalimantan, Indonesia A well-established research base, projects at Camp Leakey in the Tanjung Puting National Park cover a wide variety of species and behaviours. The 200 metre walkway that leads into the camp is used by orangutans as well as people, and this may be the first place you meet one of Camp Leakey’s great ape residents. Bukit Lawang, Sumatra, Indonesia Bukit Lawang is located on the edge of the giant Gunung Leuser National Park in northern Sumatra. The area is wild and enchanting with raging rivers and stunning jungle scenery. The settlement of Bukit Lawang is adjacent to the site of the former Bohorok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre, which was hugely successful in reintroducing orangutans to the area. Whilst the centre has since closed, there is still an orangutan population in the area and they can be seen at one of the feeding platforms supervised by local rangers.

Pygmy elephants on the riverbank

www.audleytravel.com/borneo • 01993 838 120 • Borneo

107

Proboscis monkey, Bako National Park

Kuching A small and charming city on the banks of the Sarawak River, Kuching is the capital of Sarawak and a great place to begin or end your exploration of Borneo. Until 1946, Rajah Brookes ruled from here and this colonial power is evident in the architecture, with Chinese temples adding their incense-shrouded touches of the Far East. Many of the city’s sights are laid out on a heritage trail that links temples and churches, Fort Margherita and the stately Istana Palace. The Sarawak Museum, which is set in botanical gardens, is particularly impressive with its extensive collection of tribal artefacts, indigenous wildlife and a recreated longhouse. Local villages to the west of Kuching are great places to stay and experience local life, whilst to the east you can visit the Iban tribes in longhouses on the Lemanak River. You can also visit Bako National Park, or head out to the Semenggok Wildlife Rehabilitation Centre for a chance encounter with orangutans.

Chillies and limes for sale, Kuching

108

Colourful rooftops, Kuching

Ranee Boutique Suites, Kuching Formerly a 19 th -century shophouse, the hotel has 24 rooms, which tastefully combine contemporary style with elegant, colonial touches. The hotel is conveniently located in the centre of the Old Town and offers easy access to the nearby bazaar, some great eateries and to the esplanade to soak up the views of the city.

Bako National Park The smallest but oldest of all Sarawak’s national parks, Bako is a paradise of rivers and jungles on Borneo’s coast, easily accessible by boat trip from Kuching. Covering 27 square kilometres, the park is home to a variety of wildlife including bearded pigs, proboscis monkeys and more than 150 species of bird. Rocky outcrops and mangrove swamps shape the coastline but the interior can be explored on foot. It is possible to stay the night in Bako in simple lodge accommodation.

Lemanak Longhouse Spending a night with one of the Iban tribes in their traditional longhouse provides an experience unlike any other. You will sleep on the floor in the communal living area with a simple mattress and mosquito net as your only comforts. There are ‘bathrooms’, but you should not expect too much and they may not have running water. What the accommodation lacks in facilities is made up for by the hospitality of the Iban people and the experience of a way of life that few people today could ever imagine. For those who prefer their creature comforts it is possible to spend the day visiting Sarawak’s longhouses but stay the night at the Batang Ai Hilton in the Batang Ai National Park.

Niah Caves

Melinau River, Mulu National Park

Iban man, near Kuching

Long-tailed macaque in Bako National Park

River crossing, Mulu National Park

Mulu National Park

Miri

Covered in a blanket of jungle and overlooked by the towering Mount Mulu, this national park is also home to one of the world’s largest limestone cave systems. The area is accessible only by aircraft, and once in the park, exploration is on foot or by boat. Discover the labyrinthine passages of Clearwater Cave, perhaps swimming in its cool clear waters, visit Lang’s Cave or clamber into Deer Cave and traverse the vast underground passage to reach its other entrance on the opposite side of the mountain. It is a landscape of soaring peaks and dense jungle which seems to defy time. The forest itself may seem peaceful but the silence is often broken by the sounds of gibbons, cicadas, hornbills and frogs, and an eerie sight takes place at dusk when thousands of bats emerge in their shadowy hordes. In the hidden depths of Mulu, you can find the Pinnacles, a series of spectacular jagged peaks with a backdrop of Mount Api.

Sarawak’s second city is located on the north coast and is the centre of Malaysia’s petroleum industry. Miri has grown phenomenally since oil was first discovered in the early 1900s, burgeoning into a modern and dynamic business, commercial and educational centre. The city has a couple of good accommodation options and spending some time here allows the traveller to gain an insight into modern day Borneo. For most, it is simply a stopover en route to the world-famous Mulu National Park, Lambir Hills and Niah Caves, the Kelabit Highlands and the exotic coral reefs just off shore. Bat exodus from Deer Cave, Mulu National Park

Mulu Marriott Resort & Spa, Mulu National Park Designed in the style of ethnic longhouses, Mulu Marriott Resort is built on wooden stilts, three metres above the ground. Linked by a series of elevated walkways, the resort stands on the banks of the Melinau River in the midst of breathtaking natural surroundings. The accommodation is of a good standard considering the isolated location, and every room has a balcony with views of either the rich surrounding jungle or the river. The spa is a welcome addition, as is the small pool, a great place to cool off after a day exploring the jungle.

Niah Caves Located on the Niah River 110 kilometres southwest of Miri, the Niah Caves are one of the most important archaeological sites in the region, with human remains dating back 40,000 years (the oldest to be found in Southeast Asia), advanced rock artworks and a wealth of flora and fauna. A highlight is the Painted Cave, in which a scene depicting anthropological figures watching over a gravesite where the bodies of the dead are laid out in their own boat-shaped coffins can be viewed. The caves are surrounded by lowland forest, home to bats, swiftlets and other species adapted to life in this environment.

Mulu Marriott Resort & Spa, Mulu National Park

www.audleytravel.com/borneo • 01993 838 120 • Borneo

109

Climbing Mount Kinabalu

Trekking For the fit and active traveller, there are a number of challenging trails in both Sabah and Sarawak that bring you closer to Borneo’s diverse ecosystems. Accommodation is often extremely basic, but the rewards of discovering the area or reaching a summit with impressive views far outweigh any compromise in comfort.

Limbang Headhunter’s Trail Miri

B

BRUNEI

N OR

er

Riv

Sandakan

gan tan ba na

SABAH

EO

Ki

h a ut Se So na i Ch

Mount Kinabalu

Kota Kinabalu

Maliau Basin

Danum Valley Conservation Area

Tawau Mulu Niah Caves National Park National Park SARAWAK

Kelabit Highlands

Rafflesia flower

110

TA

N

Bario KA

LI

M

A

N

0

100 miles

0

161 kilometres

The Kelabit Highlands Trekking along ancient forest trails is one of Borneo’s main attractions and this remote area provides plenty of opportunities for those with a real sense of adventure. The small town of Bario, close to the border with Kalimantan, is only accessible by light aircraft from Miri, with fine views of rivers twisting through the rainforest. Bario consists of traditional longhouses and simple shops in amongst more modern homes where you can lodge with the local Kelabit people. The accommodation is basic, but the warm hospitality of your hosts will ensure you feel comfortable and quickly adapt to the relaxed pace of life. Bario is set in a peaceful valley and the whole area enjoys cooling breezes: the temperate climate is a refreshing change from the steamy lowlands and you will notice subtle differences in the vegetation.

The Pinnacles, Mulu National Park

Iban man, Sarawak

Intrepid travellers can explore deep into the unspoiled Kelabit Highlands on foot, staying in basic jungle camps for up to four nights, but there are also plenty of good day walks that pass by scenic paddy fields into the rainforest. Heading a little further out from Bario takes you into areas inhabited by Penan tribes, some of which still practise a nomadic lifestyle. The area is rich with endemic species of flora and fauna including rafflesia and pitcher plants, wild boar and hornbills.

Headhunters’ Trail Named after the Kayan tribal war parties that used to travel from Mulu to Limbang to raid other villages, this trek is a great introduction to the rivers and rainforest of Mulu National Park, much of which is only accessible by boat or on foot. The three day journey starts in Mulu National Park as you make your way by longtail boat to the magnificent Clearwater Cave, exploring the maze of chambers and then enjoying a swim in the cool waters of Clearwater Spring. Over the next two days you will then trek 8 to 12 kilometres a day through lush rainforest, with your first night at Camp Five, which consists of basic huts on the banks of the Melinau River. The second night of your trek will be spent experiencing the relaxed hospitality of the Iban people at the Rumah Bala Lasong longhouse, before finishing your adventure by taking a longtail boat out of the wilderness to Nanga Medamit, and then by road to the town of Limbang. It is possible to extend the trip by an additional night to climb Mount Api to view the Pinnacles. The total distance to the summit is 2.4 kilometres, with the final 300 metres a combination of ladders and ropes. It will take around eight hours return and is a challenging but inspiring experience that is well worth the arduous climb.

Boats near Clearwater Cave, Mulu National Park

Mount Kinabalu

Praying mantis, Maliau Basin

Mount Kinabalu The soaring peak of Mount Kinabalu, one of the highest in Southeast Asia at 4,095 metres, slices into the skies above Kota Kinabalu. To climb to the peak is an unforgettable adventure, taking two days of hard trekking with a night spent on the mountain, but the reward of seeing dawn break from the summit is well worth the aching muscles. For those who wish to enjoy the views and wildlife of the national park without the climb, there are easily-navigated trails around the base of the mountain that can be explored on day trips from Kota Kinabalu or by staying overnight in the area.

Climbing Mount Kinabalu This is a popular climb and needs to be booked well in advance to guarantee a bed in the rest houses on the mountain. The climb to the top is not technically difficult but it is long and steep, and you may wish to build some post-climb recovery time into your trip. The ascent begins in temperate rainforest passing waterfalls and lush vegetation, then gradually rises through rhododendron trees to eventually reach the mosses and stunted vegetation of the sub-alpine meadows. Approximately six kilometres is covered on the first day and can take from three to seven hours depending on your pace. Climbers stay overnight at the rest house rising at around 2am to begin the second, steeper leg of the climb to the summit, which can take from three to five hours. Climbers must clamber over boulders for the final 50 metres or so to reach the summit at Low’s Peak, which provides spectacular panoramic views unfolding beneath you as the sun rises. As you descend you will stop for breakfast at the rest house before arriving back on flat ground in the early afternoon. Maliau Basin The Maliau Basin is Southeast Asia’s ‘Lost World’. An area almost the size of Singapore, it is home to one of the most diverse collections of flora and fauna on Earth. Located in the southern region of central Sabah, just 50 kilometres from the Indonesian border, the basin has remained largely untouched due to its inaccessibility. Researchers in the park over the last 20 years have spotted Sumatran rhino, Asian pygmy elephants, clouded leopards, orangutans and several species of monkey. Due to its remote nature, fitness certificates are required for the four night visit to this region. The Maliau Basin is reached via a short flight to Tawau and a road transfer to base camp. Accommodation is in camp dormitories with shared facilities.

Maliau Basin

www.audleytravel.com/borneo • 01993 838 120 • Borneo

111

View of Mount Kinabalu from Gaya Island

Kota Kinabalu

Gaya Island Resort

Kota Kinabalu, or KK as the locals call it, is the main gateway for flights to and from Sabah. The city has a few historic buildings and museums, but its greatest asset is the accommodation, which brings some comfort to a typical Borneo itinerary where jungle and island lodges are by their very nature more simple in style.

Shangri-La’s Rasa Ria Resort, Kota Kinabalu This comfortable resort is situated on an unspoilt stretch of beach, approximately 45 minutes’ drive north of Kota Kinabalu town. It has 497 well-appointed guest rooms in the Garden Wing and Ocean Wing. Ocean Wing guests have access to a separate pool, which is a bonus for those looking for more privacy. Set next to a lush nature reserve, the resort offers nature walks and birdwatching as well as a range of water sports and dining options.

Shangri-La’s Rasa Ria Resort, Kota Kinabalu

112

Gaya Island Resort

Gaya Island The largest of the five islands that make up the Tunku Abdul Rahman Marine Park, Pulau Gaya (Gaya Island) is just a short boat journey from Kota Kinabalu. Surrounded by azure waters, fringed with secluded beaches and covered with verdant forest, it is a great place for relaxing on the beach or discovering the area’s wildlife, either at the start or the end of a trip. The island has largely escaped deforestation and the rainforest provides a wonderful natural habitat for macaques, hornbills, monitor lizards and sea eagles. The Marine Ecology Research Centre located on Gaya focuses on the conservation and rehabilitation of the coral reefs of the region.

Overlooking rocky coastal outcrops framed against Mount Kinabalu’s impressive outline, this welcome haven has 120 sympathetically designed villas and one suite. The rooms are all decorated in a stylish and contemporary fashion and have verandas with daybeds to enjoy views of the ocean, rainforest or mangroves. The resort sits on a white-sand beach and there are plenty of activities available including guided jungle walks, kayaking, sunset yacht cruises or snorkelling on the house reef with a marine biologist. If you prefer to just relax, the Spa Village offers programmes inspired by local remedies as well as yoga classes. The resort has a choice of dining options with a seaview restaurant, the Feast Village with its own bakery and Asian-Pacific cuisine, and a private dining experience at Tavajun Bay, an idyllic beach a five minute boat ride away.

Kudat Peninsula Tucked away at the northern tip of Sabah, the little-visited yet rugged and strikingly beautiful Kudat Peninsula is home to many of Sabah’s last remaining Rungus tribes. You can explore the area on cycling trips, visiting villages renowned for their handicrafts, as well as discovering hidden coves and trails. We will always try to time your visit to coincide with the bustling Sunday market at Kota Belud.

Ulu Temburong National Park

Brunei One of the smallest countries on Earth but home to some of Southeast Asia’s largest oil fields, the Sultanate of Brunei is famed for its affluence. Its financial independence means that over 70% of the country has been left untouched and is blanketed with intact primary rainforest littered with waterfalls and crystal-clear rivers and is home to a wide variety of wildlife. Brunei is most commonly visited as a two or three day stopover en route to Sabah or Sarawak, either overland from Miri or when flying with the national carrier, Royal Brunei. Once here, we can arrange for private or shared touring to all the sites of interest including the national parks and the capital, Bandar Seri Begawan.

Mosque, Bandar Seri Begawan

Vegetable market, Bandar Seri Begawan

Bandar Seri Begawan Bandar Seri Begawan is home to some splendid mosques, several impressive museums and the lavish Istana Nurul Iman Palace where the Sultan resides. Despite its wealth, the city’s most interesting sight is Kampong Ayer, or ‘water village’ where 39,000 people live in homes built on stilts above the Brunei River. People have lived here for over 1,300 years and the government is keen to preserve its rich heritage. You can explore the area in water taxis that glide under footbridges and past schools, homes and even chicken coops. Bandar Seri Begawan has a number of excellent international hotels.

Ulu Temburong National Park Best accessed by fast river boat or traditional local longtail boats, Ulu Temburong National Park offers a rare opportunity to explore the rainforest from a different level. From the park headquarters an extensive network of boardwalks leads out into the thick jungle where a towering canopy walkway provides a bird’s-eye view of the diverse treetop ecosystem. Back on the ground, steep forest paths wind through the park while waterfalls and rock pools afford a welcome chance to cool off with a swim. A botanical wonderland, the park offers many opportunities to see an abundance of rare plants; its wildlife however, is far more elusive.

Kampong Ayer, Bandar Seri Begawan

www.audleytravel.com/borneo • 01993 838 120 • Borneo

113

Aerial view of the Kinabatangan River

Accommodation on the river

Abai Jungle Lodge, Kinabatangan River

Kinabatangan River Sabah’s longest river is host to a vast array of wildlife. The peaceful jungle backwaters and river tributaries where lush vegetation tumbles right down to the riverbanks provide a home for orangutans, macaques, monitor lizards, pygmy elephants and proboscis monkeys with their unique colouring, large noses and harems. Late afternoon is a great time to watch the monkeys as they jump through the branches that hang over the river in front of your boat. The Kinabatangan is also a paradise for birdwatchers with a huge variety of species including rhinoceros hornbills and crested serpent eagles. The area is the focus of a number of conservation projects and whilst staying here you might like to take the opportunity to plant a tree to help regenerate the forest. This prime wildlife habitat is reached by road and boat from Sandakan which has daily flights to and from Kota Kinabalu.

Given the remote location, accommodation on the river is simple and rustic but the hospitality and setting more than make up for a lack of comfort and facilities. Abai Jungle Lodge is renowned for its wildlife sightings and offers 19 simple chalets with ceiling fans and en suite facilities. There is a small bar, and a popular jungle boardwalk trail. Further upstream the Kinabatangan Riverside Lodge is a great option for those who are planning to continue on to the Danum Valley. It offers similar facilities but with the added luxury of air conditioning in some chalets.

Proboscis monkey, Kinabatangan River

114

Wildlife spotting, Kinabatangan River

A day on the river A typical day on the river starts early, getting out on the water as the sun is rising and when the birdlife is most active. A wide variety of species can be seen from hornbills and parakeets to eagles and kites. In the afternoon you might head down smaller tributaries where you can get extremely close to the wildlife. Crocodiles, bearded pigs and monitor lizards can be seen on the water’s edge while up in the trees a variety of macaques, monkeys and gibbons leap and play. In the late afternoon orangutans start making their nests for the night and, as you cruise along, you may see mothers and babies settling themselves in for the evening ahead. After dinner a night cruise offers a totally different perspective on the rainforest.

Bornean spiderhunter, Danum Valley

Müller’s Bornean gibbons, Tabin Wildlife Reserve

Danum Valley

Pygmy elephant, Tabin Wildlife Reserve

Canopy walkway near Borneo Rainforest Lodge

Danum Valley

Tabin Wildlife Reserve

Covering 438 square kilometres the Danum Valley Conservation Area is Sabah’s largest protected lowland rainforest. The rainforest is home to a staggering number of animal and plant species although with such a vast area to roam, spotting wildlife is not always easy.

Tabin Wildlife Reserve is an enormous dipterocarp rainforest in the eastern part of Sabah, with a diverse range of flora and fauna. Located about 50 kilometres northeast of Lahad Datu, the reserve remains relatively undiscovered by Sabah’s visitors. Tabin was declared a wildlife reserve because of the large numbers of animal species inhabiting its forest, including several which are highly endangered. With a protected forest area of over 1,200 square kilometres, Tabin plays an important role as a dedicated breeding ground for endangered wildlife and protected mammals, including Asian pygmy elephants, Sumatran rhinoceros and tembadau (wild cattle). Visitors can trek to waterfalls on various jungle trails, camp at an observation tower, and explore the reserve on a night safari.

Mouse deer, sambar deer, civets, hornbills and macaques are commonly seen and orangutans are present in the Danum Valley in large numbers – recent studies counted around 500, with possibly 17 resident in the immediate vicinity of the Borneo Rainforest Lodge. Pygmy elephants are also abundant and often spotted. Other more exceptional sightings include clouded leopards, leopard cats, western tarsiers, Bornean bristleheads and sun bears. Although the Sumatran rhino is present, it is virtually impossible to spot this elusive, shy animal as only a small number exist, and they generally have only been seen on camera traps.

Borneo Rainforest Lodge, Danum Valley

Borneo Rainforest Lodge, Danum Valley The award-winning Borneo Rainforest Lodge is nestled in a magnificent setting beside the Danum River in the heart of the jungle. There are 31 chalets with ceiling fans, en suite bathrooms and balconies. The main lodge has an open-plan dining room and there is evening entertainment including talks, slide shows and films on the area’s conservation efforts.

The town of Lahad Datu is the main access point for the journey into Danum Valley, and can be reached by road from Sandakan and the Kinabatangan River, or by air from Kota Kinabalu.

Tabin Wildlife Resort Tabin Wildlife Resort provides a total of 20 timber chalets, set in the jungle and linked by wooden boardwalks, each housing a twin or double bedroom with en suite bathroom, hot water shower, ceiling fan and air conditioning as well as private balcony overlooking the Lipad River. The Sunbird Cafe serves both local and western cuisine.

Tabin Wildlife Resort

www.audleytravel.com/borneo • 01993 838 120 • Borneo

115

Mataking Island

Lankayan Island

Mataking Island

With white-sand beaches, azure waters and profound tranquillity, tiny Lankayan Island is the perfect setting for a genuine desert island experience. Reached by boat from Sandakan, there are 23 simple yet spacious beach bungalows at the Lankayan Island Resort. The location offers easy access to fantastic diving and snorkelling in the clear, warm waters over the reef. You may also see green or hawksbill turtles in the evenings as they come ashore to nest, or young turtles being released from the hatchery here into the sea. To get the most out of this remote but beautiful location we recommend a two or three night stay.

Mataking is arguably one of the most attractive islands off the east coast of Sabah, a 40 minute boat journey from the town of Semporna. The Reef Dive Resort provides comfortable and relaxed accommodation and is a superb retreat from the adventure of the rainforest. Crystalclear waters, rich in both macro and pelagic life, surround the small island and are home to a ship scuttled in 2006 to create an artificial reef, Malaysia’s only underwater post office, and a new reef ball conservation initiative to promote coral growth. The eco-friendly resort is a great option for divers, snorkellers and those who simply wish to relax.

You should be aware that all of the islands in this region are subject to territorial disputes which can result in them being off-limits to travellers at certain times.

Pom Pom Island

Lankayan Island

116

Pom Pom Island is around 45 minutes by boat from Semporna. It has rich tropical vegetation and is surrounded by white sand and turquoise waters. This atoll, which takes about an hour to walk around, is often a shelter for both green and hawksbill marine turtles that return to the beach during the night to nest. During your time on Pom Pom you may witness the hatching of eggs and baby turtles running to the sea. Pom Pom is one of Borneo’s many dive havens and scuba diving or snorkelling enthusiasts can spend the day underwater, admiring the vivid marine life surrounding the island.

Turtles Many of the islands off the coast of Borneo are nesting sites for both the green and hawksbill turtle. Both species lay their eggs all year round, with a peak in hatchings from May to September. Seeing giant turtles hauling themselves up onto the beach from the water’s edge is simply unforgettable and only surpassed by the sight of hundreds of newly-hatched baby turtles making their way to the sea. The hawksbill turtles are on the critically endangered list but the population of green turtles is far greater. Audley have been involved in the sponsorship of an excellent programme on Lankayan Island, helping support the nesting and incubation of hundreds of turtles, and ensuring the continued survival of these species.

Harlequin sweetlips, off Sipadan

Longnose hawkfish, off Sipadan

Sipadan

Sipadan The tip of a limestone pinnacle rising 600 metres from the seabed forms the tiny island of Sipadan. Even seasoned divers are surprised by the pristine coral reefs and the variety and quantity of both reef life and larger pelagic species, making it one of the best dive locations in the world. There is no accommodation on Sipadan itself, but you can stay on nearby Kapalai, Pom Pom, Mabul or Mataking.

Kapalai Island Resort Not so much an island as a sandbar – and only that at low tide – Kapalai’s single resort has a unique sense of isolation, not least when the tide comes in and you seem to be floating in the open sea. Perfect for those who are keen on diving but wish to remain secluded, the ecofriendly Kapalai Island Resort has tasteful chalets linked by a wooden walkway. The 59 rooms have private balconies and huge windows letting in gentle sea breezes.

Diving off Sabah’s coast Located in the Celebes Sea off the east coast of Sabah and an hour’s boat ride from the eastern town of Semporna, the islands of Kapalai, Sipadan and Mabul offer some of the finest coral reefs and dive sites in the world. Because of its stunning coral wall, the island of Sipadan is better known than its neighbours, but accommodation on the island has now been closed to preserve the turtles that breed here. As well as impressive house reef diving, several boats leave daily from the resorts to the dive sites around Sipadan, and dive packages usually include a dive here, though it is not guaranteed. There is a strict limit on permits to dive Sipadan each day, so organising a package is vital in order to ensure you get the opportunity. Both Kapalai and Mabul Island are only 15 minutes away from Sipadan by boat. Mabul has established its own speciality of ‘muck diving’ (which explores the very different ecologies of mudflats and silt) that has proven to be a surprise hit with experienced divers. Within the area more

Diving off Sabah’s coast

than 3,000 species of fish and hundreds of coral species have been classified, with turtles and sharks nearly always sighted. When currents bring plankton, this attracts whale sharks, but sharks are not the only large pelagics to roam the waters here – rays are also common. Equally impressive is the macro-life that inhabits the reefs, from pygmy seahorses to flamboyant cuttlefish.

Kapalai Island Resort

www.audleytravel.com/borneo • 01993 838 120 • Borneo

117

Sepilok Kota Kinabalu

Bako National Park Kuching

Mulu National Park BORNEO

Lankayan Island Sandakan

Danum Valley Kinabatangan River

Lemanak River KALIMANTAN

Grand Tour of Borneo This comprehensive itinerary will take you through the best of Sarawak and Sabah, exploring tribal heartlands, jungle regions, beaches and remote rivers, travelling by boat and exploring on foot. Highlights include the Lemanak River with its Iban tribes, Mulu’s cave systems, the orangutans of Sepilok and Semenggok, the turtles of Sabah’s islands and the hornbills of the Danum Valley.

Great hornbill in flight

When to go Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

3

3

Tailoring your trip The itineraries shown are designed to give you a flavour of what is possible, and are routes that work particularly well. We can use these as a basis to plan your trip or can design a completely different itinerary to suit your tastes and interests. Please call one of our Borneo specialists to start planning your itinerary.

T 01993 838 120

Getting around Regular domestic flights make it easy to visit a number of different locations in a relatively short space of time and makes combining both Sabah and Sarawak in an itinerary relatively easy. However, where road transfers are necessary, they can sometimes be lengthy journeys and not the smoothest, particularly when accessing areas of rainforest. We recommend a boat journey to reach the jungle lodges on the Kinabatangan River. We also offer transfers and touring in Sabah on a private basis with your own guide and driver, or by joining a small group which can be more cost-effective. The options can be discussed with your specialist at the planning stage. 118

Arrive in Kuching and spend the afternoon on a heritage walk.

Day 2

Explore Bako National Park with your private guide.

Day 3

Drive northeast to the Lemanak River, heading into the jungle and staying in a native longhouse and discovering rivers, rainforest and Iban tribes.

Day 4

Return to Kuching for a final night.

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33

3

3

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

Orangutans, Sepilok

Day 1

Borneo differs from much of the rest of Southeast Asia with the best time to travel being between March and October. The wet season is traditionally from November to February, but the climate in this part of Asia can be very unpredictable so it is best to accept the possibility of rain at any time. By their very nature, rainforest areas have a wet climate and are hot and humid for most of the year. Time difference: GMT+8 hours

Prices We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to Borneo on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans.

Days 5-6 Fly on to the Mulu National Park for two days exploring one of the largest cave systems in the world. Days 7-8 Fly on to Kota Kinabalu for two days to either relax on the beach, explore the town or visit the national park Days 9-10 Fly to Lahad Datu and drive further into the jungle to the Danum Valley, with two days to discover this remote wilderness. Day 11

Continue to the Kinabatangan River, one of the best areas in Borneo to see wildlife.

Day 12

Full day by boat exploring the Kinabatangan River.

Day 13

Transfer to Sandakan, with time to visit Sepilok Orangutan Sanctuary.

Days 14-16 Transfer by boat to Lankayan Island and spend two days diving, snorkelling or relaxing on the beach. Day 17

Fishermen, Semporna

Return to Sandakan for your onward flight.

Suggested itineraries Gaya Island Kota Kinabalu

Kota Kinabalu

Sepilok

Sandakan Tabin Wildlife Reserve

Kinabatangan River BORNEO Danum Valley Tawau

Mataking Island

Bako National Park Damai Peninsula Kuching

Lundu

KALIMANTAN

This trip is ideal for wildlife lovers and concentrates on the very best areas in the world to see rare and endangered species such as the Bornean orangutan, pygmy elephant, western tarsier and hawksbill turtle. Using specialist guides, we give you the best chance of spotting creatures that are often hard to find in the thick jungle surrounds and riverbanks.

This is a great trip for those wanting to get off the beaten track and enjoy a mix of history, culture, wildlife and jungle. Starting in the colonial city of Kuching you head to the heart of the jungle and Iban territory. You will then have time to relax at Batang Ai before your final stop at the Damai Peninsula for some rest and relaxation on the coast.

Day 1

Arrive in Kuala Lumpur.

Day 1

Day 2

Connect with your flight to Kota Kinabalu. Free time to rest or explore.

Arrive in Kuala Lumpur and board your connecting flight to Kuching.

Day 2

Days 4-5 Fly to Sandakan for two nights in Sepilok Nature Resort. Explore the rainforest and mangroves, observe an orangutan feeding and visit the Sun Bear Sanctuary. Day 6

Day 7

Take a boat to the Kinabatangan River for a wildlife-filled river trip and optional night cruise.

Days 10-11 Transfer to the Danum Valley. Explore the canopy walkway and jungle trails during the day before taking a 4x4 night safari. Day 12

Leave the rainforest this morning, and travel on to Semporna for your boat to Mataking Island.

Days 13-14 Enjoy time on the beach, or head out to Sipadan for the day to enjoy some superb diving. Day 15

Return to the mainland for your onward flight from Tawau.

Stay longer Explore Borneo further, with time in Sarawak, visiting longhouses or exploring magnificent cave systems, or extend your stay on the coast with more time to enjoy the underwater world.

Lemanak River

Kuching

KALIMANTAN

Orangutans & Islands of Borneo A great way to explore the Sarawak and Sabah regions of Borneo, this itinerary takes in the colonial culture of Kuching, the diverse jungle wildlife on the Kinabatangan River, an overnight stay in an Iban longhouse, orangutan sightings and a well-earned break on a tropical island. Day 1

Fly overnight to Singapore.

Day 2

Explore Kuching on a guided walking tour of the city.

Arrive in Singapore and board your connecting flight to Kuching.

Day 3

Day 3

Head out to Bako National Park, enjoying a day spotting wildlife.

Explore Kuching on a guided walking tour of the city.

Day 4

Day 4

In the morning, stop at the Semenggok Orangutan Sanctuary to see the morning feeding session before continuing to the Lemanak River, staying overnight in a longhouse.

Head out of the city north to the Lemanak River, staying overnight as a guest in a longhouse.

Day 5

Spend the morning at the longhouse with lunch on the riverbank before transferring to Kuching in the early afternoon.

Day 6

Fly to Kota Kinabalu and then on to Sandakan.

Day 7

Visit the Sepilok Orangutan Sanctuary before heading to your lodge on the Kinabatangan River.

Day 8

A day spent wildlife spotting on the river before visiting the nearby Abai village.

Day 9

Return to Sandakan in time for your flight to Kota Kinabalu, from where you will take a boat to Gaya Island.

Day 5

Spend time on the river spotting wildlife.

Days 8-9 Head on to Tabin Wildlife Reserve, a great location to see wildcats and elephants.

BORNEO

KALIMANTAN

Wild Borneo

Enjoy your first full day in Kota Kinabalu.

Kinabatangan River

Batang Ai Reservoir

Wildlife of Sabah

Day 3

Sandakan

BORNEO

Lemanak River

Semporna

Sepilok

Day 6

Spend the morning with your guide exploring the area around the longhouse and enjoying lunch cooked on the riverbank. You will then head to the Batang Ai Reservoir, with the rest of the day to relax. Head back to Kuching for the night.

Days 7-8 Spend two days near the village of Lundu, staying in a simple chalet. You will have the chance to catch fish, farm the land, speak to locals and learn about life in the area. Day 9

Head on to the Damai Peninsula for three nights.

Days 10-11 Days at leisure to relax or explore the beautiful local area. Day 12

Return to the airport for your onward flight.

Stay longer You could extend your time in Sarawak to include a visit to the fascinating cave systems at Mulu, or head on to Sabah to see even more wildlife. This trip also works perfectly with a stopover in Kuala Lumpur.

Days 10-12 Spend the day snorkelling, taking a cruise or simply relaxing on the island. Day 13

Return to the mainland, then head to the airport for your onward flight via Singapore.

Stay longer It is also possible to stop in Singapore at the start or end of your trip to shop, eat and explore. Alternatively, extend your time in the jungle by heading to the Borneo Rainforest Lodge located in the Danum Valley.

www.audleytravel.com/borneo • 01993 838 120 • Borneo

119

Indonesia S

trung out across thousands of kilometres and encompassing more than 17,000 islands, Indonesia offers myriad experiences and places to explore. From volcanic peaks draped in forests and terraced rice paddies to low-lying atolls ringed by powdery, white beaches, the Indonesian landscape is almost as varied as its people. From island to island and indeed from valley to valley, the many different cultures and religions of Indonesia’s diverse population bring a colourful array of customs, costumes and traditions to everyday life here. Bali is the most popular destination, fringed by wonderful beaches and lapped by coral-rich seas. The islands of Lombok, Sumba and Komodo are less visited, but offer glorious untouched scenery and near-deserted beaches. By contrast Java is the pulsating heart of the nation, known for its magnificent ancient temples and smouldering volcanoes, while the jungles of Kalimantan and Sumatra offer a last refuge to the endangered orangutan. A world apart, remote Sulawesi with its ancient tribal cultures and world-class diving offers exceptional rewards for those who venture here.

Audley in Indonesia Our specialists have travelled extensively throughout Indonesia and will be able to advise you on the vagaries of travelling from island to island. In order to visit as much of this fascinating country as possible we recommend taking short flights between the islands and exploring with a private guide and driver to get a greater understanding of this diverse island nation. A two week itinerary might combine some time exploring the main island of Java and its ancient monuments with a side trip to see the orangutans in Kalimantan before a week enjoying the cuisine and beaches of either Bali or Lombok. A short visit to the more remote or less visited islands of Sumatra, Sulawesi, Komodo or Sumba could be combined with a trip to Bali or Java. From the most western point of Sumatra to the eastern reaches of Papua, Indonesia stretches almost 5,500 kilometres (the same distance as London to New York). Because of this, we have chosen to present the country in sections within the brochure: the western islands of Sumatra, Kalimantan (Indonesian Borneo) and Java; Bali and Lombok and the islands to the east including Sulawesi, Flores and Komodo, and Sumba.

Bukit Lawang

Gunung Leuser National Park

Medan

Tangkahan

200 miles

0

322 kilometres

BRUNEI

MALAYSIA

BORNEO

Lake Toba

Manado

SINGAPORE

2 KALIMANTAN

6

Sumatra

Pangkalan Bun

1

Sulawesi

Tana Toraja

Tanjung Puting National Park JAKARTA Mount Krakatau

Karimunjawa

Mount Bromo

5

7

Lombok Sumbawa

8

Timor

Sumba

5 Lombok

Travel overland from west to east visiting the ancient sites of Borobudur and Prambanan and picturesque Mount Bromo. See pages 124-128

Snorkel with turtles in the Gili Islands, camp on the slopes of Mount Rinjani or relax on a white-sand beach. See page 137

4 Bali The renowned ‘Island of the Gods’ home to a plethora of beach hotels, charming temples and lush paddy fields. See pages 131-136

6 Sulawesi Witness the extravagant funeral ceremonies in the Torajalands and dive the waters off Manado. See page 138 7 Flores Visit the stunning Kelimutu crater lakes and track down the Komodo dragon on idyllic tropical islands. See page 139

1 Sumatra

Home to lush rainforest and a host of adventurous activities. See page 123 2 Kalimantan Take a traditional klotok boat through Tanjung Puting National Park with its large numbers of wild and rehabilitated orangutan. See page 123

Komodo Island

Flores

3 Java

Borobudur, Java

Makassar

Moyo Island

Surabaya 4 Bandung 3 Java Bali Ijen Yogyakarta Plateau

ian Oce an

Buru

INDONESIA

Semarang

Ind

Accommodation Java and Lombok have a delightful choice of characterful properties, and some areas of Bali represent incredible value for money, whether you choose to stay in small and traditional family properties or some of the finest suites and villas in Southeast Asia. On the outer lying islands, where fewer visitors venture, the standards are invariably lower. Here we favour comfortable options where friendly staff and good service make up for limited facilities.

0

8 Sumba Spend an evening with the village chief and discover the rituals of this animistic island. pages 138-139 Funeral procession, Sulawesi

www.audleytravel.com/indonesia • 01993 838 110 • Indonesia

121

Sumatra, Kalimantan & Java I

t is easy to combine a trip to Sumatra, Java and Kalimantan in the western half of the archipelago to take in their diverse range of attractions. Home to 60% of Indonesia’s population and the hub of both its economy and its transport links, Java offers volcanic peaks, breathtaking ancient monuments and pristine tropical islands in the Karimunjawa archipelago. Sumatra, the world’s sixth largest island, and Kalimantan, which occupies two thirds of the island of Borneo, are famed for their lush jungle, national parks and most memorably, their orangutans. Both these destinations offer the opportunity to trek through pristine forest looking for rare flora and fauna and observe these magnificent jungle inhabitants in their natural environment.

Aceh Bukit Lawang

Gunung Leuser National Park

Tangkahan

1

Medan

0

200 miles

0

322 kilometres

MALAYSIA

BRUNEI BORNEO

Lake Toba SINGAPORE

SUMATRA

KALIMANTAN Pangkalan Bun

2 JAKARTA Bandung

Mount Krakatau

In dia nO ce a

Balikpapan Palanka Raya

Tanjung Puting National Park

Karimunjawa

JAVA

Malang Surabaya

Garut 3 4 Borobodur Blitar Yogyakarta n Mount Prambanan Bromo

122

Prambanan, Java

Bali

Ijen Plateau

1 Tangkahan, Sumatra Trek through virgin rainforest and swim in thermal jungle pools. See page 123 2 Camp Leakey, Tanjung Puting National Park, Kalimantan Named after legendary anthropologist, Louis Leakey, this research post is the jumping off point for exploring the park in search of the orangutans. See page 123

3 Borobudur & Prambanan, Java The Buddhist temple of Borobudur and the Hindu temples of Prambanan on Java are both wonders to behold. See page 125 4 Mount Bromo, Java Watching the sun rise over this volcano is an incredible sight. See page 127

Orangutan, Gunung Leuser National Park

Stork-billed kingfisher, Tanjung Puting National Park

Sorting coffee beans, Lake Toba

Lake Toba

Tangkahan, Sumatra

Sumatra

Kalimantan

Sumatra is a vast island, cleaved by the Bukit Barisan mountain range which extends from Aceh in the north to Lampung in the south, and guards the thick, tropical jungles and lush vegetation of the west from development. The north too remains wild and rugged, a place where mountain streams, raging rivers and the abundance of wildlife make it a rewarding destination for intrepid nature lovers.

Kalimantan occupies two thirds of the island of Borneo and remains one of the least explored areas in Southeast Asia. Once known for the cannibalism and headhunting of its indigenous Dayak people, it is now famed for its rainforest wildlife and as a refuge for endangered orangutans.

Tanjung Puting National Park

Lake Toba Lake Toba, the world’s largest volcanic crater lake, is said to have been created in a massive eruption some 70,000 years ago. About 100 kilometres long and between 400 and 500 metres at its deepest, it envelops the central island of Samosir. It is a good place to spend time relaxing on the shore, swimming in the lake or exploring the Batak Toba villages with their interesting architecture, carvings and textiles.

Gunung Leuser National Park Covering a vast area of northern Sumatra, Gunung Leuser National Park is home to some of Indonesia’s most famous flora and fauna, from orangutans to the world’s largest flower, the rafflesia. One of our favourite places to visit in

Klotok, Tanjung Puting National Park

the park is the isolated settlement of Tangkahan, where you can explore thick jungle strewn with rivers and waterfalls. Alternatively, head to Bukit Lawang, which sits next to the former Bohorok Orangutan Centre. Due to Bohorok’s success in reintroducing orangutans to the surrounding forests, there is now a healthy population living in the area. Whilst the centre has now closed, rangers still provide a supplementary diet and visitors are able to observe the twice-daily feedings. Accommodation here is simple, but it is worth staying a few nights to allow time to visit the feeding platforms and see these magnificent creatures swinging through the trees.

Situated in southwest Kalimantan, Tanjung Puting National Park is one of the more accessible national parks on the island. Making your way through narrow backwaters under the jungle canopy by klotok (a traditional river boat), gives you an unrivalled view of the rainforest and the best chance of spotting primates, crocodiles and birdlife. In the depths of the park, the renowned Camp Leakey orangutan rehabilitation centre has been caring for orphaned and rescued orangutans since the 1970s. The rehabilitated orangutans are free to roam the 4,000 square kilometre park. Although there is a simple eco-lodge, the more adventurous option is to simply sleep on the deck of your private boat.

www.audleytravel.com/indonesia • 01993 838 110 • Indonesia

123

View from Borobudur

Java

Bandung & Garut

From about the 8th century Java was at the heart of a series of powerful Hindu-Buddhist empires that built magnificent temples and only fell into decline with Indonesia’s eventual conversion to Islam in the 15th and 16th centuries. The Islamic sultanates in turn faced suppression by the Dutch in their quest for control of the lucrative spice trade, but today all these influences combine to create modern-day Java, an island that has embraced all of these cultures and their rich architectural legacy.

The towns of Bandung and Garut are easily reached by road from Jakarta and it is worth taking time to explore the many attractions nearby, particularly if making the journey overland from west to east Java. Bandung is a large, modern city that now overshadows its earlier days as an impressive, colonial town. A number of imposing Dutch Art Deco buildings still stand amidst laden market stalls and office blocks. South of the city crater lakes and hot springs can be reached via pretty tea plantations and charming countryside.

Jakarta Jakarta, the capital of Indonesia, is an important travel hub for international and domestic flights. There is a variety of things to see and do including visits to museums and an exploration of the old port. Jakarta is also home to international standard hotels providing a welcome retreat from the hustle and bustle of the city.

Continuing southeast from Bandung on the route to Yogyakarta, is Garut, a good base for exploring the area’s volcanic scenery and traditional villages. Nearby is the picturesque Lake Cangkuang with an 8th-century Hindu temple that sits on an attractive island in the middle of the lake. Interesting trips to the island

Mandarin Oriental, Jakarta The Mandarin Oriental provides a luxurious oasis away from the busy streets. The hotel’s 272 rooms and suites are contemporary in style and offer fantastic views over the city. The hotel has a number of restaurants, an outdoor pool, spa and fitness centre. Superior room, Mandarin Oriental, Jakarta

124

Tea picking, near Bandung

Kampung Naga, near Garut

can be made by boat and it is a pleasant spot to explore. East of Garut is Kampung Naga, an authentic Sundanese village of thatched bamboo houses set in a stunning valley terraced with rice paddies. It has managed to retain a traditional way of life and is virtually self-sufficient thanks to the fertile surrounding land and the river that flows through it. It is also possible to climb the active volcano, Mount Papandayan, from Garut on a relatively easy trek passing steaming vents and bubbling mud pools up to the crater and on to the summit.

Borobudur & Prambanan The best time to see the breathtaking 8th-century Buddhist sanctuary of Borobudur is at sunrise. Leaving your hotel near Yogyakarta at around 4am for an hour’s drive to the temple is a small sacrifice for experiencing this most serene and spiritual location at dawn. As you look out over the surrounding hills and forests it isn’t hard to imagine how explorers must have felt in 1814 when they found this magnificent site, lost to the world for almost 500 years.

Performer in the Ramayana ballet, Prambanan

Borobudur features the largest and most complete collection of Buddhist relief sculptures in the world, the walls of its seven terraces detailing the story of Buddhist cosmology. This shrine to Buddha took 75

Temples of Prambanan

years to complete and offers a guide for those wishing to follow the noble path of enlightenment. Abandoned following the decline of Buddhist and Hindu kingdoms in Java, it was then completely covered in a deep layer of volcanic ash after an eruption of nearby Mount Merapi. To the northeast of Yogyakarta is the huge Hindu temple complex of Prambanan. Built in the middle of the 9 th century, about 50 years after Borobudur, it is thought to have been constructed to celebrate the return of a Hindu dynasty to Java. Destroyed by a massive earthquake on the eve of its completion, it was reconstructed in the 1930s when the wealth of sculptural detail in its design was finally revealed.

Aerial view of Borobudur Trishaw in the Old Quarter, Yogyakarta

Yogyakarta The royal city of Yogyakarta is one of Asia’s treasures; a city which reveals Java’s cultural and intellectual personality. Lively streets and markets surround the majestic Sultan’s Palace, where attendants stand in customary dress and regular performances showcase traditional orchestras and shadow puppeteers. Old houses, museums and handicraft shops dot the city, demonstrating its reputation as the artistic capital of Indonesia with batik, woodcarvings, paintings and silverwork amongst the crafts on offer.

Amanjiwo, near Yogyakarta

The Phoenix Hotel, Yogyakarta This colonial-style property offers the facilities and comfort of a modern hotel while maintaining an historical atmosphere. Many of the 143 rooms and suites offer private balconies facing the courtyard pool. The 1918 terrace bar overlooks an open-air courtyard, while the small spa makes an ideal retreat after a sunrise visit to Borobudur. The pool and restaurant are located in elegant shady courtyards and the whole hotel is so peaceful that it is difficult to believe you are in the middle of such a vibrant city.

Amanjiwo, near Yogyakarta Amanjiwo, ‘peaceful soul’, is set in the rural heartland of central Java and overlooks Borobudur. Inspired by the design of this beautiful Buddhist sanctuary, Amanjiwo has 36 luxurious suites sheltered in a natural amphitheatre and surrounded by paddy fields and kampungs (villages). Excellent cultural excursions and experiences are the focus of a stay here. Guests can also relax by the large infinity pool and enjoy Javanese spa therapies. The beautiful restaurant boasts views over rice fields to Borobudur and serves the delicious local speciality of Makan Malam.

The Phoenix Hotel, Yogyakarta

www.audleytravel.com/indonesia • 01993 838 110 • Indonesia

125

Sunset at Kura Kura Resort, Karimunjawa Islands

Majapahit Hotel, Surabaya

Kura Kura Resort, Karimunjawa Islands Pulau Menyawakan is one of 27 islands in the Karimunjawa archipelago, a 30 minute flight off the coast of northern Java. Covered by coconut trees and surrounded by vibrant coral reefs, the island is considered to be one of the most beautiful in Indonesia and it takes just 25 minutes to walk around. Kura Kura Resort (meaning ‘turtle’ in Bahasa Indonesian) is the only property in the archipelago and there are 35 cottages and pool villas, along with a good restaurant, pool and dive centre. Kura Kura also offers a real Robinson Crusoe experience, with an overnight stay on nearby Krakal Island. Krakal is home to one single chalet, so just two guests can live as desert island castaways for a night complete with candles and picnic hampers filled with gourmet delights.

Pool Villa, Kura Kura Resort, Karimunjawa Islands

126

This elegant, 143 room, city hotel was built in 1910 and has an impressive history, which is reflected in its romantic atmosphere. The graceful architecture and landscaped gardens befit its colonial style, while the modern facilities, including several bars and restaurants, a spa, gym and outdoor swimming pool, cater for more contemporary tastes.

Kura Kura Resort, Karimunjawa Islands

Surabaya The capital of east Java, Surabaya has a population of some three million people and is an important economic and industrial city, second only to Jakarta. It is also a gateway linking Java to other islands in the archipelago and offering flights to Kalimantan, Sulawesi, Bali and Lombok. The city is a blend of old and new, and strolling around the old town makes for an interesting diversion, particularly with a trip to the spice market and Mesjid Ampel Mosque in the Arab Quarter. The city is also home to the Sampoerna brand of cigarettes and a visit to the museum and factory offers a fascinating insight into the history of tobacco in Indonesia.

Majapahit Hotel, Surabaya

Children cycling, Malang countryside

Food market in Malang

Sunrise over Mount Bromo

Malang & Blitar

Mount Bromo

Surrounded by volcanoes – Mount Butak to the west, Mount Arjuna to the north, and Kepolo and Bromo to the east – Malang is one of the most beautifully situated cities in Java. During the colonial period it was a small, quaint town where Dutch planters and civil servants could escape the heat of the lowlands. The elegant villas are still in evidence and it is a pleasant town to walk around as the people are welcoming and the climate is a little cooler than elsewhere in Java. To the southwest of Malang is Blitar, a provincial town with historical relevance as the burial place of President Sukarno. His life has been documented in a small museum converted from his childhood home. From Blitar it is possible to explore the 12th to 14th century Hindu temples of Panataran as well as the imposing active volcano of Mount Kulud.

Fertile rice terraces give way to a blanket of lava sands in the foothills of smouldering Mount Bromo in the Tengger Caldera. It is best visited at dawn as the sun rises over this incredible volcanic landscape.

Jiwa Jawa Resort, Mount Bromo Set due east of Mount Bromo, Jiwa Jawa Resort’s panoramic views of the Tengger Caldera are quite spectacular and due to its location and altitude, the area enjoys a refreshing mountain climate. The contemporary interiors of the resort’s 50 rooms are open-plan, and the suites feature small balconies. It is a great base for visiting Mount Bromo.

Tugu Blitar’s Temple Dinner at Panataran

Tugu Malang & Tugu Blitar

Devata Suite, Tugu Malang

Tugu Malang is a unique property in the heart of the old town. The 49 individually designed suites have great character and are decorated with pieces from the owner’s substantial antique collection. A swimming pool is set in a courtyard garden and there is an excellent spa, gallery and boutique. Tugu Malang has an equally characterful sister property at Blitar, converted from a 19 th-century colonial building.

Jiwa Jawa Resort, Mount Bromo

www.audleytravel.com/indonesia • 01993 838 110 • Indonesia

127

Tailoring your trip The itineraries shown are designed to give you a flavour of what is possible, and are routes that work particularly well. We can use these as a basis to plan your trip or can design a completely different itinerary to suit your tastes and interests. Please call one of our Indonesia specialists to start planning your itinerary.

T 01993 838 110

Getting around If you wish to combine a number of islands you will need to make use of Indonesia’s comprehensive flight network. Once on the ground, modes of transport vary. In Sumatra 4x4s are needed to reach places like Tangkahan, while in Kalimantan a klotok (local boat) will take you up and down river in Tanjung Puting National Park. In Java you are likely to make use of a mixture of domestic flights, trains and private cars with a driver to travel around.

When to go Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

3

128

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

33 33 33 33 33 33 33

3

3

The best time of year to visit Java is April to October, usually its drier months. Kalimantan and Sumatra are both covered with rainforest and there are almost daily downpours throughout the year. However, there is never a bad time to travel as when the rains arrive they are usually heavy but short-lived. The area is generally warm throughout the year and particularly humid in the rainforest. Nights can be cold in higher regions such as around Mount Bromo.

Ijen Plateau

Kawah Ijen

3

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

View of the Ijen Plateau

The Ijen Plateau is part of the larger Baluran National Park, where the major attraction is the stunning Kawah Ijen, a beautiful turquoise crater lake found inside the volcano of the same name. Apart from the impressive crater climb, there is a large reserve of wooded savannah with a population of monkeys, deer, wild buffaloes and oxen. The scenery is some of the most beautiful in Java and there are several coffee plantations and small villages to visit.

3

Farming below Kawah Ijen

The best accommodation in the area is the Ijen Resort and Villas, which is a small resort offering stunning views of this volcanic landscape. Tourism is still developing in this area of east Java, and so service levels and road conditions are not comparable to the more developed regions, however, it is a wonderful area to explore for the more adventurous traveller.

Baskets of sulphur, Kawah Ijen

Time difference: GMT+7-9 hours

Prices We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to Indonesia on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans.

Orangutans, Tanjung Puting National Park, Kalimantan

Suggested itineraries kalimantan Bukit Lawang

malaysia

kalimantan

Tanjung Puting National Park

Medan Tangkahan

sumatra

kalimantan java Borobudur Prambanan

java Borobudur Prambanan Jakarta Borobudur java

Yogyakarta

Malang

Surabaya

Yogyakarta

Mount Bromo

Mount Bromo

Surabaya

Bali Barat National Park bali

Ijen Plateau

Ubud

Bandung Yogyakarta Prambanan

Classic Java & Sumatra

Heart of Indonesia

Discovering Java & Bali

This itinerary combines the wildlife of Sumatra and the beauty of western Java with the cultural and religious highlights of central Java. You will see orangutans and elephants as well as visiting the majestic temples of Borobudur and Prambanan.

Providing an exploration of Java, this itinerary takes in Yogyakarta, Malang and Surabaya in eastern Java and a visit to Mount Bromo. You will also go to Kalimantan, where you will head into Tanjung Puting National Park to see orangutans in their natural habitat.

This tour introduces you to the highlights of central and east Java including the royal city of Yogyakarta and the nearby temples of Borobudur and Prambanan, before you head east to Mount Bromo and the Ijen Plateau. Take the local ferry to Bali and enjoy its national parks, quieter beaches and cultural heart.

Day 1 Day 2

Day 3

Arrive in Medan in Sumatra with free time to explore the city. Drive to Tangkahan in Gunung Leuser National Park and spend the afternoon trekking in the jungle. Explore the rainforest, stopping at rivers and waterfalls.

Day 1 Day 2

Arrive in Yogyakarta in Java with time to explore the city.

Day 1

Explore the Old Quarter and Sultan’s Palace before your visit to Prambanan.

Arrive in Yogyakarta in Java. Explore the Old Quarter and Sultan’s Palace in the afternoon.

Day 2

Wake early for sunrise over Borobudur.

Day 3

Travel by train to Surabaya where you will spend the night.

Day 4

Drive to Mount Bromo.

Day 5

Rise early to see the sun rise over the smoking volcanic peaks before heading to the Ijen Plateau.

Day 6

Explore this fascinating area and see the sulphur miners working in the crater of the volcano.

Day 7

Take the ferry to Bali and begin your exploration of Bali Barat National Park.

Day 3

Watch the sun rise over Borobudur.

Leave Tangkahan for Bukit Lawang where you will see the afternoon feeding at the orangutan centre.

Day 4

Fly to Kalimantan for three days on the jungle-shrouded rivers of Tanjung Puting National Park.

Day 5

Spend the day trekking in the jungle around Bukit Lawang.

Day 5

Visit orangutan feeding posts and trek through the jungle.

Day 6

Head back to Medan for your flight to the capital city of Jakarta in Java.

Day 6

Spend another day in the rainforest.

Day 7

Fly back to Java for a night in Surabaya at a wonderful colonial era hotel.

Day 4

Day 7

Drive out of the capital to Bandung.

Day 8

Take a scenic train across western Java to Yogyakarta.

Day 8

Explore the Old Quarter and Sultan’s Palace.

Travel south to the Mount Bromo area with its stunning panoramas.

Day 9

See the sun rise over Mount Bromo then explore the area on foot.

Day 8

Day 10

Continue on to the Dutch heritage town of Malang with its wide boulevards and ‘Millionaires’ Row’ of houses.

Have a free day in the park to walk, cycle or horse ride in this little-visited area.

Day 9

Another day in the park to enjoy the snorkelling or diving off Bali’s north coast.

Day 10

Drive through Bali’s scenic central region to the cultural capital of Ubud.

Day 11

Enjoy a day with your guide visiting Ubud, and some of the local temples and craft villages.

Day 12

Day at leisure in Ubud.

Day 13

Return to the airport for your onward flight.

Day 9 Day 10

Day 11

Watch the sun rise over Borobudur and visit Prambanan in the afternoon. Return to the airport for your onward flight.

Day 11

Enjoy a traditional Indonesian cooking course including a visit to a local market.

Day 12

Head back to Surabaya for your onward flight.

Stay longer Some time on the beach in the Karimunjawa archipelago off the coast of central Java can make the perfect finale to a tour of Java and Sumatra.

Stay longer You may like to travel overland to Bali taking in the stunning Ijen Plateau en route with its coffee plantations and picturesque villages. Bali’s northwest coast has some tranquil beaches and some of the best snorkelling on the island.

Stay longer You can spend some time on Bali’s beautiful east coast or one of Lombok’s sandy beaches. Alternatively add two nights in Kalimantan to see the orangutans in Tanjung Puting National Park.

Borobudur, Java

www.audleytravel.com/indonesia • 01993 838 110 • Indonesia

129

Bali, Lombok & the eastern islands A

n almost mythical island where no building is higher than a palm tree and the devout and incredibly friendly people are just as memorable as the numerous attractions, Bali offers far more than its beaches and luxury resorts. The island’s colourful ceremonies, magnificent temples and striking art, music and dance all stem from its fascinating Hindu culture, but you’ll also find lush rainforest and volcanic landscapes to explore. Neighbouring Lombok is quieter and in some ways more authentic. It is worth exploring as a destination in its own right and the trek up sacred Mount Rinjani is considered one of the most scenic in the world. Further east you can cruise outlying islands, spot Komodo dragons, dive off Sulawesi or learn about Sumba’s animist beliefs.

Menjangan Island

Lake Bratan

Munduk Mount Batukaru

Jatiluwih

Lake Batur

3

Ubud Tanah Lot

Candidasa Lembongan Island

Sanur

Seminyak Uluwatu

Tenganan

4

DENPASAR

5

Jimbaran

Bukit Peninsula

Amed

Mount Agung

BALI

Medewi

Bali Sea

Lom bok Stra it

1

Tembok Medana Bay Gili Senaru MenoGili Air Gili Trawangan Gunung Rinjani Sire 6 TelukBeach National ParkMount Kode Rinjani

Senggigi MATARAM

LOMBOK

Sekotong Bay

trait

Mount Batur

Tanak Awu Kuta

0

10 miles

0

16 kilometres

Indian Ocean

3 Amed Bali’s northeast coast offers traditional fishing villages, and snorkelling and diving on vibrant coral reefs. See page 133 4 Ubud

Explore Bali’s cultural heart by bike and discover its temples, villages and paddy fields. See page 136 5 Seminyak Enjoy the superb sunsets from this renowned stretch of beach. See page 134

Alas S

Lovina

2

Bali Barat National Park

130

2 Munduk Explore the lakes and beautiful countryside of this former Dutch hill station on easy treks and horse rides. See page 131

Singaraja Pemuteran

Gilimanuk

1 Bali Barat National Park Enjoy birdwatching and trekking, or snorkelling in the waters around Menjangan Island. See page 131

6 Lombok’s west coast Relax on peaceful beaches, snorkel off the Gili Islands or trek inland to waterfalls and Sasak villages. See page 137

A jukung, Pemuteran Bay

Rice terraces, Munduk

Long-tailed macaque, Bali Barat National Park

Pemuteran

Bali Barat National Park

Pemuteran Bay on Bali’s northwest coast has some of the best off-beach snorkelling in Bali, while keen divers can head to the renowned waters off Menjangan Island nearby. This is a much quieter area than the south coast and well worth exploring on an overland journey from eastern Java. There is also an extended dry season in this region making it a good destination when the weather in other areas is inclement.

Located in western Bali and covering around 190 square kilometres of grassland, coastal savannah and tropical waters, Bali Barat National Park is ideal for nature lovers. It is home to more than 200 species of plant as well as leaf monkeys, macaques and mouse deer.

Matahari Beach Resort & Spa, Pemuteran Matahari reflects the design of a traditional Balinese village and is set in sprawling tropical gardens bursting with bougainvillea, jasmine, hibiscus plants and palm trees. The property has 32 beautiful bungalow-style rooms and offers a number of excellent facilities. Guests can enjoy yoga, be pampered in the spa, or cycle out to neighbouring villages for an insight into the Balinese way of life.

Munduk Moding Plantation, Munduk

Munduk

The Menjangan, Bali Barat National Park

Munduk was established by the Dutch in the 1890s as a hill station and plantations of cocoa, coffee, vanilla and cloves were developed. The area is now known for its trekking and is close to the three central lakes of Bratan, Buyan and Tamblingan. Walks (or horse rides) will take you through farming areas and along hill ridges which boast amazing views over the lakes and countryside. If you are lucky your visit may coincide with one of many local ceremonies that are a regular part of Balinese life.

The Menjangan boasts 24 minimalist-designed rooms across three locations within the Bali Barat National Park, including a number of villas with direct beach access. It is perfect for those looking for home comforts in an idyllic, natural setting and is a great base for trekking, horse riding, birdwatching or simply spotting the deer and monkeys that inhabit the park. Off the coast, the clear waters are among the best in Indonesia for both snorkelling and diving, with the renowned Menjangan Island only 20 minutes away and easily accessible.

Munduk Moding Plantation, Munduk

Matahari Beach Resort & Spa, Pemuteran

This charming hotel and spa set on a working coffee plantation has one of the most picturesque locations in central Bali. The surrounding hillsides are covered with jungle and rice fields, and with just nine villas and three suites on this large estate, it is a wonderfully peaceful place to relax.

The Menjangan, Bali Barat National Park

www.audleytravel.com/indonesia • 01993 838 110 • Indonesia

131

View of Mount Agung from Bali’s east coast

Bali’s east coast The lower slopes of Mount Agung, Bali’s highest and most sacred volcano, descend steeply to the island’s east coast. This natural barrier has protected the area from development and this is where you’ll find some of Bali’s most dramatic tropical vistas. It also means that rainfall is less likely than on the south coast, so it is an ideal choice for beach stays in January to March. Trek or cycle along the slopes of Agung and nearby Mount Batur, and discover fascinating local villages, traditional temples and lavish religious celebrations. The east coast also offers some good snorkelling spots. Candidasa is the main town in this part of Bali along with the less developed and laid-back resorts of Tembok and Amed, each offering a base from which to explore or simply relax.

Amankila, near Candidasa

Amankila, near Candidasa

Alila Manggis, near Candidasa

Spa Village Resort Tembok, Bali

Spa Village Resort Tembok, Bali

Ploughing a rice paddy, Candidasa

132

With views of the Lombok Strait, Amankila means ‘peaceful hill’ and is undoubtedly one of the most luxurious properties in Indonesia. The 33 elevated suites are spread over the jungleclad cliffs offering spectacular views from their terraces or private pools. Traditional Balinese afternoon tea is served daily on the terrace overlooking the resort’s beautiful, three-tiered infinity pool, while below is a private stretch of volcanic sand. The hotel’s beach club has a lap pool set within a coconut grove as well as a collection of kayaks, bodyboards and windsurfing equipment available for use.

Located on the tranquil northeast coast, there are just 31 elegant rooms at this spa sanctuary. The rooms, set on the ground and first floor, all have a spacious terrace or balcony with views of the landscaped gardens or sea. As an adult-only resort, this is a relaxing and quiet haven in which to indulge in some of the best spa therapies on the island. Guests can also enjoy daily yoga and meditation sessions. You can hike up Mount Batur and watch the sunrise, dive the nearby reefs and the wreck, or simply relax by the large infinity pool that overlooks the black-sand beach and ocean.

Nestled between the sea and the majestic Mount Agung, this secluded yet stylish resort is set beneath swaying coconut palms. All 55 rooms and suites face the ocean and traditional Balinese architecture is combined with modern amenities to create a relaxed environment in harmony with its natural surroundings. The resort’s Seasalt Restaurant is one of the best in the area and serves the famous megibung, a traditional eastern Balinese communal feast of many different tapas-style dishes.

Alila Manggis, near Candidasa

Tembok

Mount Agung

Ubud

Amed

Candidasa

Denpasar

Eastern Bali’s Culture & Coast Avoiding the crowds in the south, this itinerary goes in search of a more authentic Balinese experience on the eastern side of the island. Home to the cultural centre, Ubud, the sacred Mount Agung, beautiful countryside, traditional villages and relaxed coastal towns, this journey captures the Bali of years gone by.

Coastline at Amed

Amed Framed by the majestic Mount Agung, this stretch of coastline in eastern Bali has escaped the development of the south and offers a wonderfully rustic and laid-back beach experience. The volcanic sandy beaches that fringe the coast are lined with brightly coloured fishing boats moored after their early morning return from the sea. Offshore, reefs and shipwrecks provide good diving and snorkelling opportunities, most notably, a Japanese shipwreck in Banyuning, and the World War II wreck of a US cargo ship, the Liberty, near Tulamben. The small villages along the Amed coastline are home to quaint local cafes, tiny warungs (stalls) and dive schools, and their friendly residents celebrate numerous feasts and holy days, a fascinating spectacle if you are in the area.

Palm Garden Resort, Amed The Palm Garden is a delightful, intimate property with only 11 air-conditioned rooms, all simply decorated in a minimalist but comfortable style. There is a small pool set in manicured gardens and direct access to the beach for snorkelling and swimming. The restaurant serves a selection of fresh dishes throughout the day, and a small spa is available for relaxing treatments. The property is owned by a Swiss couple who have lived in Amed for several decades and are keen to share its charm and authenticity. For early risers it is worth heading to the beach to watch the fishermen returning to shore, where their families are waiting to clean the daily catch and take it straight to market.

Boats on the shore, Amed

Mount Agung The Hindu population of Bali align their beds toward Mount Agung and sleep with their heads pointing in its direction as a sign of respect. The last major eruption was in 1963, but the crater often still smokes and billows. Bali’s Mother Temple of Besakih is built high on the slopes and it was considered miraculous that lava flows from the 1963 eruption missed the temple. With sensible footwear, stamina, and a sense of adventure, it is possible to reach the summit on one of Indonesia’s more accessible volcano climbs. Leaving your hotel soon after midnight to start your walk, the mountain trail takes you through pine forest and fields of solidified lava before you reach the summit in time to watch the sun rise.

Mount Agung

Day 1

On arrival in Bali you will be taken to Ubud, the cultural capital of the island.

Day 2

Explore the highlights of the town and the surrounding villages.

Day 3

Trek through the countryside and local villages before enjoying a wonderful cookery course in the afternoon.

Day 4

Head north through beautiful scenery and past Lake Batur to Tembok.

Day 5

Have a day in Tembok to relax.

Day 6

Enjoy another free day to relax or take a local excursion.

Day 7

Drive along the coast to laid-back Amed, a traditional coastal village.

Day 8

A day at leisure to snorkel, dive or explore the local villages.

Day 9

A further day at leisure.

Day 10

Continue down the east coast to a small village outside Candidasa.

Day 11

Wake early to trek up Mount Agung and watch the sun rise. Relax for the rest of the day.

Day 12

Return to the airport for your onward flight.

Stay longer From Ubud travel to the hill station of Munduk, or take the ferry to Lombok and explore this untouched island.

Ceremony at Mount Agung

www.audleytravel.com/indonesia • 01993 838 110 • Indonesia

133

Sunset from Seminyak beach

Southern beaches

Seminyak

The beaches of southern Bali are popular due to their white sands and proximity to Denpasar Airport. Our favourites are the surfing beach of Seminyak, the great value resort of Sanur, which is popular with families, and Jimbaran Bay known for its golden beaches and seafood warungs. All of these options tend to be a little more relaxed and less crowded than places like Kuta.

Seminyak has one of the best beaches on the island, and the area is known for its entertainment, restaurants and shopping as well as being home to renowned hotels and villas. This stretch of coast is popular with surfers, but there are flagged areas where you can swim and bodyboard. Seminyak sunsets are legendary and equally impressive whether seen from the beach, your hotel balcony or a fashionable bar.

Two bedroom villa, Maca Villas & Spa, Seminyak

Maca Villas & Spa, Seminyak Although not directly on the beach, Maca Villas offers excellent value, privacy and tranquillity away from the bustle of Seminyak’s centre. The 25 villas all have private pools and offer spacious bedrooms as well as a living area which opens on to the pool deck. If you choose, breakfast can be served in the privacy of your villa each morning, so you can enjoy it by your pool.

The Legian Bali, Seminyak One of Bali’s finest coastal hotels situated on the stunning Seminyak beach, The Legian has 67 stylish suites, all with ocean views. All the facilities you would expect from a five star property are here and the spa has won numerous awards. Being so close to the fashionable area of Seminyak, it has a choice of superb restaurants just a short walk away. For added luxury, The Club at The Legian Bali has ten one bedroom pool villas. The Legian Bali, Seminyak

134

Jimbaran Beach

Ladies with offerings, Sanur

Fishermen, Jimbaran

Boats on the beach, Sanur

Jimbaran

Sanur

The once small fishing village of Jimbaran, only two kilometres south of the airport, has a beautiful stretch of sandy beach and has gradually developed into a very pleasant resort. The soft golden sand is home to several excellent hotels, and there is still a lively community atmosphere. There is a large fruit and vegetable market at the crossroads in the centre of the village, and under a huge holy tree stands an 11th-century temple, Pura Ulun Siwi. The fishing industry still thrives in the area and if you are up early in the morning you can see the fishing boats returning to the shore. The fish is served up at many of the little stalls or warungs along the beach in the evenings.

The village of Sanur boasts a long stretch of white-sand beach with a good choice of hotels and a fine selection of beachfront restaurants. It is quieter than many of the other southern resorts and has a relaxed ambience. Sanur has a variety of water sports on offer and the waters here are more suitable for families as an outer reef protects the inside lagoons from the ocean swell.

Tandjung Sari, Sanur

Man at sunset, Sanur

Belmond Jimbaran Puri Bali, Jimbaran Bay

Belmond Jimbaran Puri Bali, Jimbaran Bay

With a lovely location directly on the beach, Belmond Jimbaran Puri Bali has been one of Audley’s most popular Balinese hotels for many years. There are 42 traditional-style cottages and 21 luxurious pool villas set in tropical gardens framed by coconut trees. The spa offers a range of treatments in open-air bales (pavilions) adjacent to the beach where the sound of the ocean and a cooling breeze relaxes and invigorates. The beautiful beachfront restaurant and bar have a prime position for enjoying one of Bali’s beautiful sunsets, adding to the romantic atmosphere of the property.

Tandjung Sari originally opened in 1962 as a four bungalow extension to a family home. The resort is now one of the island’s best kept secrets with 29 bungalows set in tropical gardens overlooking Sanur Beach. Each air-conditioned bungalow is individually decorated in traditional Balinese style, some with their own small private garden, outdoor shower, balcony or outdoor bale. There is a swimming pool and the restaurant’s terrace is set next to the beach.

Tandjung Sari, Sanur

www.audleytravel.com/indonesia • 01993 838 110 • Indonesia

135

Kecak dancers, Ubud

The Chedi Club, near Ubud

The Chedi Club, Ubud

Ubud Many Western artists and intellectuals began visiting Ubud in the 1930s which aided the expansion of the local Balinese arts and crafts scene. Since then it has gained a reputation worldwide for its art, music, architecture and dance. Ubud is located in the centre of the island, within 90 minutes of the popular south coast and a couple of hours from the quieter beaches of the north and west coasts. This charming town has a wonderful choice of small boutique hotels that offer great value and Balinese character. There are numerous luxury properties that boast incredible countryside settings and an exemplary range of facilities. 136

The Chedi Club at Tanah Gajah is just outside Ubud and set in picturesque and beautifully manicured gardens. The hotel was originally a private residence, now converted into 20 elegant and spacious villas traditionally furnished with carved woods and local artworks, and 13 have private pools. The superb restaurant offers views over the surrounding paddy fields and uses rice farmed from these fields. Complimentary yoga classes take place several times a week and there is an excellent display of Kecak dance by the local community held at the resort’s candlelit amphitheatre. All guests enjoy exclusive club benefits including private butler service, afternoon tea, daily sunset cocktails and laundry.

Wapa di Ume, Ubud This is an intimate, locally-run property a short distance from the centre of Ubud and is excellent value. Its 33 rooms are scattered on a hillside flanked by paddy fields, offering an oasis of peace and serenity. Each room is decorated with local materials including woven fabrics, bamboo and weathered wood, and some feature the typical alang-alang thatched roofs that reflect Balinese design. Facilities include a two-tiered swimming pool, a relaxing spa, a yoga room and a restaurant overlooking the rice paddies. Cooking courses are also available making use of the produce grown in the organic gardens.

Farmer in rice paddy, Ubud

Exploring around Ubud Central Bali is arguably the most scenic part of the island and Ubud is an ideal base for exploring the area. Discover the UNESCO-recognised rice terraces and volcanic foothills by bike, hike to the top of Mount Batur to see the sun rise over the crater lake or follow a pilgrimage path to the beautiful 17th-century temple of Pura Ulun Danu Bratan, set on the shores of Lake Bratan. Discover the less-visited temple of Pura Batukaru hidden in the forest on the slopes of Mount Batukaru or, for an insight into Balinese culture, observe the traditional Kecak dance, which depicts scenes from the Ramayana, or take a cookery class in the home of a local family.

Pura Ulun Danu Bratan, Lake Bratan near Ubud

Beach at Tugu Lombok

Fisherman mending his nets, Lombok

View from the summit of Mount Rinjani

Lombok & the Gili Islands An incredibly sedate and largely undeveloped island, Lombok lies at the western end of an arc of islands known as Nusa Tenggara. Reached by domestic and international flights or by boat from Bali’s east coast, allowing a few days to explore Lombok as a side trip or as a destination in its own right, is straightforward and rewarding. Forested mountains and the imposing silhouette of Mount Rinjani form the backdrop as you relax on beautiful beaches, sip a drink by the ocean or laze by the pool. Venturing from the shade of your palm tree, head inland and discover the scenic interior as you drive the windy roads or walk or bike around Sasak villages. Alternatively, spend a day cruising and snorkelling around the Gili Islands. This collection of islands is made up of Gili Trawangan, Gili Meno and Gili Air. Beautiful coral reefs and colourful fish can be seen while snorkelling here and turtle sightings are all but guaranteed if you spend a couple of hours in the sea. We recommend returning to Lombok in the late afternoon, and leaving the islands to the party-goers who come here in search of hedonistic nights and lazy days.

Dusky batfish off the Gili Islands

Tugu Lombok Located on the pristine white sands of Sire Beach, Tugu Lombok is one of our favourite hotels on the island. In typical Tugu style this property is unique in design and reflects the ancient history of Lombok and Indonesia. The 36 rooms are especially spacious and comfortable, the open-air restaurant serves excellent food and there is a spa. Traditional fishing villages can be visited easily by bicycle or on foot and the Gili Islands are only a short ride away on the Tugu’s private boat.

The Oberoi, Lombok Located in the north of the island in the beautiful Medana Bay, The Oberoi offers 50 luxurious villas and terrace pavilions set in extensive tropical gardens that face a pretty beach. The resort is a good base from which to explore, with boats heading out daily to the Gili Islands, it also has a fantastic restaurant.

Tugu Lombok

Mount Rinjani Reaching 3,726 metres above sea level, Mount Rinjani’s peak dominates the island of Lombok. Locals consider this huge expanse of land as sacred and from the summit you can see the neighbouring islands of Bali, Sumbawa and, to the west, the three Gili Islands. The climb to the crater takes around seven hours and you camp overnight here under a blanket of stars. The reward for your efforts is one of the most amazing views you can imagine with the turquoise waters of the crater lake surrounding a small, younger volcanic peak and the sun slowly announcing itself from behind the summit of the mountain. In the opposite direction you can look over the forests of Lombok and out to sea where you may even see Bali’s sacred Mount Agung.

The Oberoi, Lombok

www.audleytravel.com/indonesia • 01993 838 110 • Indonesia

137

Tau Tau statues at a grave site, Sulawesi

The eastern islands

MALAYSIAN M MAL MA A AL L AY BORNEO BO BO SARAWAK

0

322 kilometres

INDONESIA

place to visit, offering world-class diving off its north coast and the chance to witness the fascinating funeral ceremonies of the central Torajalands.

SULAWESI Sulawesi is strikingly beautiful and its dense Halmahera KALIMANTAN jungle, mountain scenery, incredible diving and Raja Sorong Ampat diverse cultures make it a captivating Islands WEST PAPUA Sulawesi destination. Easily reached from Java or Bali, Tana Toraja Buru visitors often head north for the outstanding Seram PAPUA Makassar dive sites around Manado, including Bunaken National Park, Bangka Island and the Lembeh Moyo Island Komodo Island Straits. Turtles and dolphins are often seen and Labuan Bajo Flores knowledgeable dive operators can take you to Ende Timor explore the sunken wrecks of World War II Sumbawa Sumba aeroplanes. It is also worth spending time AUSTRALIA AUSTRA AUS Sexploring T A LI TR TRA LIA L A the temperate Minahasa Highlands or trekking through Tangkoko National Park. The The Indonesian islands east of Bali offer near park has distinctive fauna, and is the home of deserted white-sand beaches, clear waters, tarsiers, babirusas (pig deer), rare hornbills and magnificent diving, forests teeming with wildlife the cuscus (possum). and ancient cultures whose animist beliefs and ceremonies make it well worth the effort to get here. The islands of Nusa Tenggara, including Sumbawa, Flores and Sumba, are easily accessed from Bali and are gateways to more remote adventures. You can cruise from Flores to Rinca and Komodo islands in search of pristine beaches and the Komodo dragon, visit Moyo for its untouched reefs or go in search of an entirely different experience in Sumba and Sulawesi. Western Sumba is known for its megalithic graves and ancient rituals, while north of the Flores Sea Sulawesi is a remarkable Manado

Tanjung Tanjun Tan jung jjun ung Puting P Puti uting uti ting g Nat N tion ional all Par P k National Park

arimunjawa ari arimunj imunjjawa

emara em arang ara nSuraba ng guraba emarang a ay Surabaya Java Ja

200 miles

BORNEO

BRUNEI B BR R U NE RU N EI NEI EI

P Pangkalan Bun

rta rta

0

Bali B Ijen Ijen Plateau Pla a

Mt. Mt Bromo Brom o Lombok Lomb Lomb

Traditional village houses, Tana Toraja

138

Tana Toraja Tana Toraja is an unspoilt area of traditional villages and fascinating cultural beliefs. The main attractions here include many interesting grave sites, the elaborate funeral ceremonies, and the unique design of the local houses. with the size of the roof, and number of buffalo horns attached representing the status of the family. Torajans believe that without a proper funeral ceremony the deceased’s spirit could return to bring misfortune to the family. Consequently, funeral ceremonies remain a pivotal part of life here many taking place some time after death so that preparations can be made and money raised. Most funerals are held between June and October and are spread out over several days and involve many hundreds of guests. The Toraja place their dead deep in caves or carve out niches in rock faces. Graves of the upper classes feature Tau Tau, wooden effigies of the dead, which are placed in front of the tomb. Sumba Sumba offers long stretches of perfect white sand, excellent diving and surfing opportunities, and a fascinating insight into local animist beliefs. Ancient tombs, high priests, ceremonies and sacrifices are all part of daily life here. We will arrange trips to the most important tombs and villages for you, but traditional ceremonies and rituals are only ever planned a few days in advance, so your guide or hotel will be able to let you know about these and arrange to take you along.

Cruising A cruise is a great way to explore the lesserknown islands of Nusa Tenggara and further afield. A number of boats, including schooners, luxury yachts and liveaboards, ply these waters and can take you to Komodo, Flores, Sumba, Sulawesi, Raja Ampat, the Spice Islands and Papua mooring in remote areas that are seldom visited.

Nihiwatu, Sumba

Nihiwatu, Sumba Built in the style of a traditional village with thatched roofs and using local materials, Nihiwatu blends seamlessly with the environment it works so hard to protect. Sleek, sumptuous and yet deeply rooted in local culture, the 28 villas blend contemporary designer chic with traditional fabric, art and crafts. They all have private pools and gardens, an outdoor seating area and wonderful sea views. Over 90% of the staff are local, and guests are encouraged to learn about their culture. You can tackle the renowned surf break, ride a horse along the beach, enjoy lavish meals or simply lounge by your private pool.

Amanwana, Moyo Island Reached by boat from Sumbawa or by seaplane from Denpasar, Amanwana, meaning ‘peaceful forest’, is a luxury camp and wilderness hideaway. The resort is set in a secluded cove on the west coast of Moyo Island and is surrounded by tropical forest overlooking crystal-clear coral-strewn waters. The camp’s 20 canvas-roofed rooms are set under a canopy of shady palm trees and are superbly appointed with air conditioning, local artwork, hardwood floors and a large bathroom. Water sports such as catamaran sailing, windsurfing, kayaking and snorkelling are popular and some of Indonesia’s very best scuba diving is right on the doorstep. For the ultimate luxurious escape, charter Amanwana’s exquisite three cabin coastal

Amanwana, Moyo Island

cruiser, Amanikan, and set sail around the Nusa Tenggara islands to Rinca and Komodo (March-October) or explore the Raja Ampat Islands (October-April) in the east of the archipelago which are renowned for their magnificent coral reefs and marine life.

Komodo dragon, Komodo Island

Flores & Komodo Flores is one of the most stunning islands in Indonesia. Dominated by a string of volcanoes that form its backbone and cleaved by isolated valleys, many distinct ethnic groups live here. The rugged south coast is home to numerous fishing villages whose inhabitants head out from the volcanic black sand beaches in their tiny vessels to hunt for the huge pelagic fish found in the area. From Bajawa in Flores’ centre you can visit the Ngada village of Bena, known for its ikat weaving, stone formations and traditional houses. Alternatively, explore the brightly coloured crater lakes of Kelimutu, a spectacular sight at sunrise. Local villagers believe that the souls of the departed make their way to these lakes, with young people going to one, old to another and evil to the third, black lake. Off the west coast of Flores lie the islands of Komodo and Rinca, the only places in the world where you can see Komodo dragons in the wild. Treks of varying lengths are available on the islands, and are always accompanied by a local ranger. The dragons may look slow and lumbering, but they are carnivores and can be over three metres long.

SeaTrek’s Ombak Putih

SeaTrek SeaTrek’s two traditional Indonesian schooners, Ombak Putih and Katharina travel to remote islands, including Komodo, Flores, Raja Ampat and Sumba. The larger of the two, Ombak Putih accommodates 24 guests compared with the Katharina’s 14. Both vessels boast large sun decks, outside dining space and even the opportunity to sleep on the deck under the stars. For those happier sleeping within a cabin, private en suite bathrooms and personally controlled air conditioning are standard. Guests are free to snorkel and make use of the sea canoes, and will return to hearty authentic Indonesian cuisine. There are set departures throughout the year.

Tiger Blue

Tiger Blue The Tiger Blue was built by Pak Hadji Baso, the most prestigious boat builder in the area. This traditional phinisi schooner has five cabins equipped with either single or king size beds, an en suite bathroom and air conditioning. This is one of only a handful of charter boats with dive facilities on-board. There is also a collection of water sports equipment and comfortable communal spaces, with three large deck areas. With eight crew, an expedition leader and chef, guests can enjoy a relaxing cruise whilst exploring routes around Komodo, Sumba, and the Banda and Raja Ampat Islands.

www.audleytravel.com/indonesia • 01993 838 110 • Indonesia

139

Pemuteran Munduk bali Medewi

Ubud Denpasar Sanur

Bali Uncovered Explore some of Bali’s least discovered regions, offering a vastly different but no less spectacular side of the island. The central region and north coasts are some of the most beautiful parts of Bali and the villages, temples and beaches you will see are mercifully lacking in crowds.

Balinese ladies carrying offerings to a ceremony

Tailoring your trip The itineraries shown are designed to give you a flavour of what is possible, and are routes that work particularly well. We can use these as a basis to plan your trip or can design a completely different itinerary to suit your tastes and interests. Please call one of our Indonesia specialists to start planning your itinerary.

T 01993 838 110

Day 1

Arrive in Bali and transfer to your Sanur hotel.

Day 2

Relax by the pool or on the beach.

Day 3

Set off for Tanah Lot temple on the way to your beachfront hotel near the town of Medewi.

Day 4

Visit the village homes of some of your hotel staff, who will accompany you and offer an insight into their daily lives.

Day 5

Continue up the coast to Pura Rambut Siwi Temple and on to your hotel in the beautiful fishing village of Pemuteran.

Day 6

Spend the day snorkelling in the bay or head out to Menjangan Island, home to Bali’s best coral reef.

Day 7

Enjoy another day on the beach.

Day 8

Take a scenic drive to the former hill station of Munduk from where you can organise a number of excursions.

Day 9

Relax in the spa or explore the area by mountain bike.

Day 10

Continue on to Ubud, stopping off at the iconic Pura Ulun Danau Bratan and passing Mount Batukaru en route.

Day 11

Explore Ubud and its art and craft markets with your guide.

Day 12

Spend the day exploring at your own pace or just relaxing at your hotel.

Day 13

Enjoy most of the day to relax before returning to the airport for your onward flight.

Getting around There is a good flight network across the vast Indonesian Archipelago, making it easy to combine a number of islands. Boat journeys are also possible between Bali and Java or Lombok, and private cars with a driver and guide are available in all locations. Some road journeys in Sulawesi can be long and the roads of varying condition.

View of Mount Rinjani, Lombok

When to go Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

3

3

3

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33

3

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

Eastern Indonesia has a dry season lasting from April until December with the tropical rains largely disappearing by February. The further east you go (e.g. Komodo Island), the more prominent this becomes. The exception to this is if you are cruising as far as the Spice Islands or Raja Ampat off Papua, which can only be visited from October to April. Time difference: GMT+7-9 hours

Prices

Traditionally decorated house, Tana Toraja, Sulawesi

140

We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to Indonesia on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans.

Stay longer If you have a few more days, you may wish to travel to the beaches, mountains and villages of eastern Bali to complete a circular tour of the island.

Suggested itineraries kalimantan

kalimantan

sulawesi

sulawesi

Sorong

Tana Toraja kalimantan sulawesi

Labuan Bajo

Makassar

Moni Bajawa

bali

Komodo

Sanur

Rinca Ruteng

bali

flores Ende

Cruise route

Makassar

west papua

bali lombok

Ubud

Bali & Sulawesi Discovery

Indonesian Island Explorer

Cruising Raja Ampat

Experience the best Bali has to offer including its glorious beaches and Hindu temples. Visit the island’s cultural heart Ubud, where you can wander the art galleries and enjoy the stunning scenery of central Bali. Follow it up with a fascinating trip to Sulawesi to get an insight into the ancient customs of the Torajans.

For the more seasoned traveller Flores is an exciting island and one of the most beautiful in Indonesia. Warm tropical waters, lush rainforest, traditional villages and welcoming people make for a rewarding experience. On either side of your time in Flores enjoy a couple of nights relaxing in Bali.

Explore the remote but spectacular islands off Papua in eastern Indonesia on a SeaTrek scheduled cruise. Visit traditional fishing villages, discover stunning wildlife, and swim and snorkel in the crystal-clear waters. Finish your trip with a few days relaxing on the white beaches of Lombok.

Day 1

Arrive in Bali where you will be met and taken to your nearby hotel.

Day 1

Arrive in Bali where you will be met and transferred to your beach hotel.

Day 1

Day 2

See one of Bali’s most iconic sights, the cliff temple of Uluwatu.

Day 2

Enjoy the day on the beach, by your pool or exploring Sanur.

Arrive in Makassar where you will be met and taken to your hotel for a night to acclimatise after your flight.

Day 2

Enjoy the day on the beach or by the pool.

Day 3

Fly onwards to Sorong and board your cruise boat.

Day 3

Explore the island of Gam, home to the red bird of paradise, before setting sail for the Wayag Islands.

Day 4

Enjoy the small coves and lagoons around the Wayag Islands.

Day 5

Continue to explore the Wayag Islands.

Day 6

Attempt to spot some birds in the rich vegetation of Boo Island.

Day 7

Visit the fishing villages around the Nusela Islands.

Day 8

Continue east to the town of Bajawa for an insight into the ancient culture and unique traditions of the area’s untouched villages.

Continue to explore the Misool Archipelago, and enjoy the many swimming and snorkelling opportunities.

Day 9

Head down to the coastal town of Ende.

Swim and snorkel around Timolol Cave and some of the local reefs.

Day 10

Have a final full day on the boat.

Day 11

Leave the cruise and fly to Bali.

Day 12

Take the ferry to Lombok for a couple of days relaxing on the beach.

Day 13

Have a full day relaxing in Lombok.

Day 14

Head to the airport for your onward flight.

Day 3 Day 4

Day 5

Explore Bali’s cultural capital, Ubud, and its abundance of art galleries and restaurants. Discover the beautiful scenery around Ubud, including the picturesque rice terraces and local villages.

Day 6

Enjoy the day at leisure.

Day 7

Have the morning to relax ahead of an evening flight to Makassar, Sulawesi.

Day 8

The long journey north to Tana Toraja should take eight to ten hours.

Day 9

Spend the day exploring villages and witness the unique funeral ceremonies.

Day 10

Spend a second day exploring this fascinating area.

Day 11

A final day in Tana Toraja.

Day 12

Set off early as you travel back down to Makassar and take a late afternoon flight to Bali.

Days 13-14 Relax on the beach. Day 15

Head to the airport for your onward flight.

Stay longer From Sulawesi you can fly back to Java rather than Bali and explore the island’s volcanoes and temples. Alternatively, plan a city stopover en route to or from Indonesia in Kuala Lumpur, Hong Kong, Bangkok or Singapore.

Day 4

Fly to Flores and cruise to Rinca Island to see the famous Komodo dragons, snorkel in the clear waters or relax on one of the beautiful beaches. Head on to Komodo Island for further time exploring the archipelago and tracking the dragons.

Day 5

Head back to Flores for an overnight stay in Labuan Bajo.

Day 6

Begin your journey through Flores as you travel to Ruteng, known for its ikat weaving and bustling market.

Day 7

Day 8 Day 9

Journey back into the hills for a stay near Moni.

Day 10

Watch a spectacular sunrise over the coloured lakes of Kelimutu and then return to Ende for your flight to Bali.

Day 11

Have a full day to relax.

Day 12

Enjoy the day free to do as you wish.

Day 13

Head to the airport for your onward flight.

Stay longer

Stay longer You might like to add some extra days in Bali to explore Ubud or the quieter beaches of the east coast.

Explore further in Bali with a few days in the island’s cultural capital of Ubud. Or, if you have more time, discover the temples and volcanoes of Java.

www.audleytravel.com/indonesia • 01993 838 110 • Indonesia

141

Philippines C

ulturally and geographically distinct from the rest of Southeast Asia, the Philippines is a diverse country with a rich culture, myriad attractions and incredibly friendly people who offer a wonderfully warm and genuine welcome to visitors. Over 7,000 islands make up the archipelago, an early trading point between the Middle East and China, and its long and complex history has created a rich cultural system where Arabic numbers, Hispanic names and widespread use of English combine in a fascinating mix. Although none of the traders or settlers ventured much beyond the cities, over 350 years of Spanish occupation has left an indelible mark in the form of colonial architecture, devout Catholicism and an array of lively fiestas. A host of white sandy beaches and untouched coral reefs means most travellers head for the coast, but the jungle-clad interior with its stunning rice terraces, active volcanoes, caves and waterfalls should not be overlooked. Here too you will find the traditional tribes and ancient agricultural systems that make the Philippines such a surprising and rewarding destination.

Audley in the Philippines Although renowned for its splendid beaches, the Philippines has far more to offer travellers who are willing to explore its lush interior. We recommend you venture away from the coast with a private driver and guide to visit the spectacular rice terraces of Banaue, the crater lakes and active volcanoes of southern Luzon and the natural beauty of Bohol. An island-hopping itinerary through the Visayas gives a fantastic overview of several islands and a chance to get a real flavour of the country. The more intrepid traveller willing to investigate inland as well as enjoying the beauty of the coast will discover many unexpected treasures in the Philippines.

Accommodation Accommodation options in the Philippines are constantly developing, and now in the major cities like Manila and Cebu small boutique hotels, grand historic properties and first-class resorts can all be found. In more remote areas such as Banaue, Sagada and the Batanes, choice is extremely limited with some options being very simple, therefore we recommend planning early to ensure the best possible choice. In the Visayas group of islands we have a number of properties that take advantage of the white-sand beaches and world-class diving. At the upper end of the spectrum the Philippines now has a variety of high-end properties including the El Nido resorts on islands around Palawan, Amanpulo on the private Pamalican Island and Siargao’s Dedon Island. Some of these exclusive resorts can only be reached by small chartered aircraft.

1 Banaue Rice Terraces Built over 2,000 years ago, these stunning rice terraces are a feat of man’s ingenuity and an incredible sight. See page 145

Batanes

2 Manila Cosmopolitan Manila defies expectations with everything from the atmospheric walled city of Intramuros to the stylish restaurants and hotels of Makati. See page 144 3 Palawan Kayak through limestone karst scenery or snorkel and dive the azure waters of El Nido. See pages 150-151

5 Bohol Home to the tarsier and the unusual Chocolate Hills, Bohol is a fantastic place to explore. See page 148

World-class diving The Philippines has a number of spectacular dive spots for both beginners and more experienced divers. See page 154

Laoag Vigan

1

Banaue Baguio

Cauayan

Ati Atihan The Philippines’ most exuberant festival, a display of tribal dance, music and costume.

Luzon

Mount Pinatubo

2 MANILA

Corregidor Taal Volcano

4 Boracay

Lake Taal

Mount Mayon

Legazpi Donsol

Mindoro

The four kilometre stretch of pristine white sand makes this the country’s best-known El Nido beach resort. See page 149

Coron

Masbate Boracay

4 Pamalican

Samar

Caticlan Kalibo Panay

Visayas

Leyte Cebu

Cebu

Mactan Island

3

Puerto Princesa

Negros Occidental Negros Oriental

Bohol

5

Siargao Islands

Tagbilaran

Panglao Island DumagueteApo Siquijor

Palawan

PHILIPPINES Sulu Sea

Mindanao

Davao

BORNEO

0

100 miles

0

161 kilometres

Rice terraces, Bangaan

www.audleytravel.com/philippines • 01993 838 155 • Philippines

143

Manila Cathedral, Intramuros

Manila Set on Manila Bay, the capital of the Philippines is divided into various districts, each with its own unique character. Linking these districts are vibrantly decorated, but at times erratically maintained, ‘Jeepney’ pick-up trucks which ferry locals from place to place. Although many visitors use Manila simply as a convenient stopover, it is worth allowing a few days to explore the city. Remnants of the Spanish colonial era are found in the heart of Manila in the 16th century walled city of Intramuros. Here, dungeons and old churches share space with art galleries, theatres and a nature park. At the edge of the city walls, Rizal Park is worth exploring in the early morning when groups of people can be seen silently practising t’ai chi. Chinatown stretches along the northern bank of the Pasig River and is a vivid testament to the long history of Chinese settlement in the Philippines, with traditional tea houses and shops selling offerings and incense. The business district of Makati offers a marked contrast, home to grand five star hotels and sprawling shopping centres. Far more traditional is Quiapo, its streets lined with herbalists, fortune tellers, traders and the country’s best handicraft market. Malate and Ermita districts are popular for their eclectic variety of restaurants, clubs, bars and cafes as well as local art and antiques.

Manila Hotel This 500 room hotel is located in the heart of Manila. It opened in 1912 and has played host to an array of visitors from Eisenhower and Nixon to the Beatles. The hotel has been renovated many times and the rooms offer a comfortable base while exploring the city. There is a swimming pool, a spa, and a wide range of restaurants including a Spanish hacienda-style cafe, Chinese and Japanese offerings, and the Cowrie Grill, elaborately decorated with cowrie shells.

Peninsula Hotel, Manila This imposing hotel is in the heart of the Makati district and remains one of the best options in central Manila. The Peninsula has two wings, with 464 rooms and suites, all tastefully furnished and appointed with modern conveniences. There are a number of excellent restaurants and bars nearby. The hotel also has a swimming pool, spa and gym.

Peninsula Hotel, Manila

144

Corregidor Strategically placed in Manila Bay, Corregidor became an offshore fortress when heavy fortifications were built to protect the capital, Manila. The island’s network of defences were tested to extremes during the Battle of Corregidor, the final act of Japan’s conquest of the Philippines during World War II. Filipino and American soldiers resisted a heavy onslaught but, as the island was starved of food and water, were forced to surrender in 1942. The island was recaptured from the Japanese in February 1945. Today, Corregidor is a scenic spot offering sweeping views of the bay. A full day guided tour allows visitors to explore the interesting and well-preserved fortifications across the island.

Suspended coffins, Sagada

Batad village surrounded by rice terraces

Ifugao man, Banaue

Banaue Rice Terraces

Batad & Bangaan

Mayoyao

The Cordillera Central Region, north of Manila, is a mountainous area which unveils a very different side of the Philippines. Baguio City is the main market and hub for the region’s indigenous tribes. Heading north you pass through traditional villages before you reach tranquil Sagada, with its limestone caves festooned with hanging coffins. Bontoc is the next main town, with its museum dedicated to the local population and Masferre, a photographer whose photos, taken between 1934 and 1956, document the traditional way of life of the people here.

The steeply terraced mountainsides of Batad are easily the most recognisable in the area and can be reached in one hour from Banaue town by local Jeepney. Embracing the small village of Batad in a verdant amphitheatre, the towering terraces make for a spectacular panorama. Various trekking options are available here including an option to visit Tappiya falls which involves a steep descent to the valley floor.

Little visited and highly traditional, Mayoyao offers a glimpse into rural life in the Philippines in times past. Here, high up in the mountains, the local people have maintained a wonderful tapestry of terraces and small settlements which date back centuries. Settlements are spread out due to the topography of the land but also to prevent the spread of fire between the wooden houses. Due to its naturally fortified position, Mayoyao became a Japanese stronghold during World War II until their eventual defeat at the Battle of Mayoyao Ridge in 1945. Visitors here are few and far between, however, those willing to undertake the three hour drive from Banaue will be amply rewarded.

The highlight of the region is Banaue and its amphitheatre of 2,000 year old rice terraces. Built by the Ifugao tribes and stretching through the valley, the grandeur of the landscape carved out by generations of farmers is one of Asia’s most spectacular sights. While in the region, you will almost certainly meet some of the Ifugao people, often clad in traditional dress, who maintain the ancient irrigation systems and rice paddies. Although the rice terraces of Banaue are the most well-known, the region has several other areas where snaking terraces adorn the hillsides. The long road journey from Cauayan airport and the basic accommodation are well worth it for the spectacular landscape and the insight into the way of life of the Ifugao people.

The nearby village of Bangaan is much smaller but the surrounding rice terraces are beautifully kept and utterly serene. The local Ifugao people warmly welcome visitors and are keen to teach guests about their traditional way of life.

Banaue Hotel The simple yet charming Banaue Hotel offers one of the very few comfortable accommodation options in the area. Sitting at the top of a hill at the entrance to Banaue township, the hotel is surrounded by mountains and offers sweeping views over the rice terraces. There are 74 plain but spacious, wood-panelled rooms with simple decor including some traditional touches. A meal in the hotel restaurant or a dip in the pool however, comes with some of the best views in the country and there’s a weekly cultural show held in the expansive lobby. Ifugao woman, Banaue

www.audleytravel.com/philippines • 01993 838 155 • Philippines

145

Vigan, Ilocos region

Laoag & Vigan Laoag, the capital of the Ilocos region in northern Luzon, is accessible by air from Manila, and is a good starting point for exploring some of the northern coastline and the UNESCO World Heritage Town of Vigan. Founded as a trading centre in 1572 by the Spanish conquistador Juan de Salcedo, Vigan is now one of the best remaining examples of Spanish colonial architecture in the Philippines. Unlike Manila and Cebu it was not damaged during World War II and remains largely intact. The best time to visit is the first week in May, when the town comes alive for the Viva Vigan Festival of the Arts.

Tagaytay & Taal Beautifully situated with wonderful views over Lake Taal and the volcano, Tagaytay is a popular weekend retreat for local visitors. It is just a couple of hours south of Manila, and has a wide selection of accommodation as well as some of the country’s best restaurants. The heritage town of Taal is located around 45 minutes away close to the lake’s edge and has a collection of well-preserved 18 th and 19 th-century colonial buildings and ancestral houses. The town is also known for its beautiful hand-embroidered fabrics, and the Galleria Taal Camera Museum, which portrays the history of the Philippines through photographs and has an impressive collection of antique cameras. 146

Discovery Country Suites, Tagaytay Perched on a ridge overlooking Taal Lake and Volcano, Discovery Country Suites is a tranquil retreat from Manila. There are just seven themed suites here giving the property a very intimate atmosphere which is matched by highly personal service. Each spacious suite is decorated around a different geographical theme but all are contemporary in style with muted colour schemes and rich fabrics. The award-winning restaurant is bright and airy and has a large deck overlooking the lake. In the evening you can relax in the hot tub in the garden soaking up the views.

Legazpi From its humble beginnings as a small port town, Legazpi has grown into a popular base for outdoor adventures including climbing Mount Mayon. Even if you are not an avid trekker, views of the Mayon landscape can be admired from various points in the surrounding countryside.

View over Lake Taal

Nearby, Cagsawa is home to one of the province’s most photographed ruins, the Cagsawa Church. It was built in the 16th century but was buried along with 200 villagers when Mount Mayon erupted in 1814. Only the belfry and walls of the priest’s house remain today. The Baroque church of Daraga is also worth a visit and history enthusiasts will also enjoy Lignon Hill which overlooks Legazpi. During World War II, the Japanese surveyed the area from this vantage point and created a small network of tunnels which can now be explored as part of a tour. There is also a small museum which houses original uniforms and artefacts. Legazpi is reached by a short flight from Manila.

Donsol South of Legazpi is the town of Donsol, one of the best locations to swim with or spot whale sharks in the Philippines. Relax on board a traditional Filipino boat as it skims across the warm, clear waters in search of these amiable giants. While the sharks feed on microscopic krill and plankton, visitors can swim and snorkel nearby, or just enjoy being in the presence of such amazing creatures. Nearby Ticao Island is also well known as a congregation point for manta rays, so a few days in seemingly sleepy Donsol can easily become an exhilarating stay.

Mount Mayon

Trekking to Mount Pinatubo

Volcano trekking A chain of volcanoes, many of them active, sweep across the landscape of Luzon, the largest island in the Philippines. Besides their stunning appearance and fascinating geology they also offer ample opportunity for adventure from 4x4 trips to scenic helicopter flights and rewarding trekking.

Taal Volcano

Taal Volcano Heading southeast from Manila you pass sugar plantations, pretty villages and vegetable and flower farms en route to Tagaytay. Here you can witness the spectacular natural panorama of Taal Volcano’s numerous craters rising from the middle of Lake Taal. Taal Volcano, or Volcano Island as it is also known, has a reputation as one of the world’s smallest yet most active volcanoes, with frequent rumbles emanating from its most prominent craters. There are several viewpoints out over Lake Taal including from Tagaytay, but it is also possible to climb the volcano itself, depending on its activity, from the small town of Talisay. Crossing Lake Taal, you arrive on the black lava shores to begin the ascent to the rim from where you have superb views of the caldera. The trek up the dusty track of the volcano will take you around one hour.

Mount Pinatubo Apo Malyari, the ‘Great Provider’ and the highest deity of the Aeta people, is said to reside at Mount Pinatubo along with the ancestral spirits of some of the 3,000 nomadic Aeta Negritoes of Pampanga, Tarlac and Zambales Provinces, north of Manila. In 1991, the ‘Sleeping Giant’ suddenly exploded, becoming one of the more significant volcanic eruptions of the 20 th century. Mudflows cascaded down its slopes destroying everything in their path and leaving behind a labyrinth of towering lahar cliffs. Since then, the mountain’s breathtaking terrain and rugged beauty has drawn scores of adventure lovers. Driving by 4x4 for around two hours will take you through barren terrain leading to a valley clearing where the climb to the top begins. It is a fairly straightforward climb for the active, taking about two hours or so and Lingayen Gulf and boulders en route. It is crossing streams possible to explore the landscape of Mount Pinatubo on a day trip from Manila, although

Luzon

Mount Pinatubo

a very early start is required. Alternatively, stay overnight in the area or take a scenic flight from Manila out over Lake Taal as well as Mount Pinatubo to see the volcanic landscape in all its splendour. Mount Mayon Adventures around Mount Mayon are easily accessible from Legazpi in southeastern Luzon. This majestic volcano dominates the skyline as it rises spectacularly from the flat terrain of Albay Province, with its impressive plume of smoke heralding its destructive potential. It is possible to climb Mount Mayon in a day if you are an experienced walker, but as this is an active volcano, you will be accompanied by a skilled mountain guide at all times. Alternatively, you could choose to explore the volcanic landscape by 4x4. The 45 minute ride takes you through gullies, rivers and over fallen lava rocks to the lava wall and provides an insight into the indelible mark the volcano’s eruptions have left on the landscape.

PHILIPPINES Polillo

Manila Bay

MANILA

Corregidor

Tagaytay

Lubang

Taal

Lamon Bay

Calagua

Alabat

Taal Volcano

Lake Taal

Patnanongan Jomalig

Catanduanes Tayabas Bay

Ragay Gulf

Lagonoy Gulf Mount Mayon

Verde Marinduque

Mindoro 0

50 miles

0

80 kilometres

Sibuyan Sea Tablas

Busuanga

Legazpi

Burias

Donsol

Sibuyan Masbate

Samar

www.audleytravel.com/philippines • 01993 838 155 • Philippines

147

Tarsier, Bohol

Visayas archipelago

Dumaguete

The Visayas stretch from Boracay in the north to Apo Island in the south and the islands in this group are home to fantastic snorkelling and diving, beautiful beaches, centuries-old Spanish churches and pristine national parks. It is easy to arrange an island-hopping itinerary to include many of the highlights.

The capital of Negros Oriental, Dumaguete, is a university town which contributes to its youthful and laid-back atmosphere. It is the gateway to Dauin with its many dive resorts, and the beautiful Apo Island with its stunning coral and turtles. There is also a colourful festival here in May when groups of dancers from the various barangays (neighbourhoods) don bright costumes and dance along a parade route.

Bohol & Panglao Island Immortalised on countless postcards, the Chocolate Hills of Bohol are an unforgettable geological formation undulating across the landscape. There are almost 1,800 dome-shaped limestone hills surrounding the towns of Carmen, Batuan and Sagbayan, green for most of the year but fading to an earthy brown when the dry season takes hold. Bohol is also home to the endangered tarsier, one of the smallest primates in the world. The renowned Philippine Tarsier Foundation sanctuary gives you the opportunity

Amorita, Panglao Island

148

Chocolate Hills, Bohol

to observe them in their natural habitat. Panglao Island, to the southwest of Bohol, is known for its fine beaches and excellent diving amongst black coral forests, shoals of hammerhead sharks and the occasional visiting dolphin. It’s best to visit from March to May to avoid the wet season and enjoy the many festivals that erupt in the small towns and villages. Bohol can be reached by ferry from Cebu or Dumaguete or a short flight from Manila.

Amorita, Panglao Island Set in clifftop gardens overlooking a white-sand beach, Amorita consists of 97 rooms and villas, some with ocean views and private plunge pools and all designed in a clean contemporary style. There are several swimming pools, two restaurants and a spa, as well as a whole host of activities that can be enjoyed from the resort such as dolphin watching, diving and countryside tours that offer a unique insight into Filipino life.

Atmosphere, Dauin Located in Dauin, Atmosphere is set within an old coconut plantation on a large black-sand beach. This boutique resort has a welcoming feel and only 30 suites, apartments and luxury penthouses. From the infinity pool you can enjoy views of the sea and there is also an excellent spa, dive centre and a fine dining restaurant. Stepping off the beach, there is a large house reef with plenty of macro life including mantis shrimps, frogfish and nudibranchs.

Atmosphere, Dauin

Harbour at sunrise, Cebu

Paliton Beach, Siquijor

View from Diniwid Beach, Boracay

Siquijor

Cebu

Only accessible by ferry from Dumaguete, Siquijor is known as the mystic island. A number of the people living here provide herbal remedies and are known as healers. The island is also blessed with historical and natural attractions such as picturesque Paliton Beach.

Cebu is the second city of the Philippines and has an international airport, as well as several shopping malls. Trade with China flourished here long before the Spanish colonialists arrived in the 16th century and many Chinese and Spanish landmarks remain. Across a road bridge, Mactan Island is made entirely of coral. Once a quiet fishing community, it is now home to some of the most comfortable resorts in the Visayas. Just off the northern coast of Cebu is the small island of Malapascua. This is the place to dive if you want to see thresher sharks, dolphins, manta rays and the occasional whale shark.

Coco Grove Beach Resort, Siquijor Our favourite place to stay on Siquijor is the Coco Grove Beach Resort which overlooks a lovely white-sand beach and has 63 bungalows dotted around landscaped gardens. The fully-equipped dive centre can arrange trips on the house reef as well as to nearby Apo Island and other locations. Coco Grove work hard to protect the reefs in the area and take interested clients on dives to collect litter from the reef.

Abaca Resort, Mactan Island An intimate boutique property aimed at total relaxation, Abaca is located on Mactan Island near Cebu. Its six deluxe suites and three spacious villas are set in lush tropical surroundings and are chic and minimalist in style. Dark woods and natural stone combine with local craftwork in the bedrooms and the over-sized bathrooms also feature free-standing baths and separate showers. Each room and villa has floor-to-ceiling windows and a private terrace or garden with panoramic ocean views. Guests are treated to round-the-clock butler service as well as a beautiful spa and a wellregarded Mediterranean restaurant.

Abaca Resort, Mactan Island

Boracay Reached by boat from Caticlan on the northern tip of Panay, Boracay is the best-known island in the Philippines, famed for its stunning fourkilometre-long White Beach. The island offers countless diving and snorkelling opportunities as well as a golf course. A popular destination for weekend visitors from Manila, Boracay has an overwhelming choice of hotels, restaurants and bars, but we can help direct you towards the quieter locations on the island away from the crowds.

Coco Grove Beach Resort, Siquijor

www.audleytravel.com/philippines • 01993 838 155 • Philippines

149

El Nido, Palawan

Palawan Across the water to the southwest of the main island of Luzon, Palawan is another island group, made up of more than 1,700 islands and islets, and is truly the last natural frontier of the entire archipelago. Remote jungles and rugged limestone scenery tower over pristine beaches and excellent diving reefs which are protected by the strong local commitment to eco-tourism. Northern Palawan is home to the protected area of El Nido, a region of outstanding beauty and an enticing natural playground waiting to be explored. Further south near Sabang, the Underground River is a UNESCO World Heritage Site and follows a network of pitchblack caves thought to be the longest navigable tunnel in the world. It is a fascinating place to explore. Southern Palawan is most easily reached by plane to the capital, Puerto Princesa, from Cebu or Manila.

El Nido Resorts Pangulasian Island

150

Amanpulo, Pamalican Island

El Nido Resorts Lagen Island

El Nido Resorts, Palawan The El Nido resorts are located on four separate islands in the El Nido-Taytay Marine Protected Area. Three of the properties are situated on islands in Bacuit Bay, and are all blessed with gorgeous beaches with a backdrop of limestone cliffs. Miniloc Island offers the traditional Filipino Nipa-hut accommodation, whilst Lagen Island has a swimming pool and is more modern in style. Pangulasian Island has luxury villas with easy access to the resort’s private beach. The fourth property is on Apulit Island in Taytay Bay and boasts a colourful house reef, fascinating caves and a stunning limestone forest trail. Kayaking, snorkelling, scuba diving, as well as other ecofriendly landbased activities are offered at each property. The resorts grow their own organic produce, and work with the local community to help preserve the natural environment. El Nido Resorts are accessed via direct flights from Manila or Cebu to the El Nido airstrip.

An exclusive resort in the Philippines, Amanpulo sits on the private island of Pamalican and offers a luxury stay in total seclusion. The breathtaking white sandy beaches are surrounded by clear turquoise waters teeming with marine life, and a coral reef lies only 300 metres from shore. The 42 casitas and 16 villas are tastefully designed in traditional Filipino style and are scattered along the beach and in among the tropical forests. Amanpulo is the perfect sanctuary for those wishing for a peaceful stay on a remote tropical island.

Amanpulo, Pamalican Island

Entrance to the underground river, Sabang

Diver near Palawan Island

Kayangan Lake, Coron

Sabang

Club Paradise, Dimakya

Sabang is a beautiful little beach settlement on the edge of the Puerto Princesa Subterranean National Park. The park is home to an underground river that empties into the sea and boat trips along its course offer a view of the diverse ecosystems that run its length. Recognised as a UNESCO World Heritage Site, it attracts many visitors but the surrounding karst landscape and beautiful forests offer plenty of opportunities to retreat from the crowds.

Coron Island

Puerto Princesa

Puerto Princesa The capital of Palawan and hailed as the Philippines’ cleanest and greenest city, Puerto Princesa acts as a base for trips to nearby Sabang and the Puerto Princesa Subterranean River National Park. The city has a thriving restaurant scene with many dining spots specialising in local seafood, and is a gateway to the beautiful surrounding countryside and offshore islands. The clear waters here are home to dolphins, turtles and rays, making it a good place to spot marine life.

As the El Nido region grows in popularity, the island of Coron, in the north of Palawan, is a great alternative. It is renowned for its limestone cliffs that rise vertically out of the sea and harbour beautiful coves offering fantastic snorkelling opportunities. Inland there are a number of volcanic lakes to explore, the most beautiful being Kayangan which is surrounded by rock walls and is a delight for swimmers and snorkellers. Coron is equally well placed to take advantage of some excellent wreck diving offshore as well as for exploring the cultural legacy of the Tagbanua people who inhabit the island and still maintain many of their traditional customs and beliefs.

Nestled in the heart of Coron’s UNESCOrecognised biosphere reserve with 700 metres of white-sand beach, limestone karst scenery and lush tropical jungle the island of Dimakya has an enviable position in the waters just off Coron Island. Club Paradise, has 53 comfortable rooms located either on the beach, in the jungle or on the hillside and is the island’s only resort. Facilities are plentiful with a large pool, restaurant, fully-stocked bar and gym making it a perfect base for exploring. The area is also home to an array of marine and bird life which can be seen on nature treks around the island and while snorkelling or diving.

Club Paradise, Dimakya

www.audleytravel.com/philippines • 01993 838 155 • Philippines

151

Marlboro Hills on Batan, Batanes

Batanes

Sabtang

Situated in the far north of the Philippine archipelago the group of islands that make up the province of Batanes are quite different to any of the country’s other 7,000+ islands. The three main islands, Batan, Sabtang and Itbayat, each have their own unique draw. The rolling hills on Batan are quite beautiful, its villages welcoming and its capital Basco has all the amenities required to support the island. Community spirit is strong and people can be seen working together on small building projects. To the north of the island Mount Iraya dominates the horizon and there are a number of trekking routes, there is even a small dive school on the island. Although connected to Manila by air, the island is remote enough to see only a trickle of visitors.

A 30 minute ferry ride from Batan will take you to Sabtang Island, a living museum, home to the Ivatan people. The small villages here hug the coastline and still retain well-preserved traditional homes built using rock and grass native to the area. Walls are built one metre thick and grass roofing is tied on tightly using strong reeds as the island lies in the path of powerful storms. People here lead a simple and highly traditional life with farming and fishing providing the islanders’ main income. A mountainous interior and rugged coastline fringed with white beaches make it all the more enjoyable to visit. The islands are protected and have been shortlisted for UNESCO recognition by the year 2020.

Thatched building, Batan

152

Fundacion Pacita Batanes Nature Lodge, Batan

Fundacion Pacita Batanes Nature Lodge, Batan Perched on a rugged hilltop with panoramic views of the island’s interior and the Pacific coastline, Fundacion Pacita Batanes Nature Lodge is a boutique hotel designed for famed local artist Pacita de Abad. Although she never lived here, her life’s work is documented and showcased in the hotel’s gallery. The hotel has just 12 charming and eclectic rooms, each with its own en suite bathroom and private balcony overlooking the well-tended gardens. The restaurant serves Western dishes as well as local specialities and lunch is a sociable event where everyone eats at the same time. You can take to the walking trails across the nearby hills, stroll down to the beach or learn about the work done by the hotel’s foundation which trains local people in the hospitality industry.

Beach on Sabtang

Traditional home on Sabtang

Landscape of Batan

Man hand-fishing, Siargao

Siargao Gorgeous white-sand beaches, limestone caves and crystal-clear lagoons make Siargao a joy to explore. The island is best known, however, for its surfing, and is home to the legendary surf spot, Cloud 9. Beyond chasing the perfect swell, life is laid back and visitors can spend time wandering the island, taking in the lush tropical vegetation and beautiful seascapes or simply getting to know the friendly locals. Siargao’s markets are perfect for learning about the island’s exotic fruit and vegetables and fresh seafood, all of which can be sampled at one of the local restaurants.

Surfer on a boardwalk, Siargao

Dedon Island, Siargao An intimate boutique option in a pristine tropical location, Dedon Island is just 40 minutes from Siargao airport but feels like a world away. Local materials and craftsmanship feature heavily yet the resort is stylishly chic and sophisticated in every way. Along with peace and tranquillity, superb views and an excellent restaurant, you also have the chance to go surfing, paddle boarding or water skiing, take tours to nearby islands, fish on the Philippine Deep, the third deepest marine trench in the world, or simply relax in the spa. There are also plenty of activities for children. Food, drinks and the vast majority of activities are all included, so you can make the most of your time here.

Festivals The Philippines is renowned for its exuberant festivals, and our specialists will be able to advise you on how best to incorporate the experience into your trip. Many are tied to the religious calendar; in Pampanga, just north of Manila, Christmas and Easter see spectacular lantern festivals and vivid re-enactments of the crucifixion. Manila lets its hair down during the February Bamboo Organ Festival, and Bohol is known for its harvest celebrations in May. The most impressive however, is Ati Atihan, a spectacular array of dancing, music and mayhem celebrated in Kalibo in January on Panay Island in the Visayas archipelago.

Dedon Island, Siargao

www.audleytravel.com/philippines • 01993 838 155 • Philippines

153

Tailoring your trip The itineraries shown are designed to give you a flavour of what is possible, and are routes that work particularly well. We can use these as a basis to plan your trip or can design a completely different itinerary to suit your tastes and interests. Please call one of our Philippines specialists to start planning your itinerary.

T 01993 838 155

Getting around Whale shark, Donsol

Diving in the Philippines Forming part of the renowned coral triangle, the Philippines boasts worldclass diving and snorkelling for all levels of experience. El Nido, Palawan The area around El Nido makes up one of the largest marine sanctuaries in the Philippines and has an impressive diversity of species. There are a variety of diving experiences on offer here. The limestone karst islands provide sheltered areas such as Small Lagoon which are ideal for beginners, whilst the nutrient-rich currents around the islands encourage the growth of a hugely diverse ecosystem, meaning that there are fascinating dive spots for the most experienced divers too. Coron, Palawan Here divers will relish the adventure and history surrounding the Japanese ships sunk in Coron during World War II. The abandoned vessels provide refuge for an abundance of marine life hidden in the shadows cast by the ghostly wreckage. Apo Island, Visayas Apo Island is a beautiful combination of white-sand beaches, palm trees and crystal-clear waters. Once under the surface, the well-developed corals and exotic marine life will impress even the most seasoned divers. Reef sharks and turtles are common sights while manta rays or whale sharks may also be seen at times. Those with more experience can descend into the currents that flow past Coconut Point, watching the colourful underwater scenery pass by.

154

Dauin Beach, Visayas This volcanic-sand beach south of Dumaguete is the entry point to one of the best muck dive sites in the Philippines. As you descend the sandy slope, rare creatures such as flamboyant cuttlefish, nudibranchs, harlequin ghost pipefish and frogfish can be spotted. If you know where to look, you can even find the beautiful, yet highly poisonous, blue ringed octopus. Due to the gently descending slope, this site is perfect for beginners or experienced divers and is a macro photographer’s dream. Malapascua, near Cebu The small island of Malapascua, just off the northern tip of Cebu, offers a whole host of fantastic dive sites including Gato Island. This is a marine reserve and sea snake sanctuary which also boasts a cavern to explore; wonderful corals provide homes to stunning mandarin fish and tiny pygmy seahorses. Monad Shoal, another popular site, is a submerged island sitting on the edge of a 200 metre drop-off. This area is regularly visited by large pelagic life including manta rays but more impressively, the very rare and elusive thresher shark, whose whipping tail can be as long as its body. This species is not sighted so frequently anywhere else in the world. Donsol, Southern Luzon Donsol is famous for its whale sharks which can be seen off the coast usually between February and May. It is possible to snorkel alongside these gentle giants but diving equipment is prohibited. To submerge completely, divers can visit nearby Manta Bowl, a manta ray cleaning station where cleaner wrasse remove the parasites from the mantas’ skin.

With over 7,000 islands it is impossible to see all of the Philippines in one visit. In order to visit the key sites a number of flights will be required, possibly passing through Manila on more than one occasion. The Philippines now has a number of established airlines but it is not uncommon to experience the odd delay and some of the smaller aircraft operate reduced luggage allowances. When covering shorter distances and embarking on tours we suggest you use a private vehicle, guide and driver. This can be a relatively expensive way to travel, however it is the most comfortable and necessary to reach more remote areas such as Banaue. Ferry travel is commonplace in the Philippines and can be an excellent and cost efficient way to travel between many of the island groups such as the Visayas. Our specialists will be able to discuss the best means of travel for you and plan your itinerary accordingly.

When to go Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

3

~

33 33 33

3

3

~

5

5

5

3

33 The best time to travel. 3 A good time to travel, but there may be some factors to be aware of.

~

Travel is possible, but this is not the best time of year.

5 Travel is not recommended.

There are many different micro-climates within the Philippines, but there are two main seasons. December to June is the dry season with May and June being the warmest months. July to November is the wet season. Rainfall begins in Northern Luzon in early June and gradually makes its way south. Cebu and the central Visayas normally stay dry until the beginning of July. The best time to visit is between February and May, when the weather is warm and dry. Typhoons are commonplace between August and November, so this time of year is best avoided. Time difference: GMT+8 hours

Prices We offer trips to cater for a wide range of budgets. You can find up-to-date guideline prices for your trip to the Philippines on our website, alternatively please call our specialists to discuss your plans.

Suggested itineraries Sagada

Banaue

Manila

Banaue

Baguio City

Manila Manila Tagaytay

Cebu

Bohol Dumaguete

Bohol

Classic Philippines This trip gives you a good variety of cultural experiences throughout the Philippines combined with time to relax in a couple of different beach resorts. In-depth exploration of Manila is followed by a few days visiting the rice terraces and traditional villages of northern Luzon. A flight takes you to Cebu for some beach time, combined with a historical tour, and then a ferry takes you to visit the volcanic hills and tarsiers of Bohol.

Highlights of the Philippines

This itinerary gives you the chance to explore many of the different islands of the Philippines, exploring the best beaches, dive sites and snorkelling opportunities as well as the bucolic country scenes of the islands’ interiors.

This itinerary takes in historic Intramuros in the capital Manila, the rice terraces of Banaue in the spectacular Ifugao province, and the tropical islands of the Visayas and Palawan.

Day 1

Arrive in Manila and transfer to your hotel. Day at leisure to explore this bustling metropolis.

Day 3

Fly to Dumaguete and transfer to your resort in Dauin.

Day 2

Day tour of Manila including the Spanish walled city of Intramuros.

Day 4

Day trip to Apo Island for snorkelling or diving.

Day 3

Fly to Cauayan and continue to Banaue, home to the Ifugao people and a spectacular landscape.

Day 5

Spend the day exploring the area around Dumaguete, including the twin lakes.

Day 4

Visit the villages around Banaue and viewpoints for the rice terraces.

Day 6

Take the ferry across to Siquijor.

Day 5

Travel to Sagada taking in the town of Bontoc and the hanging coffins.

Day 7

Explore the island’s laid-back rural scenes and its stunning hills, beaches and coves.

Day 6

Continue your scenic drive to the plains of Baguio City.

Day 8

Day at leisure to relax.

Day 9

A further day at leisure when you may wish to venture out to explore the house reef.

Day 7

Return to Manila and fly to Cebu.

Day 8

Day at leisure to relax at your beach resort.

Day 10

Day 9

City tour of Cebu including the cathedral.

Take the ferry back to Dumaguete and then on to Bohol.

Day 11

Explore the interior of Bohol including a visit to the Chocolate Hills and the chance to spot the rare tarsier.

Day 10

Take the ferry to the island of Bohol.

Day 11

Day trip around Bohol to see tarsiers, take a river cruise and visit the Chocolate Hills.

Days 12-13 Relax at your resort.

Day 12

Day at leisure.

Day 14

Day 13

Fly to Manila for your onward flight.

Stay longer

You may wish to extend your time in northern Luzon by adding a visit to the colonial city of Vigan, or you could take the ferry from Bohol to Siquijor to see evidence of the mysterious occult culture that lingers here.

Bohol

Philippines Island-hopping Tour

Day 2

Stay longer

Mactan Island

Siquijor

Arrive in Manila. Afternoon exploration of Manila’s Malate and Ermita districts.

Day 1

El Nido

Day 1

Arrive in Manila.

Day 2

Fly to Cauayan and continue to Banaue, home to breathtaking scenery and ancient civilisations.

Day 3

Explore the stunning rice terraces at Batad before trekking down into beautiful Bangaan village.

Day 4

Visit the hidden terraces of Mayoyao.

Day 5

Return to Manila and explore the exciting culinary treats in Binondo district.

Day 6

Enjoy a guided tour around Intramuros, a historic walled city in the heart of Manila. 

Day 7

Journey south from Manila to Tagaytay and the nearby heritage town of Taal.

Day 8

Return to Manila and fly to Bohol, gateway to your beachside hotel. 

Day 9

Take an island tour and visit the Chocolate Hills, bee farm and tarsier sanctuary.

Day 10

A full day free to relax or explore, snorkel or dive.

Day 11

Take the ferry to Cebu and transfer to your hotel on Mactan Island.

Day 12

Fly to El Nido, take a boat to your island resort and relax.

Day 13

Full day exploring the islands and coves by boat.

Day 14

Final day to enjoy the stunning scenery and clear blue waters.

Day 15

Return to El Nido for your onward flight.

Fly to Manila for your onward flight.

You could extend your trip by adding more time to your stay on the island of Luzon and heading up to visit the rice terraces of Banaue. You could also choose to go to Boracay at the beginning of the trip and then travel overland across Panay to reach Negros. Alternatively, add on more beach time by flying from Manila to either Amanpulo or El Nido in the Palawan archipelago.

Stay longer Visit the mysterious and laid-back island of Siquijor or travel to the Philippines’ northernmost frontier, the beautiful and traditional Batanes Islands.

www.audleytravel.com/philippines • 01993 838 155 • Philippines

155

Singapore S

ingapore started out as little more than a marshy colonial port town but has grown into one of the world’s great cities. With a fascinating cultural heritage and architectural variety, this island state offers all the colours, flavours and experiences of Asia but set against a backdrop of unrivalled efficiency. Old shophouses sit side by side with grand colonial mansions, high-rise offices and colourful temples while hawkers peddle bowls of steaming noodles next to modern bars and restaurants. Singapore offers an incredible variety of experiences. Chinatown and Little India are its most culturally interesting areas where some of the city’s oldest buildings have been restored and quirky shops, antique dealers, boutique hotels, fashionable cafes and trendy restaurants attract locals and visitors alike. Food is at the heart of the Singapore experience and with its ethnic diversity you will find everything from cheap street eats to some of Asia’s finest restaurants serving a variety of Indian, Malay and Chinese food. Beyond this there are beautiful parks, vibrant festivals, and of course, the Singapore shopping experience.

Audley in Singapore

To Johor Bahru

RA

RO AD

BE SA R N

N

IE ROAD

NEIL

ROAD

The Padang

Boat Raffles Quay Landing QUA Y

Site

Raffles Place

H AC BE

R

AD

BE AC H

3

Y WA GH

RO

A

LIC UB

E AV

NU

E

Kallang Basin

RE P

R O

HI

Fountain of Wealth

Suntec City Mall

C EAST

PAR OAST

(ECP) KWAY

Singapore R A F FL ES AVENUE Flyer Esplanade Theatre on The Bay

5

Marina Bay

YE OLL

R

RE ET

O R

RD

RD

BR ID GE

AD

ESPL ANAD ED R

ST

C H

LL CO NI

Arab Street D

ST N

ST RE ET

VI CT O

ER

RID G

RA

EC

4

P)

CHINATOWN

O Marina ATI Bay ST

M

To Sentosa Island R

RO

O

OP HI R

Raffles

RO CE BIN SH CIL EN SO ST TO N RE RD N WA ET Y C RA AR F IN QU FLE A AY S

EU

Sri Mariamman M RD Temple

ST

AD O

IT M ER AH

AY E

E

D NR

UK

OU T

LR EL

NB

E)

CR OS S

XW MA

LA

S

R

BR AS BA SA ST H A RD RD MF OR D City Hall Interchange

OA D

N

SE

D OA

ES XPR LE RA NT CE

T Y (C WA

Chinatown

HI GH

Clarke Quay

ST

YORK HILL

RO AD

SE

POH RD NG

HAVEL OCK R O AD

Swissotel Merchant Court

HIL LS T

EY

Rive r

TIONG BAHRU R

S E LE G

OR

KI L

p o re

AD RO

NR

Fort RI VE Canning R VA Hill LL

TO NG

ZIO

NG SE

OA D

M ID DL

Singapore Art Museum

NNING R T CA D

Asian Civilisations 2 Museum F

Singa

GANGES AVENUE

Dhoby Ghaut ORC HAR D R O AD PE N ANG O AD R

NO RT H

LI NE Y

RO AD

ROAD

Bugis

AD O

GRANGE ROAD

SET

BE NC OO LE

MER

D OA GE R BRID ARAB TH OR QUARTER

RI A

SO

DELTA AVENUE IVER VALLEY ROA D R

JA

SE RA NG OO N

JA LA

SINGAPORE

AD

SO UT HB

RD TERSO PA N

RO

D ROA

ST

BO Orchard UL EV AR D

G AN LL KA

RD FO

CH AR D

1

LITTLE INDIA

AW CR

OR

To Singapore Changi Airport

ET RE ST

Little India

AD

ORCHARD ROAD ORCHARD

AD RO

L RO

To Singapore Botanic Gardens

S TT

HIL IRN CA

O SC

Accommodation Singapore offers interesting accommodation options for all budgets. Choose from a plethora of excellent international hotel brands, characterful independent properties that make the most of grand colonial buildings, and boutique hotels converted from former shophouses.

ENS R OA D

ER ND VE LA

S TE V

KIM

Excellent flight connections and the proximity of the airport to the city make Singapore the perfect stopover option for travellers en route to other destinations in Southeast Asia or Australasia. Although the city is very easy to navigate, we recommend a guided walking tour of Chinatown and the Colonial District as an introduction to Singapore’s fascinating history. Your guide will also be able to offer recommendations on other areas to visit, where to eat and what to see. With a day pass on the efficient MRT (Mass Rapid Transit rail system), you can jump on and off, exploring as much of the island as you like at your own pace.

EA S T

ST C OA

R PA

AY KW

(

MARINA SOUTH

INA ST MAR

JA H EXPRESSWAY (AYE)

Climate Singapore is a year-round destination and is consistently hot and humid with an average temperature of 27C (80F). There are two distinct wet seasons, from December to March and from June to September, when you can expect light winds and some spectacular, but brief, thunderstorms.

1 Little India Be amazed by the sights, sounds and smells of the nightly hawker stalls in Little India. 2 Asian Civilisations Museum Exploring the history of Asia as a whole, the Asian Civilisations Museum offers displays on ancient culture, textiles and ethnicity. 3 Raffles

Throw your nut shells on the floor and enjoy a Singapore Sling at the Long Bar or indulge in a sumptuous traditional afternoon tea.

4 Chinatown Wander around the streets of Chinatown and enjoy a visit to one of the excellent restaurants, galleries or cafes of Ann Siang Hill. 5 Gardens by the Bay Covering a square kilometre, this incredible horticultural showcase has a variety of plant species from all over the world.

Shopping From the glossy malls on Orchard Road to the local goods on Arab Street, Chinatown’s Sago Street, or the Tekka Centre in Little India, Singapore is a shopper’s heaven. Festivals Celebrate Singapore’s ethnic and cultural diversity at one of its many festivals such as Chinese New Year, the Hindu Thaipusam and the illuminations of Hari Raya Puasa at the end of Ramadan.

Gardens by the Bay

www.audleytravel.com • 01993 838 135 • Singapore

157

Singapore skyline

Raffles Singapore Established in 1887, Raffles is as much a landmark of Singapore as an accommodation option. The first choice for travellers since its opening, the hotel is centrally located and is renowned for its immaculately landscaped gardens and polished service. The 103 suites are all furnished in period style and the property retains much of its original character. Raffles’ high teas are always a highlight and a Singapore Sling at the Long Bar, almost an institution in itself, is an essential part of any visit to Singapore. It is a beautiful place to treat yourself or a loved one on a special occasion.

Swissotel Merchant Court, Singapore

Swissotel Merchant Court, Singapore

Centrally located on the Singapore River at Clarke Quay, Swissotel Merchant Court offers good value for a property of this calibre. The 476 rooms and suites are compact yet well appointed and stylishly furnished. Facilities include a tropically landscaped pool area with Jacuzzi, and a fully-equipped fitness centre and spa. Orchard Road, Chinatown and the numerous bars and restaurants on Clarke and Boat Quay are all within easy reach.

Belmond Eastern & Oriental Express Recapturing the elegance and style of the 1920s and ’30s, the Belmond Eastern & Oriental Express takes you on one of Southeast Asia’s most iconic rail journeys. Travelling between Singapore and Bangkok, the journey offers a unique perspective on the captivating cultures of Thailand, Malaysia and Singapore. With carefully planned and well-organised excursions to explore Kuala Kangsar in Perak and the infamous bridge over the River Kwai, the train takes two nights to travel between Singapore and Bangkok, and three between Bangkok and Raffles Singapore

158

Singapore. Cabins of varying sizes are beautifully appointed with rich, inlaid woods, brass fittings and en suite shower rooms. The opulent dining car is decorated with elm and rosewood panels and oriental furnishings and you can enjoy a memorable evening of fine wines and delicious cuisine here before retiring to the atmospheric bar.

Useful information

Beach in the Philippines

Red Dao lady, Vietnam

The Bayon, Cambodia

Contact us

Group tours

AITO Membership

Address:

We offer a selection of guided small group tours, typically with no more than 16 travellers. Not only does this make for a sociable group, but it also enables us to use smaller and more characterful accommodation and venture away from the large tour groups.

Audley is a member of the Association of Independent Tour Operators. The association represents Britain’s leading independent tour operators and encourages high standards of quality and service. Audley abides by the Association’s Code of Conduct and adheres to the AITO Quality Charter which can be viewed on www.aito.com

Audley Travel, New Mill, New Mill Lane, Witney, Oxfordshire OX29 9SX, United Kingdom. Telephone: 01993 838 100 Email: [email protected] London Office: Audley Travel, Monsoon Building, 1 Nicholas Road, London W11 4AN, United Kingdom.

Flights Southeast Asia is very well served by excellent international airlines. Bangkok, Kuala Lumpur, Singapore and Hong Kong all have direct flights from the UK and offer good connections to other cities in the region. It is also possible to fly to Southeast Asia via the Middle East. Most airlines originate in London or Manchester, but there are also a number of connecting flights from regional UK airports. Please discuss with your specialist if you are interested in travelling in premium economy, business or first class, as this will affect your choice of airline.

We can also arrange private tours, whether this is for a group of friends, those with a special interest or a fundraising trip for charity. For larger groups we may be able to offer discounts or a free place to the organiser. See our website or call us to discuss your plans. www.audleytravel.com/group-tours

Photography in this brochure We would like to thank the following photographers and organisations for the images used in this brochure:

Terms & Conditions and Travel Insurance

Alamy, Audley staff, clients and suppliers, AWL images, Bill Hobdell, iStockphoto, Jamie Marshall, Robert Harding, Steve Allen, Superstock.

Your booking is subject to the terms and conditions of Audley Travel which are detailed in the booking form. It is vital that you have adequate travel insurance and we are able to suggest a number of policies either for the duration of your trip or on an annual basis.

All images used in this brochure were obtained in good faith by Audley Travel Group Limited and in the belief that all necessary consents and clearances were obtained for their use. For any queries relating to photography please contact us on 01993 838 040.

Visit our offices

www.audleytravel.com

If you would like to discuss your travel arrangements in person we welcome personal visits, please call in advance to arrange an appointment with one or more of our country specialists. Our offices are at the New Mill, a 17th-century converted wool mill on the outskirts of Witney, ten miles west of Oxford, on the edge of the Cotswolds. We also have an office in west London, if this is more convenient for you.

Our website is packed with information, features and advice covering all our destinations across the globe. On the site you can browse by theme, interest or region as well as viewing additional accommodation options and itineraries that are not featured in this brochure. You can request all our brochures online or contact us via the website where there is the option to tell us about your plans so that we can start tailoring your itinerary.

www.audleytravel.com/visit-us

Useful information

159

New Mill, New Mill Lane, Witney, Oxfordshire OX29 9SX, United Kingdom Telephone: 01993 838 100 • Fax: 01993 838 010 Email: [email protected] • Website: www.audleytravel.com

This brochure has been printed on paper from well managed forests, approved by the Forest Stewardship Council ,® using vegetable inks. Our printer holds ISO 14001 and FSC® environmental certifications. Should you wish to dispose of your brochure, we kindly request that you recycle it. The paper used in this brochure has also been carbon balanced.

Smile Life

When life gives you a hundred reasons to cry, show life that you have a thousand reasons to smile

Get in touch

© Copyright 2015 - 2024 PDFFOX.COM - All rights reserved.